NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION ORGANISATION DU TRAIT NATO by mikeholy

VIEWS: 166 PAGES: 465

									                                                  AAP-6(2009)




NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY    ORGANISATION DU TRAITÉ
         ORGANIZATION    DE L'ATLANTIQUE NORD
 NATO STANDARDIZATION    AGENCE OTAN DE
              AGENCY     NORMALISATION
                 (NSA)   (AON)
                  2009   2009




                                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                              AAP-6(2009)




NATO GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND                       GLOSSAIRE OTAN DE TERMES ET
DEFINITIONS (ENGLISH AND FRENCH)                 DÉFINITIONS (ANGLAIS ET FRANÇAIS)




Listing terms of military significance and       Liste de termes et définitions d'importance
their definitions for use in NATO.               militaire à l'usage de l'OTAN.




                                             I                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                               AAP-6(2009)




NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY                             ORGANISATION DU TRAITÉ DE
ORGANIZATION                                      L'ATLANTIQUE NORD
NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY                       AGENCE OTAN DE NORMALISATION
(NSA)                                             (AON)



1.      AAP-6(2009) is promulgated by             1.     L'AAP-6(2009) est promulguée par
the NATO Standardization Agency and is            l'Agence OTAN de normalisation et entre
effective NATO-wide upon receipt.                 en vigueur dans l'ensemble de l'OTAN
                                                  dès réception.

2.      This publication completes actions        2.    Cette publication met un terme aux
under NATO Agreed lists up to and                 mesures prises au titre des listes
including No 99.                                  agréées OTAN jusqu'à la liste No 99.

3.     All terms are followed by a date,          3.       Tous les termes sont suivis d'une
(day, month, year), indicating when they          date (jour, mois, année), indiquant quand
became NATO Agreed and inserted in                ils ont obtenu le statut Agréé OTAN et été
AAP-6 as terms or changed if they had             incorporés dans l'AAP-6 en tant que
already been included in AAP-6.                   termes ou modifiés s'ils figuraient déjà
                                                  dans cette publication.




                                             II                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)





NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY                                 ORGANISATION DU TRAITE DE
ORGANIZATION                                          L'ATLANTIQUE NORD

NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY                           AGENCE OTAN DE NORMALISATION
(NSA)                                                 (AON)


NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION                           LETTRE DE PROMULGATION OTAN




28 April 2009                                         28 avril 2009

1.      AAP-6(2009) - NATO GLOSSARY                   1.      L'AAP-6(2009) - GLOSSAIRE
OF TERMS AND DEFINITIONS                              OTAN DE TERMES ET DEFINITIONS
(ENGLISH AND FRENCH) is a NATO                        (ANGLAIS ET FRANCAIS) est une
Allied Publication. The agreement of                  publication interalliee OTAN. L'accord par
nations to use this publication is recorded           lequel les pays se sont engages a utiliser
in STANAG 3680.                                       cette publication a ete consigne dans Ie
                                                      STANAG 3680.

2.      AAP-6(2009) is effective upon                 2.     L'AAP-6(2009) entre en vigueur
receipt. It supersedes AAP-6(2008), which             des reception. Elle annule et remplace
shall be destroyed in accordance with                 l'AAP-6(2008), qui sera detruite
local procedures for destruction of                   conformement aux procedures locales de
documents.                                            destruction des documents.

3.       It is permissible to copy or make            3.      II est permis de reproduire ce
extracts from this publication. However,              document en tout ou en partie.
the NSA, as the AAP-6 custodian of the                Cependant, tout organisme ou personne
publication, shall be notified in writing of          exterieurs desireux de Ie faire devront en
any such reproduction by outside bodies               informer par ecrit I'AON, qui est Ie pilote
or individuals. Under no circumstances                de l'AAP-6 Le contenu de la presente
shall any of the contents of this publication         publication ne peut etre reproduit en
be reproduced with alterations without the            aucun cas avec des modifications sans
written consent of the NSA.                           I'accord ecrit de I'AON.




                                      Ju n A. MORENO

                         Vice Admiral, SP(N) I Vice-amiral, ESP(N)

                              Director, SA I Directeur de I'AON


                                                III                                     ORIGINAL
                                                             AAP-6(2009)




                        RECORD OF CHANGES
                    RÉPERTOIRE DES MISES À JOUR



No.    Reference and date of change        Date Entered      Signature
      Référence et date de mise à jour    Date d'exécution




                                     IV                        ORIGINAL
                                                                                 AAP-6(2009)



DETAILED LIST OF CHANGES
LISTE DÉTAILLÉE DES MODIFICATIONS

1.   NEW ENTRIES / ARTICLES NOUVEAUX

1610-009   groupe d’attaque aérienne interarmées / joint air attack team
1659-001   international organization / organisation internationale
1623-002   energetic material / matière énergétique
1665-007   high pay-off target / objectif à haut rendement
1666-001   battlespace / espace de bataille
2008-029   joint force engineer / conseiller génie d’une force interarmées
2008-053   combat support engineering / appui au combat du génie
2008-055   force support engineering / appui génie d’une force
2008-057   military engineering / action du génie militaire
2008-091   crisis establishment / tableau d’effectifs du temps de crise

2.   DELETED ENTRIES / ARTICLES SUPPRIMÉS

1567-011   convoy loading / chargement par convoi
1657-006   coastal convoy / convoi côtier
1657-008   convoy escort1 / escorte de convoi1
1657-011   convoy terminal area / zone terminale de convoi
1657-012   convoy speed / vitesse de convoi
1657-013   convoy through escort / escorte de bout en bout de convoi
1657-015   designation of days and hours / désignation des jours et des heures
1657-016   evacuation convoy / convoi d'évacuation
1657-017   evacuation of dangerously exposed waters / évacuation d'une zone maritime
           menacée
1657-018   immediate destination / destination immédiate
1657-019   merchant ship control zone / zone de contrôle naval
1657-020   naval augmentation group / groupe de renfort d'escorte
1657-021   ocean convoy / convoi océanique
1657-023   port complex / complexe portuaire
1657-024   port designator / repère de port
1657-025   reference diversion point / point de référence de déroutement
1657-026   rescue ship / navire de sauvetage
1657-027   romper / lâcheur
1657-028   route lanes / râteau de routes
1657-029   scheduled speed / vitesse type
1657-030   shipping movement policy / plan de sauvegarde de la navigation commerciale
1657-031   speed / vitesse (see/voir PL 1657-012)
1657-032   unscheduled convoy phase / phase des convois non planifiés
2008-033   flight level / niveaude vol
2008-070   petroleum, oils, and lubricants / carburants et lubrifiants

3.   MODIFIED ENTRIES / ARTICLES MODIFIÉS

1631-004   servicing / entretien courant
1651-003   automatic flight control system / commandes automatiques de vol
1657-007   convoy assembly port / port de rassemblement de convois
1657-014   convoy / convoi
1657-015   designation of days and hours / désignation des jours et des heures
1661-003   air interdiction / interdiction aérienne
1662-001   weapon engagement zone / zone d'engagement d'arme
1664-003   NATO assigned forces / forces affectées à l’OTAN

                                             V                                     ORIGINAL
                                                                                  AAP-6(2009)

2008-002   aeromedical evacuation / évacuation sanitaire aérienne
2008-014   vectored attack / attaque téléguidée
2008-024   antisubmarine warfare / lutte (guerre) anti-sous-marine
2008-030   counter-insurgency / contre-insurrection
2008-032   emergency establishment / tableau d'effectifs d'urgence
2008-067   observation post / poste d’observation
2008-075   short take-off and landing aircraft / aéronef à décollage et atterrissage courts
2008-076   short take-off and vertical landing aircraft / aéronef à décollage court et
           atterrissage vertical
2008-084   vertical or short take-off and landing aircraft / aéronef à décollage et atterrissage
           verticaux ou courts
2008-095   conventional weapon / arme classique
2008-097   munition / munition
2008-104   combined operation / opération interalliée
2008-108   nuclear cloud / nuage nucléaire
2008-131   scheduled speed / vitesse type

For the TTF's below the NATO Agreed date did not change / La date d’agrément OTAN
n’a pas changé pour les articles ci-dessous:

2008-001   aircraft / aéronef
2008-003   augmentation force / force d’appoint
2008-004   end of mission / cessez le feu !
2008-005   peacetime establishment / tableau d'effectifs du temps de paix
2008-006   head-up display / présentation tête haute
2008-007   human intelligence / renseignement humain
2008-008   merchant ship / navire marchand
2008-012   tactical air control centre / centre de contrôle aérien tactique
2008-015   area of intelligence responsibility / zone de responsabilité du renseignement
2008-016   fire support coordination centre / centre de coordination des feux d’appui
2008-017   situation report / compte rendu de situation
2008-018   side-looking airborne radar / radar aéroporté à antenne latérale
2008-019   shipping cooperation point / point de coopération pour la navigation
           commerciale
2008-020   scene-of-action commander / commandant de la zone de contact
2008-022   air interception / interception aérienne
2008-026   commander's required date / date exigée par le commandant
2008-027   communication zone / zone des communications
2008-034   forward observer / observateur avancé
2008-035   gap-filler radar / radar de couverture complémentaire
2008-037   air defence area / zone de défense aérienne
2008-039   exercise specifications / spécifications d'exercice
2008-041   ground liaison officer / officier de liaison de l'armée de terre
2008-042   high-density airspace control zone / zone de contrôle de l’espace aérien à haute
           densité
2008-043   individual protective equipment / équipement individuel de protection
2008-044   inertial navigation system / système de navigation inertielle
2008-045   internally displaced person / personne déplacée
2008-046   landing point / point d'atterrissage2
2008-047   landing ship dock / transport de chalands de débarquement
2008-048   landing zone1 / zone d'amerrissage
2008-049   landing zone2 / zone d'appontage
2008-050   landing zone3 / zone d’atterrissage
2008-058   mission report / compte rendu de mission
2008-060   ground zero / point zéro
2008-064   security1 / sécurité1


                                              VI                                     ORIGINAL
                                                                                 AAP-6(2009)

2008-068 operational readiness evaluation / évaluation de l’état de préparation
         opérationnelle
2008-069 personal locator beacon / radiobalise individuelle de repérage
2008-071 relief in place / relève sur place
2008-072 rendezvous point / point de regroupement
2008-077 start point / point initial
2008-078 supply point / point de ravitaillement


4.    EDITORIAL CHANGES / CHANGEMENTS RÉDACTIONNELS

Part 2 / 2e Partie

- ammo entry, preferred term munition;
- The date of NATO Agreement in the entry for telecommunication1 / télécommunication1
  and telecommunication2 / télécommunication2 was changed to 21 Jan 2004;
- shipping risk area, date of NATO Agreement in English;
- Despite the decisions in PL 1657-009 and PL 1657-010, to delete ‘convoy leaver’ and
  ‘convoy joiner’ from AAP-06 (NATO Agreed list 098), the ONTC decided to keep ‘convoy
  leaver’ and ‘convoy joiner’ in AAP-06 as an obsolete synonym for the leaver and joiner
  respectively, after discussion with the NSWG;
- leaver, definition modified;
- fixed medical treatment facility / installation fixe du service de santé, see
  TTF 2009-026;
- acoustic warfare support measures / mesures de soutien de la guerre acoustique,
  see TTF 2009-035;
- objective area / zone de l’objectif, see TTF 2009-036 ;
- synthetic exercise / exercice synthétique, see TTF 2009-040;
- mean lethal dose1 / dose létale moyenne1 see TTF 2009-042;
- overpressure / surpression, see TTF 2009-043;
- alternate escort operating base / base de remplacement pour escorteurs, see TTF
  2009-044;
- beachhead / tête de plage, see TTF 2009-045;
- apportionment / répartition, see TTF 2009-046;
- breakaway / séparation de l'onde de choc, see TTF 2009-051;
- lane marker / marqueur de cheminement, see TTF 2009-053;

Part 3 / 3e Partie

- La date d’agrément OTAN des articles télécommunication1 / telecommunication1 et
  télécommunication2 / telecommunication2 a été changée pour le 21 janv. 2004;
- La cote d’acceptabilité « désuet » a été ajoutée au synonyme navire quittant un convoi;
- Le terme zone de responsabilité de renseignement a été remplacé par zone de
  responsabilité du renseignement;
- Le terme système de navigation à inertie a été remplacé par système de navigation
  inertielle;
- Le terme bâtiment de transport de chalands de débarquement a été remplacé par
  transport de chalands de débarquement;
- Dans dans la définition de force d’appoint, le mot nation a été remplacé par pays;
- Dans la définition de point zéro, les mots “souterraine, de surface ou en altitude” ont été
  ajoutés;
- niveau opératif – Terme privilégié : niveau opérationnel a été supprimé;
- formation2 / formation2, voir TTF 2009-024;
- commandant de la défense aérienne / air defence commander, voir TTF 2009-027;
- filtre nominal / nominal filter, voir TTF 2009-030;
- radiac / radiac, voir TTF 2009-031;

                                              VII                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                AAP-6(2009)

- poste de contrôle des mouvements / movement control post , voir TTF 2009-032;
- zone de l'objectif / objective area, voir TTF 2009-036 ;
- avion de transport stratégique / strategic transport aircraft, voir TTF 2009-038;
- cargaison immédiatement vitale / immediately vital cargo, voir TTF 2009-039;
- exercice synthétique / synthetic exercise , TTF 2009-040;
- allumeur / igniter, voir TTF 2009-041;
- teinte de remplissage / infill, voir TTF 2009-047;
- surpression / overpressure, voir TTF 2009-043;
- cône de silence / cone of silence, voir TTF 2009-050;
- séparation de l'onde de choc / breakaway, voir TTF 2009-051;
- wild weasel / wild weasel, voir TTF 2009-052;
- marqueur de cheminement / lane marker; voir TTF 2009-053
- hauteur d'éclatement de sécurité / safe burst height, voir TTF 2009-054.

Part 4 / 4e Partie

Deletions - Suppressions

- Ammo, is a new entry in Part 2;
- heavy RAS, new entry in Part 2;
- mercomm system, new entry in Part 2;
- MERZONE, the entry 'merchant ship control zone' has been deleted in Part 2;
- PPI gauge, new entry in Part 2;
- STOL aircraft, new entry in Part 2;
- STOVL aircraft, new entry in Part 2;
- RAM lourd, nouvel article dans la 3e Partie;
- VSTOL aircraft, new entry in Part 2.




                                           VIII                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                              AAP-6(2009)




TABLE OF CONTENTS                                             TABLE DES MATIÈRES

                                    Page

Title Pages                           I         Pages de titre

NATO Letter of Promulgation          III        Lettre de promulgation OTAN
(English-French)                                (anglais-français)

Record of Changes                    IV         Répertoire des mises à jour

Detailed list of changes             V          Liste détaillée des modifications

Table of contents                    VII        Table des matières

Preface                             VIII        Préface

Part I                              1-E-1       1re Partie
                                    1-F-1
Organization and Procedures                     Organisation et procédures


Chapter 1                           1-E-1       Chapitre 1
                                    1-F-1
Organization responsible for the                Organisation chargée de l'élaboration
development and maintenance of                  et de la mise à jour de l'AAP-6,
AAP-6, NATO Glossary of Terms and               Glossaire OTAN de termes et
Definitions (English and French)                définitions (anglais et français)


Chapter 2                           1-E-4       Chapitre 2
                                    1-F-4
Change procedures                               Procédures de mise à jour


Chapter 3                           1-E-6       Chapitre 3
                                    1-F-6
User Guide                                      Guide d'utilisation


Part 2                               2-1        2e Partie

English terms and definitions in                Termes et définitions en anglais
English alphabetical order                      dans l'ordre alphabétique anglais

Part 3                               3-1        3e Partie

French terms and definitions in                 Termes et définitions en français
French alphabetical order                       dans l'ordre alphabétique français
                                           IX                                       ORIGINAL
                                                     AAP-6(2009)


Part 4                  4-1   4e Partie

List of abbreviations         Liste d'abréviations




                          X                            ORIGINAL
                                                                                               AAP-6(2009)

                                                PREFACE
                                                PRÉFACE


1.      This glossary is compiled by the                     1.       Le présent glossaire est constitué
direction of the Military Committee and with                 sur les instructions du Comité militaire et
the approval of the NATO Council.                            avec l'approbation du Conseil de
                                                             l'Atlantique Nord.

Its purpose is to standardize (i) general                    Il a pour but de normaliser (i) la
terminology with a specific military meaning;                terminologie d'ordre général utilisée avec
(ii) specialist terminology that needs to be                 un sens militaire spécifique, (ii) la
widely understood throughout NATO, as                        terminologie spécialisée dont la
well as (iii) terms that are not adequately                  compréhension doit être facile dans tout
defined in the NATO Terminology                              l'OTAN et (iii) les termes insuffisamment
Programme (NTP)'s reference dictionaries 1 ,                 définis dans les dictionnaires de référence1
thus promoting mutual understanding and                      du Programme OTAN de terminologie
strengthening the Alliance's defence                         (NTP) ; il vise ainsi à favoriser la
capabilities.                                                compréhension mutuelle tout en renforçant
                                                             les capacités de défense de l'Alliance.

The definitions contained herein do not                      Les définitions qui figurent dans le présent
establish or modify NATO policy and                          glossaire n'établissent ni ne modifient les
doctrine, but help to express them more                      politiques et doctrines de l'OTAN, mais
clearly.                                                     elles permettent de les exprimer plus
                                                             clairement.

2.       The glossary is available in                        2.       Le glossaire est disponible en
electronic form in the two official languages                version électronique dans les deux langues
of NATO, English and French. These                           officielles de l'OTAN, en anglais et en
versions are updated and made available                      français. Ces versions sont mises à jour et
annually through the Internet                                publiées chaque année sur l'Internet
(http://www.nato.int/docu/stanag/aap006/aa                   (http://www.nato.int/docu/stanag/aap006/aa
p6.htm) and the intranet (MINERVA and                        p6.htm) et sur l'Intranet (MINERVA et
CRONOS): NATO HQ                                             CRONOS) : NATO HQ
Sites›NSA›Standardization›Policy &                           Sites›NSA›Standardization›Policy &
Coord›Terminology›AAP-6                                      Coord›Terminology›AAP-6.


3.     In accordance with STANAG 3680                        3.      Conformément au STANAG 3680 et
and C-M (2005)0023, Directive on the                         au C-M(2005)0023, intitulé Directive sur le
NATO Terminology Programme, the terms                        Programme OTAN de terminologie, les
and definitions contained herein have been                   termes et définitions figurant dans la
approved by all NATO nations.                                présente publication ont été approuvés par
                                                             tous les pays de l'OTAN.

4.    The glossary is divided into four                      4.      Le glossaire est divisé en grandes
main parts:                                                  parties :

Part 1. Organization and Procedures.                         1re Partie. Organisation et procédures

Part 2. NATO Agreed terms and definitions                    2e Partie. Termes et définitions
of military significance in English. The                     d'importance militaire agréés OTAN en
corresponding French preferred terms are                     anglais. Les termes français privilégiés
shown immediately following the English                      correspondants sont indiqués

1
       The reference dictionaries for the NTP are the Concise Oxford English Dictionary and Le Petit Robert. /
       Les dictionnaires de référence pour le NTP sont le Concise Oxford English Dictionary et le Petit Robert.
                                                     XI                                             ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)

entry term e.g., nominal weapon / arme de               immédiatement après l'entrée anglaise, par
puissance nominale.                                     exemple nominal weapon / arme de
                                                        puissance nominale.

Part 3. NATO Agreed terms and definitions               3e Partie. Termes et définitions
of military significance in French. The                 d'importance militaire agréés OTAN en
corresponding English preferred terms are               français . Les termes anglais privilégiés
shown immediately following the French                  correspondants sont indiqués
entry term e.g. arme de puissance                       immédiatement après l'entrée française,
nominale / nominal weapon                               par exemple arme de puissance
                                                        nominale / nominal weapon.

Part 4. List of Abbreviations                           4e Partie. Liste d'abréviations


5.      After the introduction of                       5.        À la suite de l'introduction
abbreviations in AAP-6(2008) to comply                  d'abréviations dans l'AAP-6(2008) pour
with the layout for NATO glossaries                     satisfaire à la présentation des
prescribed by C-M(2007)0023, Guidance for               glossaires OTAN prescrite par le
the Development and Publication of NATO                 C-M(2007)0023, Guide pour l'élaboration et
Terminology, the Office of NATO                         la publication de la terminologie de l'OTAN,
Terminology Coordination (ONTC), which is               le Bureau de coordination de la
responsible for issuing AAP-6, decided to               terminologie OTAN, qui est responsable de
change the abbreviations list to a unilingual           la diffusion de l'AAP-6, a décidé de
format (with some exceptions) in the 2009               modifier la liste d'abréviations, désormais
edition of AAP-6. Upon reflection, the ONTC             unilingue (à quelques exceptions près)
considered that the bilingual presentation              dans l'édition 2009 de l'AAP-6. Réflexion
prescribed by the Guidance led to confusion             faite, l'ONTC a estimé que la présentation
in a number of cases. As a result, the                  bilingue prescrite par le Guide était sujette
second edition of the Guidance will be                  à confusion dans un certain nombre de
adapted accordingly.                                    cas. La deuxième édition du Guide sera,
                                                        dès lors, adaptée en conséquence.

After having looked up the term                         Après avoir recherché le terme
corresponding to an abbreviation, users of              correspondant à une abréviation, les
this NATO glossary may look up further                  utilisateurs du présent glossaire OTAN
information, including the translation of the           pourront consulter les articles complets
term in the other language, in the full entries         figurant dans les 2e et 3e parties pour
listed in Parts 2 and 3.                                obtenir de plus amples informations,
                                                        notamment, pour connaître la traduction du
                                                        terme dans l'autre langue.

6. The ONTC would also like to take this                6.      L'ONTC souhaiterait également
opportunity to publicly thank the Canadian              saisir cette occasion pour remercier
Department of National Defence, for having              publiquement le Ministère de la Défense
taken the trouble to submit several dozen               nationale du Canada pour avoir pris la
proposals for editorial changes. The                    peine de soumettre plusieurs douzaines de
introduction of these changes has                       propositions de modifications d'ordre
enhanced the coherence between the                      rédactionnel. L'introduction de ces
various entries in this glossary.                       modifications a permis une meilleure
                                                        harmonisation des divers articles figurant
                                                        dans le glossaire.




                                                  XII                                     ORIGINAL
                                                                                AAP-6(2009)

7.       Proposals for new terms and                 7.      Les propositions visant à insérer de
definitions or changes to or deletion of             nouveaux termes et définitions ou à modifier
existing terms and definitions are to be             ou supprimer des termes et définitions
made in accordance with Chapter 3 of                 existants doivent être formulées
Part 1 and using the terminology tracking            conformément au chapitre 3 de la 1re Partie,
form at Annex A to Part 1.                           à l'aide de la fiche de suivi terminologique
                                                     figurant à l'Annexe A à la 1re Partie.


8.      All suggestions and inquiries                8.     Toutes les suggestions et
concerning this glossary should be directed          demandes de renseignements concernant
to the:                                              le présent glossaire devront être adressées
                                                     au :

NATO Terminology Coordinator                         Coordonnateur de la terminologie OTAN

Office of NATO Terminology Coordination              Bureau de coordination de la
NATO Standardization Agency (NSA)                    terminologie OTAN
NATO Headquarters                                    Agence OTAN de normalisation (AON)
B - 1110 Brussels                                    Siège de l'OTAN
Belgium                                              B - 1110 Bruxelles
                                                     Belgique

Tel : +32 2 707-5530 or +32 2 707-5560               Tél. : +32 2 707-5530 ou +32 2 707-5560
Fax: +32 2 707-5718                                  Fax : +32 2 707-5718
Email: terminology@nsa.nato.int                      Courriel : terminology@nsa.nato.int




                                              XIII                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

                                              PART 1

                              ORGANIZATION AND PROCEDURES


Chapter 1

ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF AAP-6,
NATO GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND DEFINITIONS (ENGLISH AND FRENCH)

SECTION I - INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

1.   The Military Committee Terminology Standardization Programme (MCTSP) was originally
     established as the NATO Military Terminology Standardization Programme by the NATO
     Standing Group in February 1954 which:

a.   assigned responsibility for the coordination of NATO military terminology to the Military
     Agency for Standardization (MAS) (predecessor of the NATO Standardization Agency
     (NSA));

b.   outlined the initial steps for processing terminology;

c.   provided general terms of reference (TOR).

The TOR have been periodically changed and updated to provide for the participation of all NATO
nations. In 1970 the Air Board, MAS, promulgated NATO Standardization Agreement (STANAG)
3680 - NATO Glossary of Military Terms and Definitions (English and French) (AAP-6) to assist
Service Boards, working groups and panels of experts in considering terminology within their
purview.

The object of STANAG 3680 as stated in its 5th Edition (Amendment 1) "is to register national
acceptance of Allied Administrative Publication No 6 (AAP-6)". The details of the agreement state
that "participating nations agree to use AAP-6 and any subsequent changes published periodically
as the primary glossary for NATO terms of military significance and their definitions".

In 2004, the Military Committee (MC) formalized the name change of the NATO Terminology
Conference to Military Committee Terminology Conference (MCTC). The NATO Military
Terminology Standardization Programme was also renamed MCTSP. The MCTC received tasking
authority from the MC to standardize terminology under the purview of the MC.

REGULATIONS

2.   The following is a list of regulations that govern the MCTSP:

a.   MC 20/10,             Military Committee (MC) Policy on Standardization 27 May 2004

b.   C-M(2003)37-AS1,      NATO Policy for Standardization of Terminology 22 May 2003

c.   C-M(2005)0023,        Directive on the NATO Terminology Programme 14 April 2005

d.   STANAG 3680            Agreement of NATO nations to use AAP-6 (Edition 5, Amendment 1)




                                                1-E-1
                                                                               ORIGINAL
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

e.   NATO Standardization Chapter 1 - outlines the responsibilities of the Agency Procedures
     NATO Terminology Coordinator (TC) and the (NSAP) Service Boards towards the
     Terminology (September 2005) Standardization Programme.

f.   Guidance for the Development and Publication of NATO Terminology.


SECTION II - POLICY

OBJECT

1.     The MCTSP is defined as that part of the NATO Terminology Programme through which
standardized terminology under the purview of the MC is developed, coordinated, agreed,
managed, documented and distributed.

2.    The purpose of the MCTSP is to promote mutual understanding throughout NATO by the:

a.    publication in the two official NATO languages of a glossary of NATO Agreed terms of
      military significance and their definitions entitled "NATO Glossary of Terms and Definitions
      (English and French)" (AAP-6);

b.    regular updating of AAP-6 as a NATO Allied publication.

CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF ENTRIES IN AAP-6

3.    The criteria are:

a.    Entries published in the "glossary" parts of AAP-6 are to be of a general application for
      NATO.

b.    Specialized entries of narrow application or terms already adequately defined in English in
      The Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED) and in French in Le Petit Robert de la
      langue française (le Petit Robert) will not normally be considered for inclusion in AAP-6.

c.    Whenever appropriate, entries will be taken directly from publications of recognized
      international standardization bodies (e.g. ISO, IEC, ITU, etc.) and will be adapted in
      accordance with the Guidance for the Development and Publication of NATO Terminology
      and the lexicographic conventions of AAP-6. The source field will contain the publication
      number and date of such terms and definitions. For example, a definition taken from ISO
      could be identified by "[ISO 1087-2: 2002]" where "ISO 1087-2" is the source and "2002"
      the year of publication. If required, a request will be made to the appropriate organizations
      by the Chairman of the MCTC for permission to incorporate their terminology in AAP-6.

d.    Only those entries which have been agreed by consensus of all NATO member nations
      through the Military Committee Terminology Conference, in both English and French, and
      have been coordinated through the Office of NATO Terminology Coordination (ONTC) will
      be considered "NATO AGREED" and published in AAP-6.

e.    Entries for inclusion in AAP-6 shall not be classified, given that AAP-6 is made available to
      the public through the Internet.




                                              1-E-2
                                                                                ORIGINAL
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

Chapter 2

CHANGE PROCEDURES


PROPOSERS

1.     Proposals for additions to, changes in and deletions of entries in AAP-6 may be submitted
by:

a.     A NATO member nation, a NATO tasking authority (TA) or one of its bodies, a strategic
       command (SC), a NATO agency or NATO staff.

b.     An organization within NATO Commands, but the proposal must be coordinated through
       the appropriate SC.

SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL

2.     All proposals are to be submitted in English and/or in French to the ONTC in the format
prescribed at Annex A to Part 1.

MANAGEMENT OF A PROPOSAL

3.       On receipt of a proposal, the Chairman of the MCTC first ensures that it meets the basic
criteria for inclusion in AAP-6 and that there is no conflict with other definitions. Where problems
exist with the proposal, the Chairman of the MCTC returns the proposal to the proposer with the
necessary explanations. If and when the proposal meets the basic criteria and there is no conflict
with other definitions, the Chairman of the MCTC harmonizes the English and French terms and
definitions of the proposal and submits the proposal under a silence procedure to all NATO
member nations for approval and to the SCs for comments. Only with the consensus of all NATO
member nations and after coordination with and through the ONTC is the proposal considered
"NATO AGREED".

4.      If a NATO member nation breaks silence on the proposal, the Chairman of the MCTC
further staffs the proposal until consensus is achieved. If consensus still cannot be achieved, the
proposal is placed on the agenda of the next MCTC meeting for resolution.

5.       Terms and definitions of proposals agreed at MCTC meetings by NATO member nations
will be promulgated as "NATO AGREED" if no break of silence is received by the Chairman of the
MCTC within 60 days after the distribution of the meeting decision sheet. Comments received by
the Chairman of the MCTC from the SCs and other NATO bodies during the 60-day grace period
will be forwarded to all NATO member nations for consideration.

6.      If a proposal is rejected by a NATO member nation and a compromise by correspondence
is unlikely, the proposal is placed automatically on the agenda of the next MCTC meeting. If
resolution cannot be achieved at the MCTC meeting, the proposal is rejected and placed on a
"Rejection / Withdrawal List".




                                               1-E-3
                                                                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)


COORDINATION

7.      The Chairman of the MCTC is responsible for the general coordination of the proposals. He
will provide a status report on a proposal in the MCTSP to the proposer, or whenever requested by
a nation or SC. At any time, proposers can withdraw their proposals. In this case the Chairman of
the MCTC prepares a "Rejection / Withdrawal List" accordingly and distributes it to the MCTC for
information.

TIME LIMIT ON THE STAFFING OF A PROPOSAL

8.     A proposal that is more than three years old and for which no resolution is in sight will be
submitted to the next appropriate MCTC meeting for decision. The MCTC will either reject the
proposal or agree to extend the staffing for a given period. If the proposal does not reach
agreement within that additional given period, it will be automatically rejected and placed on a
"Rejection / Withdrawal List".

MCTC MEETINGS

9.    The MCTC holds two meetings a year, normally six months apart. The Chairman of the
MCTC prepares MCTC meeting convening orders including their meeting agenda and supporting
documents, and distributes them to all NATO member nations and SCs 90 days prior to MCTC
meetings. Updated convening orders including the comments of NATO member nations and SCs
on agenda items are distributed 14 days prior to MCTC meetings.

10.      MCTC meetings are organized alternately by the NSA and Allied Command Transformation
(ACT), or one of the member nations. MCTC meetings are conducted alternately in one of the two
official NATO languages, although discussions may be in either language as required.
Simultaneous interpretation is available at each MCTC meeting.

11.    The MCTC may hold special meetings when required. An MCTC special meeting
convening order will be published at least 30 days in advance of a special meeting. MCTC special
meetings are normally conducted at NATO HQ in one of the two official NATO languages.
Simultaneous interpretation may not be available at each MCTC special meeting.




                                              1-E-4
                                                                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

Chapter 3

USER GUIDE

GENERAL

1.      English conventions used when developing terms and definitions are laid down in the
Guidance for the Development and Publication of NATO Terminology (hereinafter called the
Guidance). The purpose of this section is to summarize these English conventions for easy
reference by users of AAP-6. The French conventions are laid down in the Guide pour l'élaboration
et la publication de la terminologie de l'OTAN, a summary of which can be found under the same
chapter in the French version of the present document. Proposals shall conform to the grammatical
rules of the language in which they are written.

REFERENCE SOURCES

2.     a.     Dictionaries (C-M(2003)37-AS1 dated 22 May 2003)

              (1)    The latest edition of The Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED) is the
                     authorized reference source for the English language in NATO.

              (2)    The latest edition of Le Petit Robert de la langue française (Le Petit Robert)
                     is the authorized reference source for the French language in NATO.

       b.     Other references. When these dictionaries do not suffice, other references
              may be used.

TERMINOLOGICAL ENTRIES IN AAP-6

3.     a.     Structure of the glossary
              This glossary is presented with an entry for each term, in the English alphabetical
              order in Part 2, and in the French alphabetical order in Part 3.

       b.     Uninotional entry
              Each concept (also known as the notion) is listed in a separate entry giving its
              designation(s), definition and any metadata and is therefore said to be “uninotional”.

       c.     Organization of an entry
              Each entry in Part 2 contains first the preferred term in English followed by a slash
              and the equivalent term in French on the same line, followed on the lines below by
              any synonyms and abbreviations, the definition, notes, examples, cross-references
              to related terms and figures, the source and the date on which the entry became
              NATO Agreed, i.e.:

              preferred term
              admitted synonym
              deprecated synonym
              obsolete synonym
              abbreviation
              Definition
              Notes
              Examples
              Related terms
              [source]
              date


                                               1-E-5
                                                                                  ORIGINAL
                                                                                              AAP-6(2009)

GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF TERMINOLOGY PROPOSALS (PL)

4.      Thorough research and documentation by the proposer in the preparation of a proposal will
enhance the probability of its approval. It will also facilitate its study by the personnel involved in
the approval process, thereby expediting that process. The suggestions that follow will help
originators to better prepare their terminology proposals:

a.     Check with the ONTC to ensure that the subject matter is not already being addressed
       through another proposal.

b.     Search the NATO Terminology Database for related terms or definitions to ensure that no
       duplication, contradiction or other anomaly will result after the approval of the proposal. The
       proposal should also indicate the impact that the approval may have on existing AAP-6
       entries.

c.     Search other NATO publications to ensure that the proposed definition is consistent with
       authoritative publications, e.g. ATPs, STANAGs.

d.     If possible, ensure the proposal is not at variance with terms and definitions adopted and
       published by international organizations. If differences are inevitable, specify the reasons.

e.     Ensure proposed definitions are written clearly and concisely.

f.     When preparing a definition for a term, if a definition is already available, it should be
       retained unless it is ungrammatical, difficult to understand or too technical.

g.     Use existing AAP-6 terms, English and French, in proposed definitions when applicable or
       when translating into the other language.

h.     Provide a comprehensive justification clearly stating why the proposal should be adopted
       and provide all relevant references to support it.

i.     Ensure that the proposal is agreed by all Services and relevant defence echelons in the
       case of a national proposal or a coordinated staff position when proposed by an agency or
       command.

j.     A proposed term should be in the singular unless the term is normally used in the plural.
       This is necessary to ensure it is entered in the Glossary in correct alphabetical order,
       particularly when the term consists of more than one word.

k.     Ensure that every definition which is proposed is written in accordance with chapter 3 of the
       Guidance and in particular that it:

       (1)     is suitably qualified when the corresponding term is or may be used to designate a
               different concept.

       (2)     correctly relates to its corresponding term, i.e., define a noun as a noun, an
               adjective as an adjective and a verb as a verb;

       (3)     contains cross-references to other AAP-6 entries when applicable;

       (4)     does not contain abbreviations or acronyms, unless they are listed as words in the
               COED or Le Petit Robert;




                                                1-E-6
                                                                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

     (5)     does not constitute an official statement of doctrine or procedure although it is to be
             expected that a definition will reflect established doctrine or procedure; and

     (6)     does not contain examples unless considered essential for clarity.

CONVENTIONS (English)

5.   a.      Cross-references

     (1)    Preferred term(s) - is used after an undefined term to refer the user to the synonym
            that is considered to be the best to use e.g., “materiel control - Preferred term:
            inventory control”.

     (2)    Related term(s) - is used after a definition to draw attention to terms of the same
            family e.g., “inventory control / gestion et administration du matériel - That
            phase of military logistics... Related term: stock control”.

            However, the related terms listed need not necessarily constitute an exhaustive list.

     (3)    The following acceptability ratings of synonyms of the preferred term will be
            introduced for new entries, and for existing entries that are changed:

            (admitted)   - is used for a synonymous term that is also acceptable;
            (deprecated) - is used for a term which may be in use but is considered to be
                           unsuitable, for example it is misleading or incomplete;
            (obsolete)   - if appropriate, list as “obsolete” a term which is no longer in use
                           either because it has been replaced by another term, or because
                           the concept it refers to is no longer in use, but which still appears
                           in the glossary.

            All cross-references are listed in alphabetical order in the original language,
            separated by semi-colons and printed in italics.

     b.      Qualifiers

     A qualifier is not permitted in an AAP-6 term.

     Qualifiers may be used at the beginning of a definition. (MAS(TC)86-NATO/1 - 1983 dated
     20 July 1983 and the Guidance, paragraph 19.4.b). Example:

     Entry with incorrect qualifier:

     pass time (road) / durée d'écoulement
     The time that...

     Entry with correct qualifier:

     pass time / durée d'écoulement
     In road transport, the time that...

     c.      Comma

     (1)    A comma is used to separate the qualifier at the beginning of a definition from the
            definition proper or a clause or phrase which is parenthetical. Examples:



                                              1-E-7
                                                                                  ORIGINAL
                                                                                      AAP-6(2009)

      (a)    "In intelligence usage, a step in the processing phase of the intelligence
             cycle in which information is subjected to review in order to identify
             significant facts for subsequent interpretation."

      (b)    "An area, usually in the theatre of operations, where troops are assembled
             before beginning active operations."

(2)   A comma is used to separate items in a series but generally speaking commas are
      not placed before the conjunctions “and”, “or”. Examples:

      (a)    "A defined area on an aerodrome, intended for parking, loading, unloading
             and/or servicing of aircraft."

      (b)    "The area of concern to a commander relative to the objectives of current or
             planned operations, including his areas of influence, operations and/or
             responsibility, and areas adjacent thereto."

(3)   Coordinate (equal-rank) adjectives modifying the same noun are separated by a
      comma. (If the word "and" can be placed between the adjectives without altering the
      meaning of the sentence, they are considered to be coordinate). Example:

      "Vigorous, aggressive troops are needed for the exploitation of enemy weakness in
      this area."

d.    Verbs. A verb shall be defined as a verb. When defining a term which is a verb or a
      verbal phrase, the definition should normally begin with an infinitive preceded by the
      particle "to".

e.    Hyphenation. Use the forms given in the COED for individual words or expressions.
      Note that recent editions of the COED have removed the hyphen previously found in
      many compound words or between prefixes and roots of words. When the COED
      lists two forms: one with, one without a hyphen, use the unhyphenated form. Some
      words must nevertheless be hyphenated, for example for phonological reasons or to
      distinguish them from other words. Compound words not shown in the COED are
      those of recent use, specialist terms or temporarily agglomerated words. In this case
      the rule of thumb suggests that hyphens are necessary if and when confusion is to
      be avoided. See the introduction to the COED for more detailed explanations
      regarding hyphenation.

f.    Use of pronouns "that" and "which". When developing a definition containing these
      relative pronouns there is no specific rule. However, as a guide, the pronoun "that"
      should be used to restrict or define a clause and "which" for non-defining clauses
      when developing definitions in English for AAP-6. (MAS(TC)143-UK
      27 August 1984).

g.    Use of and/or. In English, the conjunction “and” is used to indicate that both or all of
      the items listed are included. The conjunction “or” is used when only one of the
      items listed is concerned. To avoid ambiguity, the expression “and/or” will be used
      to show that one or more items in a list may be concerned.

h.    Use of numerals. Single-figure numbers should be written in letters. In other cases,
      numerals are to be used.




                                       1-E-8
                                                                            ORIGINAL
                                                                                  AAP-6(2009)

i.   Metric system. Measurements are normally given using metric (Système
     international) units. If necessary, show measurements in the English system in
     brackets after metric ones.

j.   Quotation marks. The rule is to follow the COED.

k.   Repetition. The term should not be included in the definition, as a term cannot be
     defined by itself. However, the use of a generic concept is permitted when a
     definition is based on this concept, e.g. "standing order - A promulgated order which
     remains in force until amended or cancelled". The repetition of a word in a definition
     should be avoided as far as possible.

l.   Capitalization. There is a tendency to make excessive use of capitals in English. As
     a general rule, capitals are to be avoided except where required by the grammar of
     the language, e.g. for proper nouns, nationalities or for official titles, e.g. North
     Atlantic Treaty Organization. See also Appendix 1 to Annex D to the Guidance.

m.   Notes. To avoid including unnecessary detail or extraneous elements in a definition,
     such indications may be shown after it, when required, preceded by the word
     "Note:". For example:

     image map / iconocarte
     In photogrammetry, a map made from an image or image mosaic, usually overlaid
     with a grid or graticule, and cartographically enhanced to aid interpretation.
     Note: it may be in hard or soft copy format and be capable of substituting a
     conventional map product.
     Related terms: graticule1,2; military grid; mosaic; photomap.
     14 Oct 2002

n.   Mathematical symbols. Mathematical symbols shall not be used in place of lexical
     expressions, e.g. "=" instead of "is the same as" or "+" instead of "plus" or "more".




                                     1-E-9
                                                                        ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)

                                                                               ANNEX A TO
                                                                               PART I

TTF (serial number issued by ONTC)                                English term / French term

Terminology Tracking Form (TTF) / Fiche de suivi terminologique (TTF) (serial number
               issued by ONTC) TERM IN ENLISH / TERM IN FRENCH
                   (Preferably use the electronic form in the NTMS)

DATE:                day–month-year

PROPOSER/
AUTEUR:              The nation, strategic command, agency or other body making this
                     proposal, e.g. MOD UK, ACT, NHQC3 Staff, MCASB, NCSTP,
                     NACMA, ONTC.

REFERENCE/
RÉFÉRENCE:           Reference of the document, letter, report, etc. in which this proposal
                     was communicated to the ONTC.

PROPOSAL/
PROPOSITION:         Submit the proposal in English and French whenever possible. If not
                     provided in both languages, translation will be provided through the
                     ONTC. Include two paragraphs as follows:

                     (1) Nature of the proposal (i.e. add a new entry, modify an existing
                     entry, delete an existing entry). If an abbreviation, state whether it
                     needs to have NATO Agreed status.

                     (2) Terminology (i.e. write the term and definition and/or
                     abbreviation and full form plus all other data which are to be included
                     in the NTMS/NTDB and glossary). If the proposal is to detele an entry
                     write nothing here.

JUSTIFICATION:       State the reasons for the proposal in sufficient detail to enable the
                     approving TA or DTA to take an informed decision. If an abbreviation
                     needs to be NATO Agreed, state why.

EXISTING ENTRY/
ARTICLE EXISTANT: Include the complete English and French versions of the current entry to
                  be modified or deleted (if not a proposed new entry) as listed in the
                  NTDB or in the NATO Glossary it is proposed to amend.

TERMINOLOGY
SOURCE/ SOURCE
DE LA
TERMINOLOGIE:  Indicate any additional reference sources not indicated in the proposed
               entry, such as specialist glossaries, ISO standards, Allied publications,
               documents adopted by NATO committees, etc. on which the proposal is
               based and which may support staffing of the proposal.

TC COMMENTS / COMMENTAIRES DU TC (date):
As required.

Then all subsequent comments and decisions recorded chronologically.


                                          1-E-A-1
                                                                              ORIGINAL
                                                                                                                 AAP-6(2009)

Lexicon
    agreed list                                                      liste agréée
    A list of proposals that have been agreed for                    Liste des propositions qui ont été adoptées en vue
    addition to, modification in or deletion from AAP-6.             de leur ajout dans l'AAP-6, de leur modification ou
                                                                     de leur retrait de l'AAP-6.
    Note: Agreed Lists are numbered sequentially.                    Note : les listes agréées sont numérotées suivant
                                                                     un ordre séquentiel.
    Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

    Military Committee Terminology Conference                        Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire
    MCTC                                                             MCTC
    An executive body in continuous session                          Organe exécutif, siégeant en continu, réunissant
    embracing all NATO nations which makes                           tous les pays de l'OTAN, qui prend des décisions et
    decisions, and provides recommendations and                      formule des recommandations et des avis sur des
    advice on military operational terminology under                 questions de terminologie opérationnelle militaire
    the purview of the Military Committee (MC), and in               relevant du Comité militaire et auquel participent les
    which the Strategic Commands (SCs) participate                   commandements stratégiques (SC) de l'OTAN à
    as official advisers.                                            titre de conseillers officiels.
    Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

    NATO Agreed Terminology                                          terminologie agréée OTAN
    The terminology that has been approved in both                   Terminologie qui a été approuvée dans les deux
    official languages of NATO by the consensus of                   langues officielles de l'OTAN par consensus des
    the NATO member nations, through the NATO                        pays membres de l'Organisation dans le cadre du
    Terminology Programme.                                           Programme OTAN de terminologie.
    [AAP-42]                                                         [AAP-42]
    NATO Agreed                                                      Agréé OTAN

    terminology proposal                                             proposition de terminologie
    PL                                                               PL
    A formal request by an authorized proposer to                    Demande officielle formulée par une source
    modify AAP-6 by adding, changing or deleting                     habilitée visant à proposer une modification à l'AAP-
    entries.                                                         6 par l'ajout, la modification ou la suppression
                                                                     d'articles.
    Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

    rejection list                                                   liste des propositions rejetées
    A list of proposals that have been rejected by the               Liste des propositions qui ont été rejetées par la
    MCTC.                                                            MCTC.
    Note: Rejection lists are numbered sequentially.                 Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre
                                                                     séquentiel.
    Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

    silence procedure                                                procédure d'accord tacite
    A procedure by which concurrence is achieved                     Procédure par laquelle un accord tacite est acquis si
    unless an objection is received by a given date.                 aucune objection n'est reçue d'ici à une date
                                                                     déterminée.
    Note: Within NATO, only the member nations may                   Note : au sein de l'OTAN, seuls les pays membres
    break silence.                                                   peuvent rompre la procédure d'accord tacite.
    [AAP-42]                                                         [AAP-42]
    NATO Agreed                                                      Agréé OTAN

    status report                                                    rapport de situation
    A list of proposals under active consideration by a              Liste des propositions en cours d'examen par un
    nation, a tasking authority (TA) or another NATO                 pays, une autorité responsable (TA) ou un autre
    body. It also includes proposals that have been                  organisme de l'OTAN ; on y retrouve également les
    deferred for further study.                                      propositions renvoyées pour étude complémentaire.
    Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

    withdrawal list                                                  liste des propositions retirées
    A list of proposals that have been withdrawn by                  Liste des propositions qui ont été retirées par leurs
    the proposer(s).                                                 auteurs.
    Note: Withdrawal lists are numbered sequentially.                Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre
                                                                     séquentiel.
    Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN




                                                           1-E-A-2
                                                                                                        ORIGINAL
                                                                                                  AAP-6(2009)

                                             1re PARTIE

                               ORGANISATION ET PROCÉDURES

Chapitre 1

     ORGANISATION CHARGÉE DE L'ÉLABORATION ET DE LA MISE À JOUR DE L'AAP-6,
        GLOSSAIRE OTAN DE TERMES ET DÉFINITIONS (ANGLAIS ET FRANÇAIS)


SECTION I - INTRODUCTION

GÉNÉRALITÉS

1.       Le Programme de normalisation de la terminologie du Comité militaire (MCTSP) était à
l'origine le Programme de normalisation de la terminologie militaire de l'OTAN établi par le Groupe
permanent de l'OTAN en février 1954, qui :

       a.     attribuait la responsabilité de la coordination de la terminologie militaire de l'OTAN au
              Bureau militaire de standardisation (BMS) (le prédécesseur de l'Agence OTAN de
              normalisation (AON)) ;

       b.     précisait les étapes préliminaires du traitement de la terminologie ;

       c.      définissait un mandat général.

Ce mandat a été périodiquement modifié et mis à jour pour permettre la participation de tous les pays
de l'OTAN. En 1970, le Bureau Air du BMS a promulgué l'Accord de normalisation OTAN (STANAG)
3680 - Glossaire OTAN de termes et définitions à usage militaire (anglais et français) (AAP-6), afin
d'aider les Bureaux d'armée, groupes de travail et commissions d'experts à tenir compte de la
terminologie dans leurs domaines de compétence.

Tel que décrit dans sa 5e édition (Amendement 1), le STANAG 3680 a pour but d'enregistrer
l'engagement des pays à utiliser l'AAP-6. Les modalités de l'accord stipulent que "les pays
participants sont convenus d'utiliser l'AAP-6, y compris ses corrections ultérieures, comme principal
glossaire OTAN de termes d'importance militaire et leurs définitions".

En 2004, le Comité militaire a officialisé le changement de nom de la Conférence de terminologie de
l'OTAN qui est devenue la Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire (MCTC). Le Programme
de normalisation de la terminologie de l'OTAN fut également rebaptisé le MCTSP et la MCTC fut
habilitée par le Comité militaire à normaliser la terminologie relevant de son domaine de compétence.

DIRECTIVES

2.     On trouvera ci-après la liste des directives qui régissent le MCTSP :

       a.     MC 20/10, 27 mai 2004        Politique du Comité militaire en matière de normalisation

       b.     C-M(2003)37-AS1,             Politique OTAN de normalisation de la terminologie
              22 mai 2003

       c.     C-M(2005)0023,               Directive sur le Programme OTAN de terminologie
              14 April 2005

       d.     STANAG 3680                  Accord relatif à l'emploi de l'AAP-6 par les par les


                                                1-F-1
                                                                                      ORIGINAL
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

             (Édition 5, Amendement 1) pays de l'OTAN

      e.     Procédures de l'Agence        Le     Chapitre    1    définit   les    responsabilités
             OTAN de normalisation         du    Coordonnateur    de     la  terminologie    OTAN
             (NSAP)                        et des Bureaux d'armée en ce qui concerne le (septembre
             2005)                         Programme de normalisation de la terminologie.

      f.     Guide pour l'élaboration et la publication de la terminologie de l'OTAN

SECTION II - POLITIQUE

BUT

1.      Le MCTSP est défini comme étant la partie du Programme OTAN de terminologie par
laquelle la terminologie normalisée relevant du Comité militaire est élaborée, coordonnée,
approuvée, traitée, documentée et diffusée.

2.    Le MCTSP a pour but de promouvoir la compréhension mutuelle au sein de l'OTAN par :

a.    la publication dans les deux langues officielles de l'OTAN d'un glossaire de termes et
      définitions d'importance militaire agréés OTAN, intitulé « Glossaire OTAN de termes et
      définitions (anglais et français) (AAP-6) » ;

b.    la mise à jour régulière de l'AAP-6, qui est une publication interalliée de l'OTAN.

CRITÈRES D'INCLUSION DES ARTICLES DANS L'AAP-6

3.    Les critères sont :

a.    Les articles publiés dans les parties « glossaire » de l'AAP-6 doivent être d'application
      générale pour l'OTAN.

b.    Les articles techniques d'application restreinte ou les termes définis de façon satisfaisante en
      anglais dans The Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED) et, en français, dans le Petit
      Robert de la langue française (le Petit Robert) ne seront généralement pas inclus dans l'AAP-
      6.

c.    Dans la mesure où cela se justifie, les articles seront directement extraits de publications
      d'organismes de normalisation internationaux reconnus (par exemple l'ISO, la CEI, l'UIT, etc.)
      et seront adaptés conformément au Guide pour l'élaboration et la publication de la
      terminologie de l'OTAN et aux conventions lexicographiques applicables de l'AAP-6. Le
      champ source indiquera le numéro et la date de la publication dont seront repris ces termes
      et définitions. Par exemple, une définition empruntée à l'ISO pourrait être identifiée comme
      suit : « [ISO 1087-2(2002)] », « ISO 1087-2 » étant la source et « 2002 » l'année de
      publication. Si nécessaire, le président de la MCTC demandera aux organismes compétents
      l'autorisation d'incorporer leur terminologie dans l'AAP-6.

d.    Seuls les articles approuvés à l'unanimité par tous les pays membres de l'OTAN, en français
      et en anglais, dans le cadre de la Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire et
      coordonnés par l'intermédiaire du Bureau de coordination de la terminologie OTAN (ONTC)
      seront considérés comme « AGRÉÉS OTAN » et publiés dans l'AAP-6.

e.    Les articles dont l'inclusion dans l'AAP-6 est envisagée ne feront l'objet d'aucune
      classification, l'AAP-6 étant accessible au public sur l'Internet.



                                                1-F-2
                                                                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

Chapitre 2

PROCÉDURES DE MISE À JOUR


AUTEURS

1.      Les propositions d'ajouts d'articles à l'AAP-6 ou de modifications ou suppressions d'articles
figurant dans la présente publication peuvent être soumises par :

a.     un pays membre de l'OTAN, une autorité responsable (TA) de l'OTAN ou un de ses organes,
       un commandement stratégique (SC), une agence OTAN ou un état-major de l'OTAN ;

b.     une organisation au sein des commandements de l'OTAN, mais les propositions doivent alors
       être coordonnées par le SC compétent.

SOUMISSION D'UNE PROPOSITION

2.     Toutes les propositions doivent être soumises à l'ONTC en anglais ou en français, ou dans
ces deux langues, selon le modèle prescrit à l'Annexe A de la 1re Partie.

GESTION D'UNE PROPOSITION

3.      Lorsqu'il reçoit une proposition, le président de la MCTC s'assure en premier lieu qu'elle
répond aux critères de base régissant son inclusion dans l'AAP-6 et qu'elle ne va pas à l'encontre
d'autres définitions. En cas de problèmes, le président de la MCTC renvoie la proposition à son
auteur avec les explications nécessaires. Si la proposition répond aux critères de base et qu'elle ne
va pas à l'encontre d'autres définitions, le président de la MCTC harmonise les termes anglais et
français proposés ainsi que leurs définitions et soumet la proposition suivant une procédure d'accord
tacite à tous les pays membres de l'OTAN pour approbation et aux SC pour commentaires. Ce n'est
qu'avec l'accord unanime de tous les pays membres de l'OTAN et après coordination avec et par
l'intermédiaire de l'ONTC que la proposition est déclarée « AGRÉÉE OTAN ».

4.       Si un pays membre de l'OTAN interrompt la procédure d'accord tacite relative à la
proposition, le président de la MCTC étudie cette proposition jusqu'à l'obtention du consensus. Si
celui-ci ne peut toujours pas être obtenu, la proposition est inscrite à l'ordre du jour de la réunion
suivante de la MCTC pour qu'une solution puisse être trouvée.

5.      Les termes et définitions de propositions approuvées par les pays membres de l'OTAN aux
réunions de la MCTC seront promulgués « AGRÉÉS OTAN », si aucune interruption de la procédure
d'accord tacite n'est signalée au président de la MCTC dans un délai de 60 jours à compter de la
diffusion du compte rendu de décisions de la réunion. Les commentaires que le président de la
MCTC reçoit des SC et autres organismes de l'OTAN au cours du délai de grâce de 60 jours seront
transmis à tous les pays membres de l'OTAN pour examen.

6.     Si une proposition est rejetée par un pays membre de l'OTAN et qu'un compromis par
correspondance paraisse peu probable, la proposition est inscrite automatiquement à l'ordre du
jour de la réunion suivante de la MCTC. En l'absence de solution à la réunion en question, la
proposition est rejetée et placée sur une « liste des propositions rejetées / retirées ».




                                                1-F-3
                                                                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

COORDINATION

7.      Le président de la MCTC est responsable de la coordination générale des propositions. Il
fournit un rapport de situation aux auteurs visant à les informer de l'évolution de leurs propositions
dans le cadre du MCTSP, ou bien aux pays ou SC chaque fois qu'ils en font la demande. Les
auteurs peuvent retirer leurs propositions à tout moment. Dans ce cas, le président de la MCTC
prépare une « liste des propositions rejetées / retirées » qu'il communique à la MCTC pour
information.

DÉLAI D'ÉTUDE D'UNE PROPOSITION

8.       Toute proposition datant de plus de trois ans et pour laquelle aucune solution n'est en vue
sera soumise pour décision à la prochaine réunion appropriée de la MCTC. Cette dernière peut alors
décider soit de la rejeter, soit de prolonger son étude pour une durée donnée. En l'absence d'accord
au cours de ce délai supplémentaire, la proposition est automatiquement rejetée et placée sur une
« liste des propositions rejetées / retirées ».

RÉUNIONS DE LA MCTC

9.    La MCTC tient deux réunions par an, normalement à intervalles de six mois. Le président de
la MCTC prépare les avis de convocation, qui comprennent l'ordre du jour de la réunion et les
documents d'information complémentaires, et il les envoie à tous les pays membres de l'OTAN et
aux SC 90 jours avant lesdites réunions. Les convocations mises à jour, qui tiennent compte des
commentaires des pays membres de l'OTAN et des SC sur des points de l'ordre du jour, sont
communiquées 14 jours avant les réunions.

10.    Les réunions de la MCTC sont organisées à tour de rôle par l'AON et le Commandement allié
Transformation (ACT) ou l'un des pays membres. Elles sont menées tour à tour dans l'une des deux
langues officielles de l'OTAN, bien que les débats puissent être tenus dans l'une ou l'autre de ces
deux langues, si nécessaire. Des services d'interprétation simultanée sont fournis à chaque réunion.

11.     La MCTC peut tenir des réunions spéciales si nécessaire. Un avis de convocation à une
réunion spéciale de la MCTC sera publié au moins 30 jours avant ladite réunion. Ces réunions
spéciales ont normalement lieu au siège de l'OTAN dans l'une des deux langues officielles de
l'Organisation. Des services d'interprétation simultanée peuvent ne pas être fournis à chaque réunion
spéciale de la MCTC.




                                                1-F-4
                                                                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

Chapitre 3

GUIDE D'UTILISATION


GÉNÉRALITÉS

1.     Les conventions françaises suivies pour l'élaboration de termes et définitions sont
énoncées dans le Guide pour l'élaboration et la publication de la terminologie de l'OTAN (ci-après
dénommé le Guide). La présente section a pour but de les résumer en vue de rendre la
consultation de l'AAP-6 plus aisée pour ses utilisateurs. Les conventions anglaises figurent dans le
Guidance for the Development and Publication of NATO Terminology, dont le lecteur trouvera un
résumé dans le chapitre correspondant de la version anglaise du présent document. Les
propositions doivent être conformes aux règles grammaticales de la langue dans laquelle elles
sont rédigées.

SOURCES DE RÉFÉRENCE

2.     a.     Dictionnaires (C-M(2003)37-AS1, 22 mai 2003)

              (1)     L'ouvrage de référence officiel de la langue anglaise à l'OTAN est la dernière
                      édition du Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED).

              (2)     L'ouvrage de référence officiel de la langue française à l'OTAN est la dernière
                      édition du Petit Robert de la langue française (le Petit Robert).

       b.     Autres références. Lorsque ces dictionnaires ne suffisent pas, d'autres références
              peuvent être employées.

ARTICLES TERMINOLOGIQUES DE L'AAP-6

3.     a.     Structure du glossaire
              Le présent glossaire comprend un article pour chaque terme, dans l'ordre
              alphabétique anglais dans la 2e Partie, et dans l'ordre alphabétique français dans la
              3e Partie.

       b.     Article uninotionnel
              Pour chaque concept (aussi appelé notion), il existe un article distinct contenant sa
              ou ses désignations, sa définition et toutes les métadonnées éventuelles, et est
              ainsi dit « uninotionnel ».

       c.     Organisation d'un article
              Chaque article de la 2e Partie contient d'abord le terme privilégié en anglais, suivi
              par une barre oblique, ainsi que le terme équivalent en français sur la même ligne ;
              puis, sur les lignes suivantes, les éventuels synonymes et abréviations, la définition,
              les notes, les exemples, les renvois aux termes connexes et aux figures, la source
              et la date d'agrément OTAN, à savoir :

              terme privilégié
              synonyme toléré
              synonyme déconseillé
              synonyme désuet
              abréviation
              Définition
              Notes


                                               1-F-5
                                                                                  ORIGINAL
                                                                                               AAP-6(2009)

              Exemples
              Termes connexes
              [source]
              date

DIRECTIVES POUR L'ÉLABORATION DES PROPOSITIONS DE TERMINOLOGIE (PL)

4.       Une recherche et une documentation approfondies de la part de l'auteur lorsqu'il élabore une
proposition de terminologie augmenteront les chances de cette dernière d'être approuvée. Cela
facilitera également son étude par les personnes qui participent au processus d'approbation et, par
conséquent, accélèrera ce processus. Les suggestions qui suivent aideront les auteurs à mieux
préparer leurs propositions :

a.     Vérifier auprès de l'ONTC que la question ne fait pas déjà l'objet d'un examen dans le cadre
       d'une autre proposition.

b.     Vérifier que l'adoption de la proposition n'entraînera pas de doubles emplois, de
       contradictions ou d'autres anomalies par rapport à des termes de la même famille déjà définis
       dans la base de données terminologique de l'OTAN. La proposition devrait également
       indiquer l'incidence que son adoption pourrait avoir sur les articles déjà existants de l'AAP-6.

c.     Consulter d'autres publications de l'OTAN faisant autorité (ATP et STANAG par exemple) afin
       de s'assurer que la définition proposée leur est conforme.

d.     Si possible, s'assurer que la proposition n'est pas en contradiction avec des termes et
       définitions adoptés et publiés par des organismes internationaux. Lorsqu'une telle divergence
       est inévitable, les raisons doivent en être précisées.

e.     S'assurer que les définitions proposées sont rédigées d'une façon claire et concise.

f.     Lors de la rédaction de la définition d'un terme, conserver la définition qui existe déjà, à moins
       qu'elle ne soit incorrecte du point de vue grammatical, difficile à comprendre ou trop
       technique.

g.     Employer les termes existants anglais et français de l'AAP-6 dans les définitions proposées,
       s'il y a lieu, ou lors de leur traduction dans l'autre langue.

h.     Fournir une justification détaillée et complète expliquant les raisons pour lesquelles la
       proposition devrait être adoptée et fournir toutes les références utiles à son appui.

i.     S'assurer que la proposition est approuvée par toutes les armées et par tous les autres
       organismes de défense concernés, dans le cas d'une proposition nationale, ou exprime une
       position commune lorsqu'elle émane d'une agence ou d'un commandement.

j.     Proposer les termes au singulier, à moins qu'ils ne soient normalement utilisés au pluriel, de
       manière à ce qu'ils soient inscrits dans le glossaire dans l'ordre alphabétique correct, en
       particulier lorsqu'ils sont composés de plusieurs mots.

k.     S'assurer que la définition proposée est rédigée conformément au chapitre 3 du Guide et, en
       particulier, qu'elle :

       (1)    est convenablement décrite lorsque le terme correspondant est ou peut être employé
              pour désigner un concept différent ;




                                                 1-F-6
                                                                                     ORIGINAL
                                                                                              AAP-6(2009)

      (2)    définit correctement le terme, c'est-à-dire définition d'un nom par un nom, d'un adjectif
             par un adjectif et d'un verbe par un verbe ;

      (3)    renvoie à d'autres articles de l'AAP-6, selon qu'il convient ;

      (4)    ne contient ni abréviation ni acronyme, à moins que ceux-ci ne soient employés
             comme mots dans le COED ou le Petit Robert ;

      (5)    ne constitue pas un énoncé officiel de doctrine ou de procédure, bien qu'il faille
             s'attendre à ce qu'une définition reflète la doctrine ou la procédure établies ; et

      (6)    ne contient pas d'exemples, sauf s'ils sont jugés indispensables pour des raisons de
             clarté.

CONVENTIONS (français)

5.    a.     Renvois

      (1)    Terme(s) privilégié(s) – Employé(s) après un terme sans définition pour renvoyer
             l'utilisateur à un synonyme dont l'emploi est jugé préférable, par exemple « position
             d'attaque. Terme privilégié : zone de démarrage ».

      (2)    Terme(s) connexe(s) – Employé(s) après une définition pour attirer l'attention sur des
             termes de la même famille, par exemple « acquisition d'objectif / target
             acquisition.- Opération consistant à … Terme connexe : analyse d'objectifs ».

             Les termes connexes énumérés ne constituent cependant pas une liste exhaustive.

      (3)    Les cotes d'acceptabilité suivantes des synonymes du terme privilégié seront utilisées
             pour les nouveaux articles ainsi que pour les articles existants auxquels des
             modifications sont apportées :

             (toléré)      –    synonyme dont l'emploi peut également être accepté ;
             (déconseillé) –    terme éventuellement utilisé, mais jugé peu approprié du fait, par
                                exemple, qu'il prête à confusion ou est incomplet ;
             (désuet)      –    le cas échéant, indiquer comme « désuet » un terme sorti de
                                l'usage, soit parce qu'il a été remplacé par un autre terme, soit parce
                                que le concept auquel il renvoie n'est plus utilisé, mais continue de
                                figurer dans le glossaire.

             Tous les renvois sont énumérés dans l'ordre alphabétique de la langue source,
             séparés par un point-virgule et écrits en italique.

      b.     Qualifiants

      Les qualifiants ne doivent pas être utilisés dans un terme de l'AAP-6.

      Ils peuvent être employés au début de la définition. (MAS(TC)86-NATO/1 - 1983 du 20 juillet
      1983 et Guide, paragraphe 19.4.b). Par exemple :

      Article rédigé de manière incorrecte avec un qualifiant :

      durée d'écoulement (circulation routière) / pass time (road)
      Temps qui...



                                               1-F-7
                                                                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

Article rédigé correctement avec un qualifiant :

durée d'écoulement / pass time
En circulation routière, temps...

c.     Verbes. Un verbe sera défini par un verbe. Si le terme défini est un verbe ou un
       syntagme verbal, l'infinitif sera employé de manière générale. S'il s'agit d'un verbe
       pronominal, le pronom sera écrit entre parenthèses après le verbe de manière à
       conserver l'ordre alphabétique normal.

d.     Adjectifs et participes passés. Si le terme à définir est un adjectif, un syntagme
       adjectival ou un participe passé, il sera présenté au masculin singulier.

e.     Mots avec traits d'union. Les formes indiquées dans le Petit Robert seront employées,
       sauf si les règles grammaticales du français en disposent autrement. Le trait d'union
       pourra être omis dans les mots composés qui ne figurent pas dans ce dictionnaire, car
       il s'agit d'expressions récentes, spécialisées ou temporaires, sauf lorsque cette
       omission peut être source d'ambiguïté ou lorsque le trait d'union doit être placé avant
       et après le « t » entre la troisième personne du singulier d'un verbe et un pronom pour
       des raisons phonétiques.

f.     Emploi des chiffres. Les nombres à un chiffre seront écrits en toutes lettres. Dans les
       autres cas, les chiffres seront utilisés.

g.     Système de mesure. En règle générale, les mesures sont exprimées en unités du
       système métrique (Système international). Si nécessaire, les mesures du système
       anglais seront indiquées entre parenthèses après les unités métriques.

h.     Ponctuation. La ponctuation sera marquée conformément aux règles de la langue
       française. Pour cela, on consultera l'édition actuelle de l'ouvrage de Grevisse, « Le
       Bon Usage ». Les points suivants seront cependant particulièrement gardés à l'esprit :

       .       Les guillemets s'emploient, en langue française, comme suit :

               -       obligatoirement :

                       .        pour indiquer une expression, un tour ne faisant pas partie du
                                langage ordinaire (néologismes, régionalismes, emprunts à
                                une langue étrangère) ;

               -       facultativement :

                       .       pour indiquer une citation ;

                       .       parfois au lieu de l'italique pour mettre en évidence un
                               élément d'une phrase ;

                       .       comme marque itérative (c'est-à-dire pour indiquer que
                              certains des mots sont virtuellement répétés).

       .       On utilisera de préférence les guillemets français (« … ») à la place des
               guillemets anglais (" "). L'apostrophe simple et la minute (' ') peuvent être
               utilisées pour guillemeter une citation à l'intérieur d'une autre citation.




                                           1-F-8
                                                                             ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)

     .       La barre oblique, dans l'AAP-6, est utilisée exclusivement pour séparer le
            terme anglais du terme français et vice-versa.

     Une ponctuation sera utilisée uniquement pour que la définition ou la note soient le
     plus claires possible. Il faudra toutefois éviter d'employer les signes de ponctuation
     suivants : parenthèses, tirets, guillemets, deux-points et points-virgules. Voir
     l'Annexe E du Guide pour de plus amples détails.

     .      La virgule est un signe de ponctuation faible, utilisé pour marquer une pause
            dans le discours sans changer d'idée. Elle précède les conjonctions de
            coordination, sauf les conjonctions « ou » et « et ». La virgule peut précéder
            « et » lorsque les éléments coordonnés sont longs ou nombreux. La virgule
            sera utilisée pour séparer le qualifiant, au début d'une définition, de la
            définition proprement dite. Elle le sera également pour séparer une proposition
            ou un membre de phrase qui sert de parenthèse.

i.   Temps. Dans la mesure du possible, la définition d'un terme est donnée à l'indicatif
     présent, sauf nécessités de concordance des temps.

j.   Emploi des articles. Conformément aux règles de lexicographie de la langue
     française, aucune définition ne doit débuter par un article, défini ou indéfini.

k.   Redites. Le terme ne doit pas être repris dans la définition, étant donné qu'un terme
     ne peut se définir par lui-même. Toutefois, l'emploi d'un concept générique est
     autorisé lorsque la définition repose sur ce concept, par exemple « Ordre permanent -
     Ordre diffusé qui demeure en vigueur jusqu'à ce qu'il ait été éventuellement modifié ou
     abrogé ».

l.   Et/ou. Cette double conjonction ne doit pas être employée en français, même
     lorsqu'elle est l'équivalent de « and/or » en anglais. L'équivalent français de « and/or »
     est le plus souvent « ou » ; lorsque l'on doit être plus précis, on utilise « …ou…, ou les
     deux », ou « soit… soit, ou les deux ».

m.   Emploi de la majuscule. N'employez pas de majuscules, sauf lorsque la grammaire de
     la langue l'exige, par exemple dans les noms propres, les nationalités ou les titres
     officiels. Voir l'Appendice 1 à l'Annexe E du Guide pour des explications détaillés sur
     l'emploi de la majuscule.

     Note : la majuscule initiale ne s'emploie après deux points que s'il s'agit d'une citation
     complète, avec ou sans guillemets ; les points de suspension sont suivis d'une
     majuscule s'ils terminent une phrase, car ils équivalent à un point. Ils sont suivis d'une
     minuscule lorsqu'utilisés à l'intérieur d'une phrase.

n.   Note, nota, nota bene. Pour indiquer une remarque supplémentaire sur le texte d'une
     définition, il est convenu de faire précéder celle-ci du mot « Note : ».

o.   Signes mathématiques. L'emploi de signes mathématiques à la place d'expressions
     lexicales doit être évité (par exemple « = » au lieu de « égal à » ; « + » au lieu de
     « plus » ou « davantage »).




                                       1-F-9
                                                                           ORIGINAL
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

                                                                                       ANNEXE A À LA
                                                                                       1re PARTIE

TTF (numéro de série attribué par l'ONTC)                              Terme anglais / terme français

Terminology tracking form (TTF) / Fiche de suivi terminologique (TTF) (numéro de série
attribué par l'ONTC) – TERME EN ANGLAIS / TERME EN FRANÇAIS
(Utiliser de préférence le formulaire électronique disponible dans le NTMS)

DATE :                   jour-mois-année

PROPOSER/
AUTEUR :                 Le pays, le commandement stratégique, l'agence ou tout autre organe
                         soumettant cette proposition, par exemple MDN UK, ACT, NHQC3S, MCASB,
                         NCSTP, NACMA, ONTC.

REFERENCE/
RÉFÉRENCE :              Référence du document, de la lettre, du rapport, etc., dans lequel cette
                         proposition a été transmise à l'ONTC.

PROPOSAL/
PROPOSITION :            Soumettre la proposition en anglais et en français chaque fois que possible.
                         Sinon, une traduction sera fournie par l'intermédiaire de l'ONTC. Inclure deux
                         paragraphes comme suit :

                         (1)      Nature de la proposition (par exemple ajouter un nouvel article,
                         modifier ou supprimer un article existant). S'il s'agit d'une abréviation, indiquer
                         s'il est nécessaire qu'elle ait le statut « Agréé OTAN ».

                         (2)     Terminologie (écrire le terme et sa définition ou l'abréviation et sa
                         forme complète, ainsi que tout autre élément à inclure dans le NTMS/la NTDB
                         et le glossaire). S'il s'agit d'une proposition visant à supprimer un article, ne
                         rien inscrire.

JUSTIFICATION :          Exposer les raisons pour lesquelles cette proposition est soumise, de façon
                         suffisamment détaillée afin que la TA ou la DTA chargée de l'approuver
                         puisse prendre une décision en connaissance de cause. S'il est nécessaire
                         qu'une abréviation soit « Agréée OTAN », en indiquer les raisons.

EXISTING ENTRY/
ARTICLE EXISTANT :       Indiquer les versions anglaise et française complètes de l'article existant
                         devant être modifié ou supprimé (s'il ne s'agit pas d'une proposition d'ajout
                         d'un nouvel article), telles qu'elles figurent dans la NTDB ou dans le glossaire
                         OTAN qu'il est proposé de modifier.

TERMINOLOGY
SOURCE/ SOURCE
DE LA
TERMINOLOGIE :           Indiquer toute autre source de référence qui n'est pas indiquée dans l'article
                         proposé (glossaires spécialisés, normes ISO, publications interalliées,
                         documents approuvés par des comités OTAN, etc.) sur laquelle la proposition
                         se fonde et qui est susceptible d'appuyer son étude.

TC COMMENTS / COMMENTAIRES DU TC (date) :
Si besoin est.

Observations et décisions dans l'ordre chronologique.




                                                1-F-A-1
                                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

   Lexique

Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire                Military Committee Terminology Conference
MCTC                                                          MCTC
Organe exécutif, siégeant en continu, réunissant tous         An executive body in continuous session which
les pays de l'OTAN, qui prend des décisions et                makes decisions, and provides
formule des recommandations et des avis sur des               recommendations and advice on military
questions de terminologie opérationnelle militaire            operational terminology under the purview of the
relevant du Comité militaire et auquel participent les        Military Committee (MC), and in which the
commandements stratégiques (SC) de l'OTAN à titre             Strategic Commands (SCs) participate as
de conseillers officiels.                                     official advisers.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

liste agréée                                                  agreed list
Liste des propositions qui ont été adoptées en vue de         A list of proposals that have been agreed for
leur ajout dans l'AAP-6, de leur modification ou de           addition to, modification in or deletion from AAP-
leur retrait de l'AAP-6.                                      6.
Note : les listes agréées sont numérotées suivant un          Note: Agreed Lists are numbered sequentially.
ordre séquentiel.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

liste des propositions rejetées                               rejection list
Liste des propositions qui ont été rejetées par la            A list of proposals that have been rejected by
MCTC.                                                         the MCTC.
Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre            Note: Rejection lists are numbered sequentially.
séquentiel.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

liste des propositions retirées                               withdrawal list
Liste des propositions qui ont été retirées par leurs         A list of proposals that have been withdrawn by
auteurs.                                                      the proposer(s).
Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre            Note: Withdrawal lists are numbered
séquentiel.                                                   sequentially.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

procédure d'accord tacite                                     silence procedure
Procédure par laquelle un accord est acquis si                A procedure by which concurrence is achieved
aucune objection n'est reçue d'ici à une date                 unless an objection is received by a given date.
déterminée.
Note : au sein de l'OTAN, seuls les pays membres              Note: Within NATO, only the member nations
peuvent rompre la procédure d'accord tacite.                  may break silence.
[AAP-42]                                                      [AAP-42]
Agréé OTAN                                                    NATO Agreed

proposition de terminologie                                   terminology proposal
PL                                                            PL
Demande officielle formulée par une source habilitée          A formal request by an authorized proposer to
visant à modifier l'AAP-6 par l'ajout, la modification ou     modify AAP-6 by adding, changing or deleting
la suppression d'articles.                                    entries.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

rapport de situation                                          status report
Liste des propositions en cours d'examen par un               A list of proposals under active consideration by
pays, une autorité responsable (TA) ou un autre               a nation, a tasking authority (TA) or another
organisme de l'OTAN ; on y retrouve également les             NATO body. It also includes proposals that have
propositions renvoyées pour étude complémentaire.             been deferred for further study.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

terminologie agréée OTAN                                      NATO Agreed Terminology
Terminologie qui a été approuvée dans les deux                The terminology that has been approved in both
langues officielles de l'OTAN par consensus des               official languages of NATO by the consensus of
pays membres de l'Organisation dans le cadre du               the NATO member nations, through the NATO
Programme OTAN de terminologie.                               Terminology Programme.
[AAP-42]                                                      [AAP-42]
Agréé OTAN                                                    NATO Agreed



                                                            1-F-A-2
                                                      AAP-6(2009)




                          PART 2

ENGLISH TERMS AND DEFINITIONS IN ENGLISH ALPHABETICAL ORDER




                            2-1
                                                                                              AAP-6(2009)

                                                           A

abac scale / abaque de                    The amount of energy imparted
conversion                                by nuclear (or ionizing) radiation   acknowledgement / aperçu
A nomogram for obtaining the              to unit mass of absorbing            A message from the addressee
conversion angle to apply when            material. The unit is the rad.       informing the originator that his
plotting great circle bearings on a       01 Feb 1973                          communication has been received
Mercator projection.                                                           and is understood.
01 Jul 1973                               acceleration error / erreur          01 Jan 1974
                                          d'accélération
abeam / par le travers                    An error caused by the deflection    acknowledgement signal /
Bearing approximately 090° or             of the vertical reference due to     signal d'accusé de réception
270° degrees relative; at right           any change in acceleration of the    A signal sent to indicate that a
angles to the longitudinal axis of a      aircraft.                            message has been received
vehicle.                                  01 Feb 1973                          properly.
18 Aug 1998                                                                    09 May 2000
                                          acceptable product / produit de
abeam replenishment /                     substitution                         aclinic line
ravitaillement à couple                   One which may be used in place       Preferred term: magnetic equator.
The transfer at sea of personnel          of another for extended periods
and/or supplies by rigs between           without technical advice.            acoustic circuit / mise de feu
two or more ships proceeding side         Related terms: emergency             acoustique
by side.                                  substitute; standardized product.    A circuit which responds to the
01 Jul 1980                               01 Feb 1973                          acoustic field of a target.
                                                                               Related term: mine1.
abort1 / avorter1                         acceptance trial / essai de          02 May1995
To terminate a mission for any            recette
reason other than enemy action. It        A trial carried out by nominated     acoustic intelligence /
may occur at any point after the          representatives of the eventual      renseignement acoustique
beginning of the mission and prior        military users of the weapon or      ACINT
to its completion.                        equipment to determine if the        Intelligence derived from the
01 May 1973                               specified performance and            collection and processing of
                                          characteristics have been met.       acoustic phenomena.
abort2 / avorter2                         Related terms: consumer              01 Nov 1986
To discontinue aircraft take-off or       logistics; production logistics.
missile launch.                           04 Nov 2005                          acoustic mine / mine
01 May 1973                                                                    acoustique
                                          access procedure / procédure         A mine with an acoustic circuit
abrasion / rayure                         d'accès                              which responds to the acoustic
In photography, a scratch or mark         Related term: explosive ordnance     field of a ship or sweep.
produced mechanically on an               disposal procedures.                 Related term: mine1.
emulsion surface or film base.            09 Jan 1996                          01 Aug 1976
01 Jan 1973
                                          accompaniment /                      acoustic minehunting / chasse
absolute filter / filtre absolu           accompagnement                       aux mines acoustique
A filter capable of cutting off 100       In naval cooperation and             The use of a sonar to detect
% by weight of solid particles            guidance for shipping, the           mines or mine-like objects which
greater than a stated micron size.        coordinated passage through a        may be on or protruding from the
01 Jan 1980                               specific area of increased risk by   sea bed, or buried.
                                          one or more merchant ships in        01 Nov 1975
absolute height / hauteur                 company with military assets.
absolue                                   Accompaniment takes place            acoustic warfare / guerre
The height of an aircraft directly        under a voluntary arrangement        acoustique
above the surface or terrain over         and does not imply direct            In an underwater environment, the
which it is flying.                       protection by military assets.       use of acoustic energy to provoke,
Related terms: altitude;altitude          Related terms: merchant ship;        exploit, restrict or prevent hostile
datum; barometric altitude;               merchant shipping; naval             use of the acoustic spectrum and
calibrated altitude; critical altitude;   cooperation and guidance for         the implementation of any
cruising altitude; cruising level;        shipping.                            measures taken to restrict its use
datum level; drop altitude; drop          02 Mar 2007                          to friendly forces.
height elevation; height1; high                                                Related terms: acoustic warfare
altitude; minimum safe altitude;          accuracy of fire / justesse de tir   counter-countermeasures;
pressure-altitude; transition             The precision of fire expressed by   acoustic warfare
altitude; transition level.               the closeness of a grouping of       countermeasures; acoustic
13 Jul 1994                               shots at and around the centre of    warfare support measures.
                                          the target.                          13 Dec 1999
absorbed dose / dose absorbée             01 Oct 1984

                                                        2-A-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

acoustic warfare counter-             organization so that it can function    active material / matière fissile
countermeasures / contre-             in its assigned capacity.               Material, such as plutonium and
contre-mesures de guerre              13 Dec 1999                             certain isotopes of uranium, which
acoustique                                                                    is capable of supporting a fission
In an underwater environment,         activation detector / détecteur         chain reaction.
those actions taken to ensure         de neutrons par activation              01 Feb 1973
effective friendly use of the         A device used to determine
acoustic spectrum by countering       neutron flux or density by virtue of    active mine / mine à dispositif
hostile acoustic warfare measures.    the radioactivity induced in it as a    actif
Acoustic warfare counter-             result of neutron capture.              A mine actuated by the reflection
countermeasures involve               01 Feb 1973                             from a target of a signal emitted
antiacoustic warfare support                                                  by the mine.
measures and antiacoustic warfare     active / actif(ve)                      Related term: passive mine1,2.
countermeasures, and may not          In surveillance, an adjective           01 Nov 1994
involve underwater acoustic           applied to actions or equipments
emissions.                            which emit energy capable of            active public information policy
Related terms: acoustic warfare;      being detected.                         / attitude active en matière
acoustic warfare countermeasures;     01 Nov 1975                             d'information publique
acoustic warfare support                                                      A policy which dictates that
measures.                             active air defence / défense            attempts will be made to stimulate
13 Dec 1999                           aérienne active                         media/public interest about an
                                      Active measures taken against           issue or activity for the purpose of
acoustic warfare                      attacking enemy forces to destroy       informing the public. Interest may
countermeasures / contre-             or nullify any form of air or missile   be stimulated by press advisories,
mesures de guerre acoustique          threat or to reduce the                 news releases, personal contacts,
In an underwater environment,         effectiveness of any such attack.       press conferences or other forms
actions taken to prevent or reduce    Related terms: air defence; air         of public presentation.
the use of the acoustic spectrum      superiority; air supremacy;             Related term: passive public
by hostile forces. Acoustic warfare   counter-air operation; defensive        information policy.
countermeasures involve               counter-air operation; offensive        01 Nov 1990
intentional underwater acoustic       counter-air operation; passive air
emissions for deception and           defence.                                actual ground zero / point zéro
jamming.                              20 Jun 2006                             réel
Related terms: acoustic warfare;                                              AGZ
acoustic warfare counter-             active defence / défense active         The point on the surface of the
countermeasures; acoustic warfare     Active measures taken against           earth at, or vertically below or
support measures.                     enemy forces to prevent, nullify or     above, the centre of an actual
13 Dec 1999                           reduce the effectiveness of any         nuclear detonation.
                                      form of enemy attack.                   Related terms: desired ground
acoustic warfare support              Related term: passive defence.          zero; ground zero.
measures / mesures de soutien         25 Jan 2005                             01 Sep 1981
de la guerre acoustique
AWSM                                  active electronic protective            actuate / déclencher
In an underwater environment,         measures / mesures de                   To operate a firing mechanism by
actions taken to search for,          protection électronique actives         an influence or a series of
intercept, locate, record and         Detectable measures, such as            influences in such a way that all
analyze radiated acoustic energy      altering transmitter parameters as      the requirements of the
for the purpose of exploiting such    necessary, to ensure effective          mechanism for firing or for
radiation. The use of these support   friendly use of the electromagnetic     registering a target count are met.
measures involves no intentional      spectrum.                               Related term : dormant state.
underwater acoustic emission and      Related terms: electronic protective    09 Jan 1996
is generally not detectable by        measures; passive electronic
hostile forces.                       protective measures.                    actuator / servocommande
Related terms: acoustic warfare;      20 Nov 1996                             A mechanism that furnishes the
acoustic warfare counter-                                                     force required to displace a
countermeasures; acoustic warfare     active homing guidance /                control surface or other control
countermeasures.                      guidage actif                           element.
13 Dec 1999                           A system of homing guidance             01 Jan 1980
                                      wherein both the source for
action information centre             illuminating the target, and the        acute radiation dose / dose
Preferred term: combat                receiver for detecting the energy       d'irradiation aiguë
information centre.                   reflected from the target as the        Total ionising radiation dose
                                      result of illuminating the target,      received at one time and over a
activate / activer                    are carried within the missile.         period so short that biological
In military administration, to make   Related term: homing guidance.          recovery cannot occur.
active by official order a            01 Feb 1973                             Related term: chronic radiation
previously established military                                               dose.


                                                2-A-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

01 Mar 1979                                                                   13 Dec 1999
                                       administrative chain of
add / plus loin                        command / voie administrative          administrative plan / plan
In artillery and naval fire support,   The normal chain of command for        administratif et logistique
a correction used by an                administration.                        A plan, normally relating to and
observer/spotter to indicate that      Related terms: chain of                complementing the operation plan
an increase in range along a           command; operational chain of          or order, which provides
spotting line is desired.              command.                               information and instructions
01 Sep 1974                            01 Jun 1984                            covering the logistic and
                                                                              administrative support of the
additional military                    administrative control /               operation.
layer / couche militaire               contrôle administratif                 01 Sep 1981
additionnelle                          ADCON
AML                                    Direction or exercise of authority     advanced aerodrome /
A unified range of digital             over subordinate or other              aérodrome avancé
geospatial data products               organizations in respect to            An aerodrome, usually having
designed to satisfy the totality of    administrative matters such as         minimum facilities, in or near an
NATO non-navigational maritime         personnel management, supply,          objective area.
defence requirements.                  services, and other matters not        Related term: aerodrome.
01 Oct 2003                            included in the operational            20 Nov 1996
                                       missions of the subordinate or
ad hoc movement / mouvement            other organizations.                   advanced base / base avancée
improvisé                              Related terms: command1; control;      A base located in or near a
A movement which may occur at          full command; operational              theatre of operations whose
any time, for which necessary or       command; operational control.          primary mission is to support
appropriate planning data is not       01 Apr 1971                            military operations.
yet available. This movement will                                             01 Mar 1981
be partially or fully planned as       administrative escort /
soon as the required information       escorteur administratif                advanced fleet anchorage /
has been provided.                     A warship or merchant ship under       mouillage avancé de flotte
Related terms: fully planned           naval control, carrying a convoy       A secure anchorage for a large
movement; partially planned            commodore and his staff, serving       number of naval vessels, mobile
movement.                              as a platform for simultaneous         support units and auxiliaries
01 Nov 1990                            communication with an                  located in or near a theatre of
                                       operational control authority and a    operations.
adjust fire1 / prêt à régler           coastal convoy.                        Related term: emergency
In artillery and naval fire support,   01 Oct 1978                            anchorage
a method of control transmitted in                                            01 Feb 1973
the call for fire by the observer or   administrative loading /
spotter to indicate that he will       chargement administratif               advanced guard / avant-garde
control the adjustment.                commercial loading                     The leading element of an
01 Sep 1974                            A loading system which gives           advancing force. The primary
                                       primary consideration to achieving     mission is to ensure the
adjust fire2 / réglage                 maximum utilization of troops and      uninterrupted advance of the main
In artillery and naval fire support,   cargo space without regard to          body. It has the following
an order or request to initiate an     tactical considerations. Equipment     functions:
adjustment of fire.                    and supplies must be unloaded          a. to find and exploit gaps in the
01 Sep 1974                            and sorted before they can be          enemy's defensive system;
                                       used.                                  b. to prevent the main body of the
adjustment of fire / réglage           01 Feb 1973                            advancing force running blindly
observé de tir                                                                into enemy opposition;
Process used in artillery and naval    administrative movement /              c. to clear away minor opposition
fire to obtain correct bearing,        mouvement administratif                or, if major opposition is met, to
range and height of burst (if time     A movement in which troops and         cover the deployment of the main
fuzes are used) when engaging a        vehicles are arranged to expedite      body.
target by observed fire.               their movement and conserve            Related term: mainguard.
Related term: spot.                    time and energy when no enemy          01 Feb 1973
01 Feb 1973                            interference, except by air, is
                                       anticipated.                           advance force / force d'avant-
administration/administration          01 Feb 1973                            garde
The provision and implementation                                              A temporary organization within
of regulations and procedures          administrative order / ordre           the amphibious task force which
related to the management of an        administratif                          precedes the main body to the
organization in support of the         An order covering traffic, supplies,   objective area. Its function is to
accomplishment of its mission.         maintenance, evacuation,               participate in preparing the
[Approving authority(ies): NCS]        personnel and other                    objective for the main assault by
10 Mar 2004                            administrative details.                conducting such operations as


                                                 2-A-3
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

reconnaissance, seizure of                                                       It also assigns medical missions
supporting positions,                   aerodrome damage repair /                to the appropriate aeromedical
minesweeping, preliminary               réparation des dégâts subis par          evacuation elements in the
bombardment, underwater                 un aérodrome                             system and monitors patient
demolitions, and air support.           ADR                                      movement activities.
01 Jun 1981                             The range of activities required to      01 Feb 1973
                                        restore the operational capability
advance to contact / marche à           of an aerodrome after non-nuclear        aeromedical evacuation
l'ennemi                                attack, including:                       coordinating officer / officier
An offensive operation designed         a. reconnaissance to assess the          régulateur des évacuations
to gain or re-establish contact with    damage and essential                     sanitaires aériennes
the enemy.                              recuperative work;                       AECO
Related term: approach march.           b. explosive ordnance disposal;          An officer of an originating, in-
01 Oct 1978                             c. restoration of minimum                transit, or destination medical
                                        operating surfaces, including            facility/ establishment who
adversary / adversaire                  aircraft manoeuvring areas and           coordinates aeromedical
A party acknowledged as                 access tracks;                           evacuation activities of the
potentially hostile to a friendly       d. restoration of services and           facility/establishment.
party and against which the use of      facilities essential for the conduct     10 Jun 2003
force may be envisaged.                 of air operations.
14 Oct 2002                             03 Aug 1998                              aeromedical evacuation
                                                                                 operations officer / officier
advisory area / région à service        aerodrome traffic1 / circulation         responsable des opérations
                                                        1
consultatif                             d'aérodrome                              d'évacuations sanitaires
A designated area within a flight       All traffic on the manoeuvring           aériennes
information region where air traffic    area of an aerodrome.                    An officer of the airlift force or
advisory service is available.          Related terms: aerodrome; air            command who is responsible for
01 Feb 1973                             traffic.                                 activities relating to planning and
                                        01 Oct 2001                              directing aeromedical evacuation
advisory control / contrôle                                                      operations, maintaining liaison
consultatif                             aerodrome traffic2 / circulation         with medical airlift activities
                                                         2
A mode of control under which the       d'aérodrome                              concerned, operating an
aircraft commander selects his          All aircraft flying in the vicinity of   aeromedical evacuation control
own speed, altitude and heading,        an aerodrome.                            centre, and otherwise
and has freedom of action to            Related terms: aerodrome; air            coordinating aircraft and patient
accomplish the assigned task.           traffic.                                 movements.
The aircraft control unit will inform   01 Oct 2001                              01 Feb 1973
the aircraft of the current tactical
picture and provide adequate            aerodynamic missile / missile            aeromedical evacuation system
warnings of hazards affecting           aérodynamique                            / chaîne d'évacuations
aircraft safety.                        A missile which uses aerodynamic         sanitaires aériennes
01 Nov 1975                             forces to maintain its flight path.      AES
                                        Related terms: ballistic missile;        A system which provides:
aerial picket                           guided missile.                          a. control of patient movement by
Preferred term: air picket.             01 Nov 1994                              air transport;
                                                                                 b. specialized medical attendants
aerial reconnaissance                   aeromedical evacuation /                 and equipment for in-flight
Preferred term: air                     évacuation sanitaire aérienne            medical care;
reconnaissance.                         AEROMEDEVAC                              c. facilities on, or in the vicinity of,
                                        The movement of patients to and          air strips and airbases, for the
aerodrome / aérodrome                   between medical treatment                limited medical care of intransit
airfield                                facilities by air transportation.        patients entering, en route via, or
AD                                      02 March 2009                            leaving the system;
An area prepared for the                                                         d. communication with destination
accommodation (including any            aeromedical evacuation control           and en route medical facilities
buildings, installations and            centre / centre de contrôle des          concerning patient airlift
equipment), landing and take-off        évacuations sanitaires                   movements.
of aircraft.                            aériennes                                01 Feb 1973
Related terms: advanced                 AECC
aerodrome; aerodrome traffic1,2;        The control facility established by      aeronautical chart / carte
air strip; air traffic; alternate       the commander of an air transport        aéronautique
                           4
aerodrome; diversion ; diversion        division, air force, or air              A chart specifically designed to
aerodrome; helipad; landing             command. It operates in                  meet air navigation requirements.
     2                 1
area ; landing site ; main              conjunction with the command             Related terms: aeronautical
aerodrome; redeployment                 movement control centre and              plotting chart; aeronautical
                                  1,2
aerodrome; touchdown zone .             coordinates overall medical              topographic chart; chart; map;
01 Feb 1973                             requirements with airlift capability.    special aeronautical chart.


                                                   2-A-4
                                                                                       AAP-6(2009)

01 Nov 1991                                                                 01 Oct 2001
                                      after-flight inspection /
aeronautical information              vérification après le vol             airborne3 / aéroporté3
overprint / surimpression             post- flight inspection               Adjective used to describe
d'informations aéronautiques          General examination after flight      aeronautical equipment used to
Additional information which is       for obvious defects, correction of    accomplish a particular mission.
printed or stamped on a map or        defects reported by aircraft crews,   01 Oct 2001
chart for the specific purpose of     replenishment of consumable or
air navigation.                       expendable stores, and securing       airborne4 / de bord
01 Feb 1973                           aircraft.                             Adjective used to describe items
                                      01 Feb 1973                           forming an integral part of an
aeronautical plotting chart /                                               aircraft.
carte de tracé de route               agency / organisme de                 01 Oct 2001
aéronautique                          renseignement
A chart designed for the graphical    collection agency                     airborne5 / en vol
processes of navigation.              In intelligence usage, an             Adjective used to describe the
Related terms: aeronautical chart;    organization or individual engaged    state of an aircraft from the instant
aeronautical topographic chart;       in collecting and/or processing       it becomes entirely sustained by air
chart; map; special aeronautical      information.                          until it ceases to be so sustained.
chart.                                Related terms: agent; intelligence    01 Oct 2001
01 Oct 1984                           cycle; source.
                                      01 Sep 1981                           airborne alert / alerte en vol
aeronautical topographic chart                                              A state of aircraft readiness
/ carte topographique                 agent / agent                         wherein combat-equipped aircraft
aéronautique                          In intelligence usage, one who is     are airborne and ready for
A representation of features of the   recruited, trained, controlled and    immediate action.
surface of the earth, designed        employed to obtain and report         Related terms: alert1; fighter
primarily as an aid to visual or      information.                          cover.
radar navigation, which shows         Related terms: agency; source.        01 Sep 2003
selected terrain, cultural or         01 Sep 1981
hydrographic features and                                                   airborne assault
                                                                                                         2
supplementary aeronautical            age of moon / âge de la lune          Preferred term: assault phase .
information.                          The elapsed time, usually
Related terms: aeronautical chart;    expressed in days, since the last     airborne command post / poste
aeronautical plotting chart; chart;   new moon.                             de commandement volant
map; special aeronautical chart.      01 Feb 1973                           ACP
01 Feb 1973                                                                 A suitably equipped aircraft used
                                      agonic line / ligne agonale           by the commander for the conduct
aeropause / aéropause                 A line drawn on a map or chart        of his operations.
Region in which functional effects    joining points of zero magnetic       01 Oct 2003
of the atmosphere on man and          declination for a specified year
aircraft cease to exist.              date.                                 airborne early warning and
01 Feb 1973                           01 Feb 1974                           control / alerte lointaine et
                                                                            contrôle aérien par moyens
afloat support / soutien              agreed point / repère convenu         aéroportés
logistique à la mer                   A predetermined point on the          Air surveillance and control
A form of logistic support outside    ground, identifiable from the air,    provided by airborne early
the confines of a harbour in which    and used when aircraft assist in      warning aircraft which are
fuel, ammunition and supplies are     fire adjustment.                      equipped with search and height-
provided for operating forces         01 Feb 1973                           finding radar and communication
either underway or at anchor.                                               equipment for controlling weapon
01 Dec 1974                           airborne1 / aéroporté1                systems.
                                      Adjective used to describe troops     Related term: air picket.
afterburning1 / postcombustion1       specially trained to carry out        01 Feb 1973
The characteristic of some rocket     operations, either by paradrop or
motors to burn irregularly for        air landing, following an air         airborne force / force
some time after the main burning      movement.                             aéroportée
and thrust has ceased.                Related terms: airborne force;        A force composed primarily of
01 Feb 1973                           airborne operation; air portable;     ground and air units organized,
                                      air-transportable; operation;         equipped and trained for airborne
afterburning2 /                       paradrop.                             operations.
postcombustion
                  2
                                      01 Oct 2001                           Related terms: airborne1; force(s).
The process of fuel injection and                                           01 Feb 1973
combustion in the exhaust jet of a    airborne2 / aéroporté2
turbojet engine (aft or to the rear   Adjective used to describe materiel   airborne force liaison officer /
of the turbine).                      specially designed for airborne       officier de liaison des forces
01 Feb 1973                           troops.                               aéroportées


                                                2-A-5
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

An officer who is the                  The taking and processing of air       the aircraft arresting hook.
representative of the airborne         photographs for mapping and            Related term: aircraft arresting
units and who works with the air       charting purposes.                     system.
force on aerodromes being used         01 Feb 1973                            13 Jul 1994
for airborne operations.
01 Feb 1973                            air control / contrôle aérien          aircraft arresting gear /
                                       Related terms: air controller; air     dispositif d'arrêt d'aéronef
airborne interception                  traffic control centre; airway; area   A device used to engage hook
equipment / centrale                   control centre; control and            equipped aircraft to absorb the
d'interception                         reporting centre; control area;        forward momentum of a routine or
A fire control system, including       control zone; controlled airspace;     emergency landing, or aborted
radar equipment, installed in          interceptor controller; tactical air   take-off.
interceptor aircraft used to effect    control centre; tactical air           Related term: aircraft arresting
air interception.                      controller; terminal control area.     system.
01 Aug 1973                            01 Feb 1973                            01 Jan 1983

airborne operation / opération         air controller / contrôleur aérien     aircraft arresting hook / crosse
aéroportée                             An individual especially trained for   d'arrêt d'aéronef
An operation involving the             and assigned the duty of the           tail hook
movement of combat forces and          control (by use of radio, radar, or    A device fitted to an aircraft to
their logistic support into an         other means) of such aircraft as       engage arresting gear.
objective area by air.                 may be allotted to him for             Related term: aircraft arresting
Related terms: airborne1; air          operation within his area.             system.
transportable unit.                    Related terms: air control; tactical   01 Jul 1994
01 Feb 1973                            air controller.
                                       01 Feb 1973                            aircraft arresting system /
airborne radio relay / relais                                                 système d'arrêt d'aéronef
radio en vol                           air corridor / corridor aérien         A series of devices used to stop
A technique employing aircraft         A restricted air route of travel       an aircraft by absorbing its
fitted with radio relay stations for   specified for use by friendly          momentum in a routine or
the purpose of increasing the          aircraft and established for the       emergency landing or aborted
range, flexibility or physical         purpose of preventing friendly         take-off.
security of communication              aircraft from being fired on by        Related terms: aircraft arresting
systems.                               friendly forces.                       barrier; aircraft arresting cable;
01 Feb 1973                            01 Feb 1973                            aircraft arresting gear; aircraft
                                                                              arresting hook.
airburst / explosion aérienne          aircraft / aéronef                     01 Nov 1994
An explosion of a bomb or              A/C
projectile above the surface as        AC (admitted)                          aircraft arresting wire
distinguished from an explosion        Any machine that can derive            Preferred term: aircraft arresting
on contact with the surface or         support in the atmosphere from         cable.
after penetration.                     the reactions of the air other than
Related term: type of burst.           the reactions of the air against the   aircraft arrestment / arrêt d'un
01 Feb 1973                            earth's surface.                       aéronef
                                       [derived from: ICAO]                   Controlled stopping of an aircraft
air cargo / cargaison aérienne         20 Jun 2006                            by external means.
Stores, equipment or vehicles,                                                01 Aug 1974
which do not form part of the          aircraft arresting barrier /
aircraft, and are either part or all   barrière d'arrêt d'aéronef             aircraft captain
of its payload.                        emergency barrier                      Preferred term: aircraft
Related term: cargo.                   A device, not dependent on an          commander.
01 Mar 1981                            aircraft arresting hook, used to
                                       stop an aircraft by absorbing its      aircraft climb corridor / couloir
air cartographic camera /              forward momentum in an                 de montée pour aéronefs
chambre                                emergency landing or aborted           Controlled airspace of defined
aérophotogrammétrique                  take-off.                              vertical and horizontal dimensions
mapping camera                         Related term: aircraft arresting       extending from a controlled area
A camera having the accuracy           system.                                that may include an aerodrome, in
and other characteristics essential    01 Nov 1994                            which an aircraft executes all or
for air survey or cartographic                                                part of a climb under positive
photography.                           aircraft arresting cable / câble       control.
01 May 1973                            d'arrêt d'aéronef                      04 Oct 2000
                                       aircraft arresting wire
air cartographic photography /         That portion of an aircraft            aircraft commander /
photographie aérienne                  arresting system which spans the       commandant d'aéronef
cartographique                         runway surface or flight deck          aircraft captain
air survey photography                 landing area and is engaged by         The aircrew member designated


                                                 2-A-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

by a competent authority as being     aircraft ground support                A change in the physical
in command of an aircraft and         equipment / matériel de                characteristics of aircraft,
responsible for its safe operation.   servitude au sol                       accomplished either by a change
Note: The aircraft commander          Equipment needed to carry out          in production specifications or by
may also be the mission               servicing and maintenance of an        alteration of items already
commander.                            aircraft and its associated mission    produced.
Related term: mission                 systems.                               01 Feb 1973
commander.                            25 Sep 1998
01 Oct 2001                                                                  aircraft picketing / saisie
                                      aircraft guide                         d'aéronef
aircraft control unit / unité de      Preferred term: aircraft               aircraft tie-down
contrôle tactique air                 marshaller.                            Securing aircraft when parked in
A unit with facilities and                                                   the open to restrain movement
personnel, including controllers,     aircraft handover / prise en           due to the weather or condition of
for conducting aircraft control and   compte successive d'un                 the parking area.
which exercises tactical control of   aéronef                                01 Dec 1974
aircraft or a unit(s).                The process of transferring
01 Nov 1975                           control of aircraft from one           aircraft replenishing /
                                      controlling authority to another.      ravitaillement d'un aéronef
aircraft cross-servicing /            01 Feb 1973                            The refilling of aircraft with
services mutuels pour aéronefs                                               consumables such as fuel, oil,
ACS                                   aircraft inspection / vérification     and compressed gasses to
Services performed on an aircraft     d'aéronefs                             predetermined levels, pressures,
by an organization other than that    The process of systematically          quantities or weights. Rearming is
to which the aircraft is assigned,    examining, checking and testing        excluded.
according to an established           aircraft structural members,           01 Feb 1973
operational aircraft cross-           components and systems, to
servicing requirement, and for        detect actual or potential             aircraft role equipment
which there may be a charge.          unserviceable conditions.              Preferred term: aircraft mission
Aircraft cross-servicing has been     01 Feb 1973                            equipment.
divided into two categories:
a. Stage A cross-servicing - The      aircraft loading table / tableau       aircraft scrambling / ordre de
servicing of an aircraft on an        de fractionnement                      décollage immédiat
aerodrome/ship, which enables         A data sheet used by the force         Directing the immediate take-off
the aircraft to be flown to another   unit commander containing              of aircraft from a ground alert
aerodrome/ship.                       information as to the load that        condition of readiness.
b. Stage B cross-servicing - The      actually goes into each aircraft.      01 Feb 1973
servicing of an aircraft on an        01 Feb 1973
aerodrome/ship, which enables                                                aircraft servicing / entretien
the aircraft to be flown on an        aircraft marshaller / signaleur        courant pour aéronefs
operational mission.                  aircraft guide                         Activities and procedures related
Related terms: aircraft servicing,    A person trained to direct by          to inspection, replenishment of
aircraft transient servicing;         visual or other means the              expendables and consumables,
operational aircraft cross-           movement of aircraft on the            cleaning, lubrication, marshalling,
servicing requirement.                ground into and out of landing,        parking and securing of aircraft.
01 Nov 1994                           parking or hovering points.            Related terms: aircraft cross-
                                      01 Feb 1973                            servicing; aircraft servicing
aircraft dispersal area / aire de                                            connector; aircraft transient
dispersion                            aircraft marshalling area / aire       servicing; cross-servicing;
An area on a military installation    de manoeuvre des aéronefs              servicing.
designed primarily for the            An area in which aircraft may form     02 Mar 2007
dispersal of parked aircraft,         up before take-off or assemble
whereby such aircraft will be less    after landing.                         aircraft servicing connector /
vulnerable in the event of enemy      Related term: manoeuvring area.        raccord de servitude pour
air raid.                             01 Feb 1973                            aéronefs
01 Feb 1973                                                                  A device fitted to aircraft and/or
                                      aircraft mission equipment /           ground equipment which enables
aircraft flat pallet / palette        équipement particulier d'un            replenishing and/or servicing to
d'aéronef                             aéronef                                be carried out.
A stressed pallet capable of          aircraft role equipment                Related terms: aircraft cross-
supporting and restraining a          Equipment that must be fitted to       servicing; aircraft servicing;
specifically rated load. It is        an aircraft to enable it to fulfil a   aircraft transient servicing; cross-
specifically designed for tie-down    particular mission or task.            servicing; servicing.
in an aircraft.                       01 Feb 1973                            01 Dec 1979
Related term: palletized unit load.
01 Feb 1973                           aircraft modification /                aircraft store / charge emportée
                                      modification d'un aéronef              par aéronef


                                                 2-A-7
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

Any device intended for internal or     continuously at higher than             warning functions of a specific area
external carriage and mounted on        ambient pressure.                       of air defence responsibility are
aircraft suspension and release         Related term: ground-effect             supervised and coordinated.
equipment, whether or not the           machine.                                Related term: combat information
item is intended to be separated        09 Jan 1996                             centre.
in flight from the aircraft. Aircraft                                           09 Jul 1997
stores are classified in two            air data computer
categories as follows:                  Preferrred term: central air data       air defence early warning
a. Expendable store - An aircraft       computer.                               Preferred term: early warning.
store normally separated from the       01 Mar 1981
aircraft in flight such as a missile,                                           air defence ground
rocket, bomb, nuclear weapon,           air defence / défense aérienne          environment / réseau de
mine, torpedo, pyrotechnic              AD                                      défense aérienne
device, sonobuoy, signal                All measures designed to nullify or     The network of ground radar sites
underwater sound device, or other       reduce the effectiveness of hostile     and command and control centres
similar items.                          air action.                             within a specific theatre of
b. Non-expendable store - An            Related terms: active air defence;      operations which are used for the
aircraft store which is not normally    passive air defence.                    tactical control of air defence
separated from the aircraft in flight   01 Mar 1985                             operations.
such as a tank (fuel and spray),                                                01 Jan 1983
line-source disseminator, pod           air defence action area / zone
(refuelling, thrust augmentation,       d'action de défense aérienne            air defence identification zone /
gun, electronic-countermeasures,        An area and the airspace above it       zone d'identification de défense
data link, etc.), multiple rack,        within which friendly aircraft or       aérienne
target, cargo drop container,           surface-to-air weapons are              ADIZ
drone or other similar items.           normally given precedence in            Airspace of defined dimensions
Related terms: cluster bomb unit;       operations except under specified       within which the ready
load.                                   conditions.                             identification, location, and control
01 Sep 1981                             Related term: air defence               of aircraft is required.
                                        operations area.                        Related term: air defence
aircraft tie-down                       01 Jul 1993                             operations area.
Preferred term: aircraft picketing.                                             01 Feb 1973
                                        air defence area / zone de
aircraft transient servicing /          défense aérienne                        air defence operations area /
assistance aux aéronefs de              ADA                                     zone d'opérations de défense
passage                                 A specifically defined airspace for     aérienne
Services performed on an aircraft       which air defence must be               A geographical area within which
by an organization other than that      planned and provided.                   procedures are established to
to which the aircraft is assigned       Related term: combat air patrol.        minimize interference between air
and for which there may be a            01 Jul 1993                             defence operations and other
financial charge. This activity is                                              types of operations. It may include
separate from the established           air defence command /                   one or more of the following:
aircraft cross-servicing                commandement de la défense              a. air defence action area;
programme and requires that the         aérienne                                b. air defence area;
transient aircrew supervise the         ADC                                     c. air defence identification zone;
correct application of ground crew      The authority and responsibility        d. firepower umbrella.
procedures.                             for the air defence of a designated     Related terms: air defence action
Related terms: aircraft cross-          area.                                   area; air defence identification
servicing; aircraft servicing           01 Nov 1975                             zone; fire-power umbrella.
01 Jul 1994                                                                     04 Oct 2000
                                        air defence commander /
aircraft vectoring / guidage des        commandant de la défense                air defence region / région de
appareils par transmission de           aérienne                                défense aérienne
cap                                     A duly appointed commander              ADR
The directional control of in-flight    responsible for the air defence of      A geographical subdivision of an
aircraft through transmission of        a designated area                       air defence area.
azimuth headings.                       01 Nov 1975                             01 Dec 1974
01 Feb 1973
                                        air defence control centre /            air defence sector / secteur de
air-cushion vehicle /                   centre de contrôle de défense           défense aérienne
aéroglisseur                            aérienne                                A geographical subdivision of an
ACV                                     ADCC                                    air defence region.
A vehicle capable of being              The principal information,              01 Feb 1973
operated so that its weight,            communication and operations
including its payload, is wholly or     centre from which all aircraft, anti-   air defence ship / bâtiment de
significantly supported on a            aircraft operations, air defence        défense aérienne
cushion of air generated                artillery, guided missiles and air      The ship detailed to assume


                                                   2-A-8
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

responsibility for air defence.        Related terms: beachhead;              allowable load; load; loading.
01 Feb 1973                            bridgehead.                            01 Feb 1973
                                       01 Feb 1973
air draught / tirant d'air                                                    airlift requirement / capacité
The vertical distance between the      airhead2 / tête de pont aérienne2      d'enlèvement demandé
waterline and the highest point of a   A designated location in an area       The total number of passengers
ship's structure.                      of operations used as a base for       and/or weight/cubic displacement
Related terms: draught; overhead       supply and evacuation by air.          of cargo required to be carried by
clearence.                             Related terms: beachhead;              air for a specific task.
04 Oct 2000                            bridgehead.                            Related terms: airlift capability;
                                       01 Feb 1973                            load; loading.
airdrop / largage1                                                            01 Feb 1973
Delivery of personnel or cargo         air interception / interception
from aircraft in flight.               aérienne                               air logistic support operation /
                                          1
Related terms: airdrop platform;       AI                                     opération aérienne de soutien
air movement; free drop; hill          An operation by which aircraft         logistique
shading; low velocity drop;            effect visual or electronic contact    An air operation, excluding an
platform drop.                         with other aircraft.                   airborne operation, conducted
01 Feb 1973                            Related terms: broadcast               within a theatre of operations to
                                       controlled air interception; close     distribute and/or recover
airdrop platform / plate-forme         controlled air interception;           personnel, equipment and
de largage                             controlled interception.               supplies.
A base on which vehicles, cargo        01 Dec 1974                            04 Oct 2000
or equipment are loaded for
airdrop or low altitude extraction.    air interdiction / interdiction        airmiss
Related terms: airdrop; platform       aérienne                               Preferred term: near miss.
drop.                                  AI
01 Feb 1973                            Air operations conducted to divert,    air mission
                                       disrupt, delay, degrade or destroy     Preferred term: mission2.
air evacuation / évacuation par        an enemy’s military potential
air                                    before it can be brought to bear       airmobile forces / force
Evacuation by aircraft of              effectively and at such distance       aéromobile
personnel and cargo.                   that detailed integration of each      The ground combat, supporting
01 Feb 1973                            air mission with the fire and          and air vehicle units required to
                                       manoeuvre of friendly forces is        conduct an airmobile operation.
airfield                               not required.                          01 Mar 1979
Preferred term: aerodrome.             02 March 2009
                                                                              airmobile operation / opération
air freighting / aérotransport de      air landed / posé1                     aéromobile
matériel                               Moved by air and disembarked, or       An operation in which combat
The non-tactical movement of           unloaded, after the aircraft has       forces and their equipment
cargo by air.                          landed or while a helicopter is        manoeuvre about the battlefield
01 Feb 1973                            hovering.                              by aircraft to engage in ground
                                       Related terms: air movement;           combat.
air-ground operations system /         landing area1,2                        Related term: helicopterborne
système d'opérations air-sol           01 Dec 1974                            operation.
An Army and/or Air Force system                                               01 Nov 1992
providing the ground commander         air liaison officer / officier de
with the means for receiving,          liaison "air"                          airmobility / aéromobilité
processing and forwarding the          A tactical air force or naval          A capability of airmobile forces
requests of subordinate ground         aviation officer attached to a         which permits them to move by air
commanders for air support             ground or naval unit or formation      while retaining the ability to
missions and for the rapid             as the advisor on tactical air         engage in ground combat.
dissemination of information and       operation matters.                     01 Dec 1977
intelligence.                          Related term: ground liaison
01 Feb 1973                            officer.                               air movement / mouvement par
                                       01 Nov 1975                            voie aérienne
airhead1 / tête de pont aérienne1                                             Air transport of units, personnel,
A designated area in a hostile or      airlift capability / capacité          supplies, equipment and matériel.
threatened territory which, when       d'emport instantané                    Related terms: air landed; airdrop;
seized and held, ensures the           The total capacity expressed in        air trooping; free drop; high
continuous air landing of troops       terms of number of passengers          velocity drop; low velocity drop;
and matériel and provides the          and/or weight/cubic displacement       release.
manoeuvre space necessary for          of cargo that can be carried at any    01 Nov 1994
projected operations. Normally it      one time to a given destination by
is the area seized in the assault      the available air transport service.   air movement officer /
phase of an airborne operation.        Related terms: airlift requirement;    régulateur


                                                 2-A-9
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

An officer trained for duties in air   Related term: airborne early          bâtiment contrôleur des
movement/traffic sections.             warning and control.                  renseignements de raids
01 Feb 1973                            01 Aug 1976                           aériens
                                                                             A ship to which the air defence
air movement table / tableau           air plot1 / graphique de              ship has delegated the duties of
d'enlèvement                           navigation aérienne par rapport       controlling air warning radar and
                                              1
A table prepared by a ground           à l'air                               air raid reporting.
force commander in coordination        A continuous plot used in air         01 Feb 1973
with an air force commander. This      navigation of a graphic
form, issued as an annex to the        representation of true headings       air reconnaissance /
operation order:                       steered and air distances flown.      reconnaissance aérienne
a. indicates the allocation of         01 Feb 1973                           aerial reconnaissance
aircraft space to elements of the                                            AR
ground units to be airlifted;          air plot2 / graphique de              The collection of information of
b. designates the number and           navigation aérienne par rapport       intelligence interest either by
                                              2
type of aircraft in each serial;       à l'air                               visual observation from the air or
c. specifies the departure area,       A continuous plot of the position     through the use of airborne
time of loading and take-off.          of an airborne object represented     sensors.
01 Feb 1973                            graphically to show true headings     Related term: reconnaissance.
                                       steered and air distances.            01 Mar 1981
air movement traffic section /         01 Feb 1973
section trafic des mouvements                                                air route / route aérienne
aériens                                air plot3 / plot air                  AR
A section located on those             Within ships, a display which         The navigable airspace between
aerodromes which serve transport       shows the positions and               two points, identified to the extent
aircraft. It is responsible for the    movements of an airborne object       necessary for the application of
loading and unloading of aircraft,     relative to the plotting ship.        flight rules.
and for the handling of                01 Feb 1973                           01 Feb 1973
passengers, mail and materiel.
01 Feb 1973                            air policing / police aérienne        airspace control / contrôle de
                                       The use of interceptor aircraft, in   l'espace aérien
air observer / observateur             peacetime, for the purpose of         AC
aérien                                 preserving the integrity of a         ASC
An individual whose primary            specified airspace.                   The implementation and
mission is to observe or take          01 Dec 1974                           coordination of the procedures
photographs from an aircraft in                                              governing airspace planning and
order to adjust artillery fire or      air-portable / aéroportable           organization in order to minimize
obtain military information.           An adjective used to describe         risk and allow for the efficient and
01 Feb 1973                            materiel or equipment which,          flexible use of airspace.
                                       loaded either internally or           Related term: airspace control
air photographic                       externally, can be transported by     authority.
reconnaissance /                       air with no more than minor           22 Jun 2004
reconnaissance aérienne                dismantling and reassembling by
photographique                         the user unit.                        airspace control area / zone de
The obtaining of information by air    Note: The type of aircraft must be    contrôle de l'espace aérien
photography, divided into three        specified to indicate the degree of   Airspace which is laterally defined
types:                                 air portability.                      by the boundaries of the area of
a. strategic photographic              Related terms: airborne1; air-        operations. The airspace control
reconnaissance;                        transportable.                        area may be subdivided into
b. tactical photographic               01 Oct 2001                           airspace control sub-areas.
reconnaissance;                                                              01 Mar 1981
c. survey / cartographic               air position / position air
photography - air photography          no-wind position                      airspace control authority /
taken for survey/ cartographical       The calculated position of an         autorité de contrôle de l'espace
purposes and to                        aircraft assuming no wind effect.     aérien
survey/cartographic standards of       01 Feb 1973                           ACA
accuracy. It may be strategic or                                             The commander designated to
tactical.                              air priorities committee / comité     assume overall responsibility for
01 Feb 1973                            de priorités aériennes                the operation of the airspace
                                       A committee set up to determine       control system in his or her
air picket / avion piquet-radar        the priorities of passengers and      assigned area.
aerial picket                          cargo.                                Related term: airspace control.
An airborne early warning aircraft     Related term: air transport           22 Jun 2004
positioned primarily to detect,        allocations board.
report and track approaching           01 Feb 1973                           airspace control boundary /
enemy aircraft or missiles and to                                            limite de contrôle de l'espace
control intercepts.                    air raid reporting control ship /     aérien


                                                2-A-10
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

The lateral limits of an airspace     of operations by the former and its    Related term: surveillance.
control area, airspace control sub-   related land, sea and air forces at    01 Feb 1973
area, high density airspace control   a given time and place without
zone or airspace restricted area.     prohibitive interference by the        air surveillance officer / officier
01 Mar 1981                           opposing force.                        de surveillance aérienne
                                      01 Feb 1973                            An individual responsible for
airspace control system /                                                    coordinating and maintaining an
système de contrôle de                air supply / ravitaillement par        accurate, current picture of the air
l'espace aérien                       air                                    situation within an assigned
ACS                                   The delivery of cargo by airdrop or    airspace area.
An arrangement of those               air landing.                           01 Jan 1983
organizations, personnel, policies,   01 Feb 1973
procedures and facilities required                                           air survey photography
to perform airspace control           air support / appui aérien             Preferred term: air cartographic
functions.                            All forms of support given by air      photography.
01 Sep 1981                           forces on land or sea.
                                      Related terms: close air support;      air terminal / aérogare
airspace restrictions /               immediate air support; indirect air    An installation on an aerodrome
restrictions de l'espace aérien       support; on call mission;              with facilities for loading and
Special restrictive measures          preplanned air support; tactical air   unloading aircraft and processing
applied to segments of airspace       support.                               traffic (passengers, baggage,
of defined dimensions.                01 Feb 1973                            cargo and mail).
01 Jul 1980                                                                  01 Jul 1987
                                      air support operations centre /
airspace warning area                 centre d'opérations d'appui            air-to-air guided missile /
Preferred term: danger area.          aérien                                 missile air-air
                                      ASOC                                   An air-launched guided missile for
airspeed indicator / indicateur       An agency of a tactical air control    use against air targets.
de vitesse air                        system collocated with a corps         Related term: guided missile.
An instrument which displays the      headquarters or an appropriate         01 Aug 1982
indicated airspeed of the aircraft    land force headquarters, which
derived from inputs of pitot and      coordinates and directs close air      air-to-surface guided missile /
static pressures.                     support and other tactical air         missile air-surface
01 Mar 1981                           support.                               An air-launched guided missile for
                                      Related term: tactical air control     use against surface targets.
air staging unit / service            centre.                                Related term: guided missile.
d'escale aérienne                     01 Jan 1983                            01 Aug 1982
A unit situated at an aerodrome
and concerned with reception,         air supremacy / maîtrise de l'air      air traffic / circulation aérienne
handling, servicing and               That degree of air superiority         All aircraft in flight or operating on
preparation for departure of          wherein the opposing air force is      the manoeuvring area of an
aircraft and control of personnel     incapable of effective                 aerodrome.
and cargo.                            interference.                          [ICAO]
01 Dec 1993                           01 Feb 1973                            Related terms: aerodrome;
                                                                             aerodrome traffic1,2.
air station / point de prise de       air surface zone / zone air-           01 Oct 2001
vue                                   surface
exposure station                      A restricted area established for      air traffic control centre / centre
In photogrammetry, the point in       the purpose of preventing friendly     du contrôle de la circulation
space occupied by the camera          surface vessels and aircraft from      aérienne
lens at the moment of exposure.       being fired upon by friendly forces    ATCC
01 Sep 1974                           and for permitting antisubmarine       A unit combining the functions of
                                      operations, unrestricted by the        an area control centre and a flight
air strip / bande d'atterrissage      operation of friendly submarines.      information centre.
An unimproved surface which has       Related term: restricted area2.        Related terms: air control; area
been adapted for take-off or          25 Sep 1998                            control centre; flight information
landing of aircraft, usually having                                          centre; flight information region.
minimum facilities.                   air surveillance / surveillance        13 Dec 1999
Related term: aerodrome.              aérienne
01 Feb 1973                           The systematic observation of air      air traffic control clearance /
                                      space by electronic, visual or         autorisation du contrôle de la
air superiority / supériorité         other means, primarily for the         circulation aérienne
aérienne                              purpose of identifying and             Authorization by an air traffic
AS                                    determining the movements of           control authority for an aircraft to
That degree of dominance in the       aircraft and missiles, friendly and    proceed under specified
air battle of one force over          enemy, in the air space under          conditions.
another which permits the conduct     observation.                           01 Feb 1973


                                               2-A-11
                                                                                       AAP-6(2009)

                                      control organization deployed to      01 Feb 1973
air traffic control service /         aerodromes and responsible for
service du contrôle de la             the control of service movement       alignment1 / alignement1
circulation aérienne                  at the aerodrome in connection        The bearing of two or more
A service provided for the            with air movement operations and      conspicuous objects (such as
purpose of:                           exercises.                            lights, beacons, etc.) as seen by
a. preventing collisions:             01 Feb 1973                           an observer.
(1) between aircraft; and                                                   01 Feb 1973
(2) on the manoeuvring area           air transport operations /
between aircraft and obstructions;    opérations de transport aérien        alignment2 / alignement2
and                                   Related terms: strategic air          Representation of a road, railway,
b. expediting and maintaining an      transport operations; tactical air    etc., on a map or chart in relation
orderly flow of air traffic.          transport operations.                 to surrounding topographic detail.
01 Nov 1980                           01 Feb 1973                           01 Feb 1973

air-transportable /                   air trooping / aérotransport de       Allied commander
aérotransportable                     personnel                             Preferred term: NATO
An adjective used to describe         The non-tactical air movement of      commander.
materiel or equipment which can       personnel.
be transported by air, but which      Related term: air movement.           Allied joint operation / opération
requires dismantling and              01 Feb 1973                           interarmées interalliée
reassembling beyond the                                                     An operation carried out by forces
capabilities of the user unit.        airway / voie aérienne                of two or more NATO nations, in
Related terms: airborne1; air         A control area or portion thereof     which elements of more than one
portable.                             established in the form of a          service participate.
01 Oct 2001                           corridor marked with radio            Related term: joint.
                                      navigational aids.                    16 Jul 1999
air transportable unit / unité        Related terms: air control; control
aérotransportable                     area; control zone; terminal          Allied press information centre
A unit, other than airborne, whose    control area.                         / centre interallié d'information
equipment is adapted for air          01 Feb 1973                           de la presse
movement.                                                                   APIC
Related terms: airborne5; airborne         1
                                      alert / alerte
                                                    1
                                                                            A facility established by the public
operation.                            Readiness for action, defence or      information staff of an Allied
01 Feb 1973                           protection.                           military headquarters to provide
                                      01 Feb 1973                           the media with timely and
air transport allocations board /                                           accurate information on Allied
bureau d'allocations de               alert2 / alerte2                      issues, events and operations
transports aériens                    A warning signal of a real or         occurring within the command and
The joint agency responsible          threatened danger, such as an air     to provide other support, advice
within the theatre for the            attack.                               and assistance.
establishment of airlift priorities   01 Feb 1973                           Related term: press information
and for space allocation of                                                 centre.
available aircraft capabilities       alert3 / alerte3                      01 Nov 1991
allotted to the theatre.              The period of time during which
Related term: air priorities          troops stand by in response to an     allocation1 / allocation
committee.                            alarm.                                In nuclear warfare planning, the
01 Feb 1973                           01 Feb 1973                           specific numbers and types of
                                                                            nuclear weapons allocated to a
air transported force / force         alert4 / alerter                      commander for a stated time
transportée par air                   To forewarn; to prepare for action.   period as a planning factor only.
A force which is moved by air.        01 Feb 1973                           16 Jul 1999
Related term: force(s).
01 Feb 1973                           alerting service / service            allocation2 / attribution des
                                      d'alerte                              ressources
air transport liaison officer /       A service provided to notify          The translation of the
officier de liaison de transport      appropriate organizations             apportionment into total numbers
par air                               regarding aircraft in need of         of sorties by aircraft type available
An officer attached for air           search and rescue aid, and assist     for each operation or mission.
transport liaison duties to a         such organizations as required.       Related terms: apportionment;
headquarters or unit.                 01 Feb 1973                           mission2; sortie.
01 Feb 1973                                                                 16 Jul 1999
                                      alighting area / aire
air transport liaison section /       d'amerrissage
section de liaison de transport       A specified surface, reserved for
aérien                                vehicles that depend upon water
A sub-unit of the movement            surfaces for their landing.


                                               2-A-12
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

allotment / détachement pour           adjacent to reliable highway              01 Feb 1973
emploi                                 and/or rail transportation nets. It
The temporary change of                covers a relatively small area and        altitude delay / retard de
assignment of tactical air forces      is located away from population           suppression d'écho proche
between subordinate commands.          centres. The scope of operation is        Synchronization delay introduced
The authority to allot is vested in    such that it is not designated a          between the time of transmission
the commander having                   probable nuclear target.                  of the radar pulse and the start of
operational command.                   Related term: water terminal.             the trace on the indicator, for the
01 Jun 1981                            01 Feb 1973                               purpose of eliminating the altitude
                                                                                 hole on the plan position
allowable load / charge offerte        altimeter / altimètre                     indicator-type display.
The total load that an aircraft can    An instrument which measures              01 Feb 1973
transport over a given distance        vertical distance with respect to a
taking into account weight and         reference level.                          altitude hole / cône mort
volume.                                01 Nov 1992                               The blank area at the origin of a
Related terms: airlift capability;                                               radial display, on a radar tube
embarkation; loading.                  altitude / altitude                       presentation, the centre of the
01 Jun 1984                            Alt.                                      periphery of which represents the
                                       The vertical distance of a level, a       point on the ground immediately
all-source intelligence /              point or an object considered as a        below the aircraft. In side-looking
renseignement de toutes                point, measured from mean sea             airborne radar, this is known as
sources                                level.                                    the altitude slot.
Intelligence produced using all        Related terms: absolute height;           01 Dec 1974
available sources and agencies.        altitude datum; barometric
Related term: intelligence.            altitude; calibrated altitude; critical   altitude tint
01 Dec 1990                            altitude; cruising altitude; cruising     Preferred term: hypsometric
                                       level; datum level; drop altitude;        tinting.
all weather air defence fighter /      drop height; elevation; height1;
chasseur de défense aérienne           high altitude; minimum safe               ammo
tout temps                             altitude; pressure-altitude;              Preferred term: munition.
A fighter aircraft with equipment      transition altitude; transition level.
and weapons which enable it to         01 Feb 1973                               ammunition
engage airborne targets in all                                                   Preferred term: munition.
weather conditions, day and night.     altitude acclimatization /
Related term: fighter.                 accoutumance à l'altitude                 ammunition and toxic material
17 Oct 1984                            A slow physiological adaptation           open space / parc en plein air
                                       from prolonged exposure to                pour munitions et matières
alternate aerodrome /                  significantly reduced atmospheric         toxiques
aérodrome de dégagement                pressure.                                 An area especially prepared for
An aerodrome specified in the          01 Feb 1973                               storage of explosive ammunition
flight plan to which a flight may                                                and toxic material. For reporting
proceed when it becomes                altitude chamber                          purposes, it does not include the
inadvisable to land at the             Preferred term: hypobaric                 surrounding area restricted for
aerodrome of intended landing.         chamber.                                  storage because of safety
An alternate aerodrome may be                                                    distance factors. It includes
the aerodrome of departure.            altitude datum / référence                barricades and improvised
[ICAO Lexicon, Doc 9294/5 Vol II:      d'altitude                                coverings.
1985]                                  The arbitrary level from which            01 Feb 1973
Related terms: aerodrome;              vertical displacement is
diversion4; main aerodrome.            measured. The datum for height            ammunition lot / lot de
01 Jul 1993                            measurement is the terrain                munitions
                                       directly below the aircraft or some       A quantity of homogeneous
alternate escort operating base        specified datum; for pressure             ammunition, identified by a unique
/ base de remplacement pour            altitude, the level at which the          lot number, which is
escorteurs                             atmospheric pressure is 29.92             manufactured, assembled or
A base providing the facilities and    inches of mercury (1013.2 m.bs);          renovated by one producer under
activities required for the support    and for true altitude, mean sea           uniform conditions and which is
of escort units for short periods.     level.                                    expected to function in a uniform
01 Feb 1973                            Related terms: absolute height;           manner.
                                       altitude; barometric altitude;            Related term: munition.
alternate water terminal /             calibrated altitude; critical altitude;   01 Feb 1988
terminus maritime auxiliaire           cruising altitude; cruising level;
A water terminal with facilities for   datum level; drop altitude; drop          amphibious assault / assaut
berthing from two to five ships        height; elevation; height1; high          amphibie
simultaneously at wharves and/or       altitude; minimum safe altitude;          The principal type of amphibious
working anchorages, located            pressure-altitude; transition             operation which involves
within sheltered coastal waters,       altitude; transition level.               establishing a force on a hostile or


                                                 2-A-13
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)

potentially hostile shore.           Related term: landing force.
Related terms: assault2;             01 Feb 1973                          amphibious reconnaissance /
amphibious operation.                                                     reconnaissance amphibie
01 Oct 2001                          amphibious group /                   An amphibious landing conducted
                                     groupement amphibie                  by minor elements, normally
amphibious assault area              A command within the amphibious      involving stealth rather than force
                            1
Preferred term: landing area .       force, consisting of the             of arms, for the purpose of
                                     commander and his staff,             securing information, and usually
amphibious chart / carte pour        designed to exercise operational     followed by a planned withdrawal.
opérations amphibies                 command of assigned units in         01 Oct 1980
A special naval chart designed to    executing all phases of division-
meet special requirements for        size amphibious operation.           amphibious task force / force
landing operations and passive       13 Dec 1999                          opérationnelle amphibie
coastal defence, at a scale of                                            ATF
1:25,000 or larger, and showing      amphibious lift / capacité de        A task organization of naval
foreshore and coastal information    transport amphibie                   forces and a landing force, with
in greater detail than a combat      The total capacity of assault        their organic aviation and other
chart.                               shipping utilized in an amphibious   supporting forces, formed for the
Related terms: combat chart;         operation, expressed in terms of     purpose of conducting an
chart.                               personnel, vehicles, and             amphibious operation.
13 Dec 1999                          measurement or weight tons of        Related terms: amphibious force1;
                                                                                    1,3
                                     supplies.                            task force .
amphibious command ship /            01 Feb 1973                          01 Oct 1980
navire de commandement
amphibie                             amphibious objective area /          amphibious transport group /
A naval ship from which a            zone des objectifs d'une             groupe de transport amphibie
commander exercises control in       opération amphibie                   A subdivision of an amphibious
amphibious operations.               AOA                                  task force, composed primarily of
01 Feb 1973                          A geographical area, delineated in   transport ships.
                                     the initiating directive, for        01 Jan 1983
amphibious control group /           purposes of command and control
groupe de contrôle amphibie          within which is located the          amphibious vehicle / véhicule
Personnel, ships and craft           objective(s) to be secured by the    amphibie
designated to control the            amphibious task force. This area     A wheeled or tracked vehicle
waterborne ship-to-shore             must be of sufficient size to        capable of operating on both land
movement in an amphibious            ensure accomplishment of the         and water.
operation.                           amphibious task force's mission      Related terms: landing craft;
01 Feb 1973                          and must provide sufficient area     vehicle.
                                     for conducting necessary sea, air    01 Feb 1973
amphibious demonstration /           and land operations.
démonstration amphibie               01 Jul 1983                          amphibious vehicle launching
A type of amphibious operation                                            area / zone de mise à l'eau des
conducted for the purpose of         amphibious operation /               véhicules amphibies
deceiving the enemy by a show of     opération amphibie                   An area, in the vicinity of and to
force with the expectation of        A military operation launched from   seaward of the line of departure,
deluding the enemy into a course     the sea by a naval and landing       to which landing ships proceed
of action unfavourable to him.       force embarked in ships or craft,    and launch amphibious vehicles.
Related terms: amphibious            with the principal purpose of        01 Feb 1973
operation; demonstration.            projecting the landing force
01 Jul 1983                          ashore tactically into an            amphibious withdrawal / repli
                                     environment ranging from             amphibie
amphibious force1 / force            permissive to hostile.               A type of amphibious operation
           1
amphibie                             Related terms: amphibious            involving the extraction of forces
A naval force and landing force,     assault; amphibious                  by sea in naval ships or craft from
together with supporting forces      demonstration; amphibious raid;      a hostile or potentially hostile
that are trained, organized and      amphibious withdrawal.               shore.
equipped for amphibious              14 Oct 2002                          Related term: amphibious
operations.                                                               operation.
Related terms: amphibious task       amphibious raid / raid amphibie      01 Jul 1987
force; landing area1; task force3.   A type of amphibious operation
01 Feb 1973                          involving swift incursion into or    amplifying report
                                     temporary occupation of an           Preferred term: contact report.
                    2
amphibious force / force             objective followed by a planned
amphibie
            2
                                     withdrawal.                          analysis1 / analyse1
In naval usage, the administrative   Related term: amphibious             The study of a whole by
title of the amphibious type         operation.                           examining its parts and their
command of a fleet.                  01 Jul 1987                          interactions.


                                              2-A-14
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

Note: In the context of military         01 Mar 1979
forces, the hierarchical                                                        antenna mine / mine à antennes
relationship in logical sequence is:     angle of depression2 / angle de        In naval mine warfare, a contact
                                                      2
assessment, analysis, evaluation,        dépression                             mine fitted with antennae which,
validation and certification.            depression angle                       when touched by a steel ship, set
Related terms: assessment;               In air photography, the angle          up galvanic action to fire the mine.
certification; evaluation1;              between the optical axis of an         Related term: mine2.
validation.                              obliquely mounted air camera and       01 Aug 1976
02 Mar 2007                              the horizontal.
                                         Related term: tilt angle.              anti-aircraft operations centre /
         2            2
analysis / analyse                       01 Mar 1979                            centre d'opérations
In intelligence usage, a step in the                                            antiaériennes
processing phase of the                  angle of safety / angle de             The tactical headquarters of an
intelligence cycle in which              sécurité                               anti-aircraft commander. The
information is subjected to review       safety angle                           agency provided to collect and
in order to identify significant facts   The minimum permissible angular        evaluate information; and
for subsequent interpretation.           clearance, at the gun, of the path     disseminate intelligence for the
Related term: intelligence cycle.        of a projectile above the friendly     anti-aircraft defence, and through
01 Sep 1991                              troops. It is the angle of clearance   which operational control over
                                         corrected to insure the safety of      subordinate units is exercised.
analysis staff                           the troops.                            01 Feb 1973
Preferred term: central analysis         Related term: elevation of
team.                                    security.                              anti-air warfare / lutte
                                         01 Feb 1973                            antiaérienne
anchor                                                                          AAW
Preferred term: sinker.                  angle of view / angle de vue           Measures taken to defend a
                                         The angle between two rays             maritime force against attacks by
anchor cable / câble de                  passing through the perspective        airborne weapons launched from
parachutage                              centre (rear nodal point) of a         aircraft, ships, submarines and
In air transport, a cable in an          camera lens to two opposite            land-based sites.
aircraft to which the parachute          corners of the format.                 13 Dec 1999
static lines or strops are attached.     Related term: field of view.
01 Mar 1982                              01 Feb 1973                            antiarmour helicopter /
                                                                                hélicoptère antichar
anchor line extension kit /              angle T / angle d'observation          antitank helicopter
prolongateur de câble de                 In artillery and naval fire support,   A helicopter armed primarily for
largage                                  the angle formed by the                use in the destruction of armoured
A device fitted to an aircraft           intersection of the gun-target line    targets.
equipped with removable                  and the observer-target line.          01 Nov 1986
clamshell doors to enable                01 Feb 1973
paratroopers to exit from the rear.                                             anticountermining device /
01 Feb 1973                              angular velocity sights / viseur       dispositif anti-contre-minage
                                         à déplacement angulaire                A device fitted in an influence
ancillary facilities / moyens            A sighting system in which the         mine designed to prevent its
d'appoint                                correct release point is               actuation by shock.
Those facilities required to             determined when the angular            01 Aug 1976
supplement existing facilities at        velocity of the target relative to
any particular location to provide       the bomb aimer reaches a               anticrop agent / agent
specific minimum requirements            precomputed value.                     anticultures
for support of the reinforcing           Related terms: bomb sighting           A living organism or chemical
forces.                                  system; tachometric sights; vector     used to cause disease or damage
20 Nov 1996                              sights.                                to selected food or industrial
                                         01 Dec 1976                            crops.
angle of convergence /                                                          01 Feb 1973
convergence oculaire                     annotated print / épreuve
The angle subtended by the               renseignée                             anticrop operation / opération
eyebase of an observer at the            A photograph on which                  anticultures
point of focus.                          interpretation details are indicated   The employment of anticrop
01 Nov 1991                              by words or symbols.                   agents in military operations to
                                         01 Feb 1973                            destroy the enemy's source of
angle of depression1 / angle de                                                 selected food or industrial crops.
            1
dépression                               annotation / annotation                01 Feb 1973
depression angle                         A marking placed on imagery or
The angle in a vertical plane            drawings for explanatory               antihandling device / dispositif
between the horizontal and a             purposes or to indicate items or       antimanipulation
descending line.                         areas of special importance.           A device intended to protect a
Related term: tilt angle.                01 Feb 1973                            mine and which is part of, linked


                                                   2-A-15
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

to, attached to or placed under       number of escort vessels whose         antisubmarine warfare / lutte
the mine and which activates the      primary mission is to detect and       anti-sous-marine
mine when an attempt is made to       destroy submarines. Such groups        ASW
tamper with or otherwise              may be employed in convoy              Operations conducted with the
intentionally disturb the mine.       support or hunter/killer roles.        intention of denying the enemy
14 Oct 2002                           01 Feb 1973                            the effective use of his
                                                                             submarines.
antimateriel agent / agent            antisubmarine minefield /              Related terms: antisubmarine
antimatériel                          champ de mines anti-sous-              action; submarine action area;
A living organism or chemical         marins                                 submarine haven.
used to cause deterioration of, or    A field laid specifically against      02 March 2009
damage to, selected materiel.         submarines. It may be laid
01 Feb 1973                           shallow and be unsafe for all craft,   antisubmarine warfare free area
                                      including submarines, or laid deep     / zone libre de lutte anti-sous-
antimateriel operation /              with the aim of being safe for a       marine
opération antimatériel                surface ships.                         In naval warfare, a waterspace
The employment of antimateriel        Related term: minefield2.              management area in which no
weapons or agents in military         01 Mar 1977                            friendly submarines are operating
operations.                                                                  and in which there are no
01 Feb 1973                           antisubmarine patrol / barrage         restrictions on the use of
                                                         1
                                      anti-sous-marin                        antisubmarine weapons.
antiradiation missile / missile       The systematic and continuing          Related terms: submarine action
antiradiations                        investigation of an area or along a    area; submarine haven;
ARM                                   line to detect or hamper               waterspace management.
A missile which homes passively       submarines, used when the              16 Jul 1996
on a radiation source.                direction of submarine movement
Related term: guided missile.         can be established.                    antisubmarine warfare pouncer
01 Feb 1973                           Related term: barrier.                 operation / opération de
                                      01 Feb 1973                            renforcement de l'écran anti-
antirecovery device / dispositif                                             sous-marin
antirécupération                      antisubmarine screen / écran           pouncer operation
prevention of stripping               anti-sous-marin                        The stationing of a screening ship
equipment                             An arrangement of ships and/or         or antisubmarine warfare aircraft
In naval mine warfare, any device     aircraft for the protection of a       between the screen and main
in a mine designed to prevent an      screened unit against attack by a      body to strengthen the
enemy discovering details of the      submarine.                             antisubmarine defence in the
working of the mine mechanism.        01 Feb 1973                            direction of advance of the
01 Nov 1975                                                                  formation.
                                      antisubmarine search /                 Note: That ship or aircraft is
antisubmarine action / action de      recherche anti-sous-marine             considered part of the
lutte anti-sous-marine                Systematic investigation of a          antisubmarine screen.
An operation by one or more           particular area for the purpose of     Related term: mine
antisubmarine ships, submarines       locating a submarine known or          countermeasures pouncer
or aircraft, or a combination         suspected to be somewhere in the       procedure.
thereof, against a particular enemy   area. Some types of search are         04 Oct 2000
submarine.                            also used in locating the position
Related term: antisubmarine           of a distress incident.                antisurface air operation /
warfare.                              01 Feb 1973                            opération aérienne antisurface
16 Jul 1996                                                                  An air operation conducted in an
                                      antisubmarine support                  air/sea environment against
antisubmarine barrier / barrage       operation / opération de               enemy surface forces.
anti-sous-marin2                      soutien anti-sous-marin                01 Mar 1982
The line formed by a series of        An operation conducted by an
static devices or mobile units        antisubmarine force in the area        antisweep device / dispositif
arranged for the purpose of           around a force or convoy, in areas     antidrague
detecting, denying passage to, or     through which the force or convoy      Any device incorporated in the
destroying hostile submarines.        is passing, or in defence of           mooring of a mine or obstructor,
Related term: barrier.                geographic areas. Support              or in the mine circuits to make the
01 Feb 1973                           operations may be completely           sweeping of the mine more
                                      coordinated with those of the          difficult.
antisubmarine carrier group /         force or convoy, or they may be        01 Nov 1975
groupe anti-sous-marin avec           independent operations
porte-avions                          coordinated only to the extent of      antisweeper mine / mine
hunter-killer group                   providing operational intelligence     antidragueur
A formed group of ships               and information.                       A mine which is laid or whose
consisting of one or more             01 Feb 1973                            mechanism is designed or
antisubmarine carriers and a                                                 adjusted with the specific object of


                                               2-A-16
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

damaging mine countermeasures          apportionment / répartition           aircraft are cleared for an
vessels.                               The quantification and distribution   approach.
Related term: mine2.                   by percentage of the total            01 Sep 1981
01 Nov 1975                            expected effort, in relation to the
                                       priorities which are to be given to   approach time / heure
antitank helicopter                    the various air operations in         d'approche
Preferred term: antiarmour             geographic areas for a given          The time at which an aircraft
helicopter.                            period.                               commences its final approach
                                       Related term: allocation2.            preparatory to landing.
antitank mine / mine antichar          09 May 2000                           01 Feb 1973
A mine designed to immobilize or
destroy a tank.                        appreciation of the situation         apron / aire de trafic
                  1
Related term: mine .                   Preferred term: estimate of the       A defined area on an aerodrome,
                                       situation.                            intended for parking, loading,
antiterrorism / antiterrorisme                                               unloading and/or servicing of
AT                                     approach end of runway /              aircraft.
All defensive and preventive           entrée de piste                       01 Nov 1992
measures taken to reduce the           That end of the runway nearest to
vulnerability of forces, individuals   the direction from which the final    area bombing / bombardement
and property to terrorism.             approach is made.                     de zone
Note: Such measures include            18 Dec 1997                           Bombing of a group of targets
protective and deterrent                                                     constituting an area rather than a
measures aimed at preventing an        approach lane / couloir               pinpoint target.
attack or reducing its effect(s).      d'approche                            04 Oct 2000
Related term: counterterrorism.        An extension of a boat lane from
01 Oct 2003                            the line of departure toward the      area clearance / dépollution de
                                       transport area. It may be             zone
antivignetting filter / filtre         terminated by marker ships, boats     In land operations, the detection
compensateur                           or buoys.                             and if found, the identification,
A filter bearing a deposit which is    01 Feb 1973                           marking and neutralization,
graduated in density to correct for                                          destruction or removal of mines or
the uneven illumination given by       approach march / marche               other explosive ordnance,
certain lenses, particularly wide-     d'approche                            improvised explosive devices and
angle types.                           Advance of a combat unit when         booby traps in a defined area to
01 Feb 1973                            direct contact with the enemy is      allow a military operation to
                                       imminent. Troops are fully or         continue with reduced risk.
antiwatching device / dispositif       partially deployed. The approach      Note: Area clearance is normally
antirepérage                           march ends when ground contact        conducted by military units.
A device fitted in a moored mine       with the enemy is made or when        Related terms: explosive
which causes it to sink should it      the attack position is occupied.      ordnance; improvised explosive
watch, so as to prevent the            Related term: advance to contact.     device; proofing.
position of the mine or minefield      01 Aug 1974                           14 Oct 2002
being disclosed.
Related term: watching mine.           approach route / route                area control centre / centre de
01 Nov 1975                            d'approche                            contrôle régional
                                       A route which joins a port to a       ACC
apparent horizon / horizon             coastal or transit route.             A unit established to provide air
apparent                               01 Nov 1975                           traffic control service to controlled
The visible line of demarcation                                              flights in control areas under its
between land/sea and sky.              approach schedule / horaire           jurisdiction.
01 Feb 1973                            d'approche                            Related terms: air control; air
                                       In amphibious operations, the plan    traffic control centre; flight
apparent precession /                  indicating, for each scheduled        information region.
précession apparente                   wave:                                 01 Feb 1973
apparent wander                        a. the time of departure from the
The apparent deflection of the         rendezvous area;                      area damage control /
gyro axis, relative to the earth,      b. the time when the line of          organisation de sécurité d'une
due to the rotating effect of the      departure is to be crossed;           zone
earth and not due to any applied       c. the times when other control       Measures taken before, during or
force.                                 points are expected to be crossed;    after hostile action or natural or
Related term: precession.              d. the estimated time of arrival at   man-made disasters, to reduce
01 Aug 1974                            the beach.                            the probability of damage and
                                       04 Oct 2000                           minimize its effects.
apparent wander                                                              Related term: damage control.
Preferred term: apparent               approach sequence / séquence          01 Feb 1973
precession.                            d'approche
                                       The order in which two or more        area interdiction operation /


                                                2-A-17
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

opération d'interdiction                d'opérations                             area target / objectif non
An operation aimed at preventing        AOO                                      ponctuel
or hindering enemy operations in        An operational area defined by a         A target consisting of an area
a specified area.                       joint commander for land or              rather than a single point.
01 Jun 1978                             maritime forces to conduct military      01 Feb 1973
                                        activities. Normally, an area of
area of influence / zone                operations does not encompass            armed
d'influence                             the entire joint operations area of      Preferred term: state of
A geographical area wherein a           the joint commander, but is              readiness2.
commander is directly capable of        sufficient in size for the joint force
influencing operations, by              component commander to                   armed helicopter / hélicoptère
manoeuvre or fire support               accomplish assigned missions and         armé
systems normally under his              protect forces.                          A helicopter fitted with weapons or
command or control.                     Related terms: area of interest;         weapon systems.
Related terms: area of interest;        area of responsibility1,2;               01 Nov 1975
                                                                  1,2
sector.                                 component command ; joint
01 Mar 1977                             operations area.                         armed mine / mine armée
                                        14 Oct 2002                              A mine from which all safety
area of intelligence                                                             devices have been withdrawn
                                                                1
responsibility / zone de                area of responsibility / zone de         and, after laying, all automatic
                                                        1
responsabilité du                       responsabilité                           safety features and/or arming
renseignement                           AOR                                      delay devices have operated.
AIR                                     The geographical area assigned to        Such a mine is ready to be
An area allocated to a                  the Supreme Allied Commander             actuated after receipt of a target
commander, in which he is               Europe.                                  signal, influence or contact.
responsible for the provision of        Related terms: area of intelligence      Related term: mine2.
intelligence, within the means at       responsibility; area of interest;        01 Feb 1973
his disposal.                           area of operations; joint
Related terms: area of interest;        operations area; NATO strategic          armed sweep / drague armée
area of responsibility1.                commander; operational level;            A sweep fitted with cutters or
01 Mar 1982                             strategic command.                       other devices to increase its
                                        17 Jan 2005                              ability to cut mine moorings.
area of interest / zone d'intérêt                                                01 Nov 1975
                                                                2
AOI                                     area of responsibility / zone de
                                                        2
The area of concern to a                responsabilité                           arming / armement
commander relative to the               AOR                                      As applied to explosives,
objectives of current or planned        In naval operations, a predefined        weapons or weapon systems, the
operations, including his areas of      area of enemy terrain for which          changing from a safe to an armed
influence, operations and/or            supporting ships are responsible         state of readiness.
responsibility, and areas adjacent      for covering by fire on known            02 May1995
thereto.                                targets or targets of opportunity
Related terms: area of intelligence     and by observation.                      arming delay device / dispositif
responsibility; area of influence;      Related terms: area of intelligence      de retard d'armement
area of operations; area of             responsibility; area of interest;        A device fitted to a mine or any
responsibility1.                        area of operations; joint                autonomous munition designed to
13 Dec 1999                             operations area; operational level;      prevent it from being armed for a
                                        strategic command.                       pre-set time after laying or
area of militarily significant          17 Jan 2005                              delivery.
fallout / zone de retombées                                                      Related term: standby state.
radioactives d'importance               area operations / opérations de          16 Jul 1999
militaire                               zone
Area in which radioactive fallout       In maritime usage, operations            arming lanyard
affects the ability of military units   conducted in a geographical area         Preferred term: arming wire.
to carry out their normal mission.      and not related to the protection
01 Nov 1992                             of a specific force.                     arming pin / goupille de
                                        01 Aug 1979                              sécurité
area of operational interest /                                                   safety pin
zone d'intérêt opérationnel             area search / recherche sur              A safety device inserted in a
AOOI                                    zone                                     munition, which until its removal,
In air defence, an area in which        A/S                                      prevents the unintentional action
automatic cross-telling of tracks of    Reconnaissance or search of a            of the arming cycle.
interest is provided to an adjacent     specific area to provide new or          Related term: safety device.
site based on established criteria,     updated information on general or        02 May1995
such as identity and location.          specific situations and/or
01 Sep 1974                             activities.                              arming wire / fil d'armement
                                        01 Sep 1981                              arming lanyard
area of operations / zone                                                        A cable, wire or lanyard routed


                                                  2-A-18
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

from the aircraft to an expendable        illumination.                          such as a gun emplacement, a
aircraft store in order to initiate the   01 Feb 1973                            fort or a machine-gun nest.
arming sequence for the store                                                    Related terms: amphibious
upon release from the aircraft,           artillery fire plan table / plan de    assault; assault phase1,2; follow-
when the armed release condition          feux d'artillerie                      on echelon; follow-up.
has been selected; it also                A presentation of planned targets      01 Mar 1981
prevents arming initiation prior to       giving data for engagement.
store release and during safe             Scheduled targets are fired in a       assault aircraft / aéronef de
jettison.                                 definite time sequence. The            transport d'assaut
Related term: safety wire.                starting time may be on call, at a     A powered aircraft that moves
01 Jul 1993                               prearranged time or at the             assault troops and/or cargo into
                                          occurrence of a specific event.        an objective area.
army1 / armée1                            01 Feb 1973                            01 Mar 1992
A formation larger than an army
corps but smaller than an army            artillery manoeuvre area / zone        assault craft / engin d'assaut
group. It usually consists of two or      de manoeuvre d'artillerie              A landing craft or amphibious
more army corps.                          AMA                                    vehicle primarily employed for
01 Jul 1983                               An area within which artillery is      landing troops and equipment in
                                          authorized to deploy but which is      the assault waves of an
army2 / armée2                            not reserved for its exclusive use.    amphibious operation.
In certain nations "army" is the          Related term: artillery reserved       01 Jul 1980
land component of the armed               area.
forces.                                   03 Aug 1998                            assault echelon / échelon
01 Jul 1983                                                                      d'assaut
                                          artillery preparation /                The element of a force which is
army3 / armée3                            préparation d'artillerie               scheduled for initial assault on the
In certain nations "armée" covers         Artillery fire delivered before an     objective area.
all the armed forces.                     attack to disrupt communications       Related term: objective area.
01 Jul 1983                               and disorganize the enemy's            01 Aug 1982
                                          defence.
army corps / corps d'armée                01 Feb 1973                            assault phase1 / phase
                                                                                          1
corps                                                                            d'assaut
AC                                        artillery reserved area / zone         In an amphibious operation, the
A formation larger than a division        réservée à l'artillerie                period of time between the arrival
but smaller than an army or army          ARA                                    of the major assault forces of the
group. It usually consists of two or      An area reserved exclusively for       amphibious task force in the
more divisions together with              the positioning of artillery assets.   objective area and the
supporting arms and services.             16 Jul 1999                            accomplishment of their mission.
01 Jul 1983                                                                      Related term: assault2.
                                          artillery survey control point /       01 Sep 1991
army group / groupe d'armées              point topographique d'artillerie
AG                                        A point at which the coordinates       assault phase2/ phase d'assaut2
The largest formation of land             and the altitude are known and         airborne assault
forces, normally comprising two or        from which the bearings/azimuths       In an airborne operation, a phase
more armies or army corps under           to a number of reference               beginning with delivery by air of
a designated commander.                   objectives are also known.             the assault echelon of the force
01 Jul 1983                               01 Aug 1982                            into the objective area and
                                                                                 extending through attack of
artificial daylight / jour artificiel     aspect change / fluctuation            assault objectives and
Illumination of an intensity greater      d'écho                                 consolidation of the initial airhead.
than the light of a full moon on a        The different appearance of a          Related term: assault2.
clear night (The optimum                  reflecting object viewed by radar      01 Sep 1991
illumination is the equivalent of         from varying directions. It is
daylight.)                                caused by the change in the            assault shipping / bâtiments
Related term: battlefield                 effective reflecting area of the       d'assaut
illumination.                             target.                                Shipping assigned to the
01 Feb 1973                               01 Feb 1973                            amphibious task force and utilized
                                                                                 for transporting assault troops,
artificial horizon                        assault1 / assaut1                     vehicles, equipment and supplies
Preferred term: attitude indicator.       The climax of an attack; closing       to the objective area.
                                          with the enemy in hand-to-hand         01 Feb 1973
artificial moonlight / clair de           fighting.
lune artificiel                           01 Mar 1981                            assault wave / vague d'assaut
Illumination of an intensity                                                     Related term: wave.
between that of starlight and that        assault2 / assaut2                     01 Feb 1973
of a full moon on a clear night.          A short, violent, but well-ordered
Related term: battlefield                 attack against a local objective,      assembly / ensemble


                                                    2-A-19
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

In logistics, an item forming a        duties or functions where such
portion of an equipment, that can      duties or functions are primary        asylum seeker / demandeur
be provisioned and replaced as         and/or relatively permanent.           d'asile
an entity and which normally           Related term: attach1,2.               A person who invokes the
incorporates replaceable parts or      01 Jul 1980                            protection of the 1951 United
groups of parts.                                                              Nations Convention relating to the
Related terms: component;              associated product / produit           Status of Refugees before the
equipment; part; sub-assembly.         connexe                                national authorities of a State and
01 Mar 1992                            In the context of fuels and            claims persecution to gain official
                                       lubricants, a petroleum or             refugee status in that country.
assembly anchorage /                   chemical product used as a             Related terms: evacuee; internally
mouillage de rassemblement             hydraulic fluid, corrosion             displaced person; refugee.
An anchorage intended for the          preventive, liquid propellant or       04 Oct 2000
assembly and onward routing of         specialized product, required for
ships.                                 the operation, maintenance or          asymmetrical sweep / drague
Related terms: emergency               storage of military equipment.         dissymétrique
anchorage; holding anchorage.          01 Oct 1992                            A sweep whose swept path under
01 Jun 1978                                                                   conditions of no wind or cross-tide
                                       associated support / soutien           is not equally spaced either side
assembly area1 / aire de               associé                                of the sweeper's track.
montage                                AS                                     01 Nov 1975
In a supply installation, the gross    In naval usage, operations in which
area used for collection and           a designated unit operates             asymmetric threat / menace
combining components into              independently of a specified force     asymétrique
complete units, kits, or               or group, but is tasked to provide     A threat emanating from the
assemblies.                            contact information to, receive        potential use of dissimilar means
Related terms: rendezvous point.       intelligence from and,if authorized,   or methods to circumvent or
01 Feb 1973                            to cooperate and coordinate            negate an opponent's strengths
                                       operations with the supported          while exploiting his weaknesses to
assembly area2 / zone de               force. Tactical control of the unit    obtain a disproportionate result.
rassemblement                          remains with the assigning             01 Oct 2003
An area in which a command is          authority who coordinates tasking
assembled preparatory to further       and movement of the unit in            at my command / à mon
action.                                response to the requirements of        commandement
Related terms: join up;                the supported force commander.         In artillery and naval fire support,
rendezvous point.                      Related term: direct support2          the command used when it is
01 Feb 1973                            25 Sep 1998                            desired to control the exact time
                                                                              of delivery of fire.
assessment / appréciation              astern refuelling / ravitaillement     01 Nov 1975
The process of estimating the          en combustible en flèche
capabilities and performance of        The transfer of fuel at sea during     atomic demolition munition /
organizations, individuals,            which the receiving ship(s)            charge nucléaire statique
materiel or systems.                   keep(s) station astern of the          ADM
Note: In the context of military       delivering ship.                       A nuclear device designed or
forces, the hierarchical               01 Mar 1981                            adapted for use as a demolition
relationship in logical sequence is:                                          munition.
assessment, analysis, evaluation,      astro altitude / hauteur               01 Mar 1982
validation and certification.          astronomique
Related terms: analysis1;              The arc of the vertical circle         atomic weapon
                         1
certification; evaluation ;            measured from the celestial            Preferred term: nuclear weapon.
validation.                            horizon to the body.
02 Mar 2007                            01 Nov 1975                            attach1 / détachement pour
                                                                                                  1
       1           1
                                                                              mise aux ordres
assign / affecter                      astro compass / astrocompas            To place units or personnel in an
To place units or personnel in an      An instrument used primarily to        organization where such
organization where such                obtain true heading or true            placement is relatively temporary.
placement is relatively permanent,     bearing by reference to celestial      Subject to limitations imposed in
and/or where such organization         bodies.                                the attachment order, the
controls and administers the units     01 Feb 1975                            commander of the formation, unit,
or personnel for the primary                                                  or organization receiving the
function, or greater portion of the    astro-tracker / astro-                 attachment will exercise the same
functions, of the unit or personnel.   poursuiveur                            degree of command and control
Related term: attach1,2.               A navigation equipment which           thereover as he does over the
01 Jul 1980                            automatically acquires and             units and persons organic to his
                                       continuously tracks a celestial        command. However, the
assign2 / affecter2                    body in azimuth and altitude.          responsibility for transfer and
To detail individuals to specific      01 Jan 1973                            promotion of personnel will


                                                2-A-20
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

normally be retained by the parent     dose or dose rate transmitted           AUF (admitted)
formation, unit, or organization.      through a shielding material. This      Any force designated by a nation
Related term: assign1,2.               is the reciprocal of the                to strengthen its national forces.
01 Mar 1981                            transmission factor.                    Related term: reinforcing force.
                                       01 Feb 1973                             01 Jul 1987
       2
attach / détachement pour
mise aux ordres
                   2
                                       attitude1 / orientation1                authentic document / document
To detail individuals to specific      The position of a body as               authentique
functions where such functions         determined by the inclination of        A document bearing a signature
are secondary or relatively            the axes to some frame of               or seal attesting that it is genuine
temporary, i.e., attach for quarters   reference. If not otherwise             and official. If it is an enemy
and rations, attach for flying duty.   specified, this frame of reference      document, it may have been
Related term: assign1,2.               is fixed to the earth.                  prepared for purposes of
01 Mar 1981                            01 Jan 1983                             deception and the accuracy of
                                                                               such document, even though
attack group / groupe d'assaut         attitude2 / orientation2                authenticated, must be confirmed
A subordinate task organization of     The grid bearing of the long axis       by other information, such as
the navy forces of an amphibious       of a target area.                       conditions of capture.
task force. It is composed of          01 Jan 1983                             01 Feb 1973
assault shipping and supporting
naval units designated to              attitude indicator / indicateur         authentication1 /
                                                                                                1
transport, protect, land and           d'assiette                              authentification
initially support a landing group.     artificial horizon                      Evidence by proper signature or
01 Feb 1973                            An instrument which displays the        seal that a document is genuine
                                       attitude of the aircraft by             and official.
attack helicopter / hélicoptère        reference to sources of                 01 Feb 1973
d'attaque                              information which may be
AH                                     contained within the instrument or      authentication2 /
                                                                                                2
A helicopter specifically designed     be external to it. When the             authentification
to employ various weapons to           sources of information are self-        A security measure designed to
attack and destroy enemy targets.      contained, the instrument may be        protect a communication system
01 Nov 1985                            referred to as an artificial horizon.   against fraudulent transmissions.
                                       01 Mar 1979                             01 Feb 1973
attack position
Preferred term: forming-up place.      attrition / attrition                   authenticator / signe
                                       The reduction of the effectiveness      d'authentification
attenuation1 / atténuation1            of a force caused by loss of            A letter, number or group of
Decrease in intensity of a signal,     personnel and materiel.                 letters and/or numbers, attesting
beam, or wave as a result of           01 Feb 1973                             to the authenticity of a
absorption of energy and of                                                    transmission, a message or data,
scattering out of the path of a        attrition minefield / champ de          or to the identity of a net, station
detector, but not including the        mines d'attrition                       or user.
reduction due to geometric             In naval mine warfare, a field          09 May 2000
spreading, i.e. the inverse square     intended primarily to cause
of distance effect.                    damage to enemy ships.                  automatic flight control system
01 Nov 1991                            Related term: minefield2.               / système de contrôle
                                       01 Nov 1975                             automatique de vol
attenuation2 / atténuation2                                                    AFCS
In mine warfare, the reduction in      attrition rate / taux d'attrition       A system that includes all
intensity of an influence as           A factor, normally expressed as a       equipment to control automatically
distance from the source               percentage, reflecting the degree       the flight of an aircraft or missile
increases.                             of losses of personnel or materiel      to a path or attitude described by
01 Nov 1991                            due to various causes within a          references internal or external to
                                       specified period of time.               the aircraft or missile.
attenuation3 / atténuation3            01 Feb 1973                             01 Feb 1973
tone down
In camouflage and concealment,         attrition sweeping / dragage            automatic search jammer /
the process of making an object        d'attrition                             brouilleur à poursuite
of surface less conspicuous by         The continuous sweeping of              automatique
reducing its contrast to the           minefields to keep the risk of          search jammer
surroundings and/or background.        mines to all ships as low as            An intercept receiver and jamming
01 Nov 1991                            possible.                               transmitter system which
                                       01 Aug 1976                             searches for and jams signals
attenuation factor / facteur                                                   automatically which have specific
d'atténuation                          augmentation force / force              radiation characteristics.
The ratio of the incident radiation    d'appoint                               01 Feb 1973
dose or dose rate to the radiation     AF


                                                 2-A-21
                                                                               AAP-6(2009)

automatic toss / lancement
automatique en cabré                    axis / axe
In a flight control system, a control   In land warfare, the general
mode in which the toss bombing          direction of movement, planned or
manoeuvre of an aircraft is             achieved, usually between
controlled automatically.               assigned boundaries.
01 Jan 1973                             01 Feb 1989

autonomous operation /                  azimuth angle / angle d'azimut
opération autonome                      An angle measured clockwise in
One mode of operation of a unit in      the horizontal plane between a
which the unit commander                reference direction and any other
assumes full responsibility for         line.
control of weapons and                  01 Feb 1973
engagement of hostile targets.
This mode may be either directed        azimuth guidance / guidage
by higher authority or result from a    directionnel
loss of all means of                    Information which will enable the
communication.                          pilot or autopilot of an aircraft to
01 Feb 1973                             follow the required track.
                                        01 Oct 1980
auxiliary contours / courbe
auxiliaire                              azimuth resolution / pouvoir
Additional contours used to             séparateur en azimut
portray unique ground forms not         The ability of radar equipment to
adequately portrayed by the             separate two reflectors at similar
selected contour interval.              ranges but different bearings from
01 Feb 1973                             a reference point. Normally the
                                        minimum separation distance
available supply rate / taux de         between the reflectors is quoted
ravitaillement consenti                 and expressed as the angle
ASR                                     subtended by the reflectors at the
The rate of consumption that can        reference point.
be allocated considering the            01 Mar 1981
supplies and facilities available for
a planned operation or a given
period.
01 Oct 1984

average heading / cap moyen
The arithmetic mean of the
different values of the headings
maintained over a certain period
of time.
01 Jan 1973

average speed / vitesse
moyenne
The average distance travelled
per hour calculated over the
whole journey excluding
specifically ordered halts.
01 Jan 1970

aviation medicine / médecine
aéronautique
The special field of medicine
which is related to the biological
and psychological problems of
flight.
01 Feb 1973

axial route / pénétrante
A route running through the rear
area and into the forward area.
Related term: route.
01 Feb 1973


                                                  2-A-22
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                                   B

backfilling / recomplètement          01 Feb 1973                             transition level.
The use of reserves, individually                                             01 Nov 1994
or collectively, to undertake the     ballistic missile / missile
duties of regulars deployed           balistique                              barrage fire / tir de barrage
forward to a theatre of operations.   BM                                      Fire which is designed to fill a
01 Oct 2001                           A missile which does not rely upon      volume of space or area rather
                                      aerodynamic surfaces to produce         than aimed specifically at a given
background count / effet              lift and consequently follows a         target.
parasite de fond                      ballistic trajectory when thrust is     01 Feb 1973
The evidence or effect on a           terminated.
detector of radiation, other than     Related terms: aerodynamic              barrage jamming / brouillage en
that which it is desired to detect,   missile; guided missile.                barrage
caused by any agency. In              04 Oct 2000                             Simultaneous electronic jamming
connection with health protection,                                            over a broad band of frequencies.
the background count usually          ballistics / balistique                 Related term: jamming.
includes radiations produced by       The science or art that deals with      01 Mar 1973
naturally occurring radioactivity     the motion, behaviour,
and cosmic rays.                      appearance, or modification of          barrier / système d'obstacles
01 Feb 1973                           missiles or other vehicles acted        A coordinated series of obstacles
                                      upon by propellants, wind, gravity,     designed or employed to detect,
background radiation /                temperature, or any other               channel, direct, restrict, delay or
radioactivité naturelle               modifying substance, condition, or      stop the movement of an
Nuclear (or ionizing) radiations      force.                                  opposing force, and to impose
arising from within the body and      01 Dec 1974                             additional losses in personnel,
from the surrounding to which                                                 time and equipment on the
individuals are always exposed.       ballistic trajectory / trajectoire      opposing force.
01 Feb 1973                           balistique                              Related term: antisubmarine
                                      The trajectory traced after the         barrier.
back tell / transfert descendant      propulsive force is terminated and      01 Nov 1991
Related term: track telling.          the body is acted upon only by
01 Feb 1973                           gravity and aerodynamic drag.           barrier gap / couloir à travers un
                                      01 Feb 1973                             système d'obstacles
back-up / renvoi au verso                                                     In land operations, an area within
In cartography, an image printed      balloon reflector / réflecteur-         a barrier, free of obstacles and
on the reverse side of a map          ballon                                  not exposed to the effects of
sheet already printed on one side.    In electronic warfare, a balloon-       mines, whose width and direction
Also the printing of such images.     supported confusion reflector to        allow a friendly force to pass
01 Feb 1973                           produce fraudulent echoes.              through in tactical formation.
                                      01 Dec 1974                             Related term: phoney minefield.
balance station zero                                                          31 Jan 2005
Preferred term: reference datum.      bank angle / angle
                                      d'inclinaison1                          barrier restricted area / zone
bale cubic capacity / capacité        The angle between the aircraft's        d'obstacles réglementée
volumétrique en balles                normal axis and the earth's             An area declared by an
The space available for cargo         vertical plane containing the           authorized commander where
measured in cubic feet to the         aircraft's longitudinal axis.           manoeuvre of friendly forces must
inside of the cargo battens, on the   Related term: angle of                  not be hindered by barriers.
frames, and to the underside of       depression1.                            Restrictions imposed may include
the beams. In a general cargo of      01 Jan 1980                             a complete ban on the
mixed commodities, the bale                                                   emplacement of obstacles in
cubic applies. The stowage of the     barometric altitude / altitude          certain areas for specified
mixed cargo comes in contact          barométrique                            periods.
with the cargo battens and as a       The altitude determined by a            09 Jan 1996
general rule does not extend to       barometric altimeter by reference
the skin of the ship.                 to a pressure level and calculated      bar scale
01 Feb 1973                           according to the standard               Preferred term: graphic scale.
                                      atmosphere laws.
balisage / balisage de                Related terms: absolute height;         base1 / base
circulation routière                  altitude; altitude datum; calibrated    An area or locality containing
The marking of a route by a           altitude; critical altitude; cruising   installations which provide logistic
system of dim beacon lights           altitude; cruising level; datum         or other support.
enabling vehicles to be driven at     level; drop altitude; drop height;      Related terms: emergency fleet
near day-time speed, under            elevation; height1; high altitude;      operating base; deployment
blackout conditions.                  minimum safe altitude; pressure-        operating base; establishment1.
                                      altitude; transition altitude;          01 Mar 1973

                                                2-B-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

                                        of specialized nature are compiled    basic stocks / stocks initiaux
base2 / base de départ                  or overprinted. Also a map            Stocks to support the execution of
A locality from which operations        containing all the information from   approved operational plans for an
are projected or supported.             which maps showing specialized        initial predetermined period.
01 Mar 1973                             information can be prepared.          Related terms: sustaining stocks;
                                        Related term: chart base.             stocks.
base development /                      01 Mar 1974                           01 Feb 1988
aménagement d'une base
The improvement or expansion of         base map symbol / symbole de          basic stopping power / pouvoir
the resources and facilities of an      carte de base                         d'arrêt élémentaire
area or a location to support           base symbol                           The probability, expressed as a
military operations.                    A symbol used on a base map or        percentage, of a single vehicle
01 Mar 1973                             chart as opposed to one used on       being stopped by mines while
                                        an overprint to the base map or       attempting to cross a minefield.
base ejection shell / obus à            chart.                                01 Dec 1979
éjection par le culot                   01 Mar 1973
A type of shell which ejects its                                              bathymetric contour
load from its base.                     base surge / nuage de base            Preferred term: depth contour.
01 Mar 1973                             A cloud which rolls out from the
                                        bottom of the column produced by      battery1 / batterie1
base fuze / fusée de culot              a subsurface burst of a nuclear       Bty
Fuze located in the base of a           weapon. For underwater bursts         Tactical and administrative
projectile or bomb.                     the surge is, in effect, a cloud of   artillery unit or subunit
Related term: fuze.                     liquid droplets which has the         corresponding to a company or
01 Mar 1973                             property of flowing almost as if it   similar unit in other branches of
                                        were a homogeneous fluid. For         the Army.
baseline1 / base géodésique1            subsurface land bursts the surge      01 Mar 1973
In topography, a surveyed line          is made up of small solid particles
established with more than usual        but still behaves like a fluid.       battery2 / batterie2
care, to which surveys are              01 Mar 1973                           Bty
referred for coordination and                                                 All guns, torpedo tubes,
correlation.                            base symbol                           searchlights or missile launchers
01 Nov 1994                             Preferred term: base map symbol.      of the same size or calibre or
                                                                              used for the same purpose, either
baseline2 / base géodésique2            basic intelligence /                  installed in one ship or otherwise
In photogrammetry, the line             renseignement de base                 operating as an entity.
between the principal points of         Intelligence, on any subject, which   01 Mar 1973
two consecutive vertical air            may be used as reference
photographs. It is usually              material for planning and as a        battery control centre / central
measured on one photograph              basis for processing subsequent       de conduite de tir de batterie
after the principal point of the        information or intelligence.          The operations centre from which
other has been transferred.             Related terms: current                Hawk missiles are controlled at
01 Nov 1994                             intelligence; information;            battery level.
                                        intelligence.                         01 Nov 1975
baseline3 / base de                     01 Nov 1994
radionavigation                                                               battle casualty / perte au
In radio navigation, the shorter arc    basic load / dotation initiale        combat
of the great circle joining two radio   The quantity of supplies required     BC
transmitting stations of a              to be on hand within, and which       Any casualty incurred as the
navigation system.                      can be moved by, a unit or            direct result of hostile action,
01 Nov 1994                             formation. It is expressed            sustained in combat or relating
                                        according to the wartime              thereto or sustained going to or
baseline4 / base de                     organization of the unit or           returning from a combat mission.
triangulation                           formation and maintained at the       Related terms: casualty; died of
In triangulation, the side of one of    prescribed levels.                    wounds received in action; killed
a series of coordinated triangles       01 Mar 1981                           in action; non-battle casualty;
the length of which is measured                                               wounded in action.
with prescribed accuracy and            basic military route network /        01 Jun 1989
precision and from which lengths        réseau routier militaire de base
of the other triangle sides are         Axial, lateral, and connecting        battle damage assessment /
obtained by computation.                routes designated in peacetime by     évaluation des dommages de
01 Nov 1994                             the host nation to meet the           combat
                                        anticipated military movements        BDA
base map / carte de base1               and transport requirements, both      The assessment of effects
A map or chart showing certain          Allied and national.                  resulting from the application of
fundamental information, used as        01 Mar 1979                           military action, either lethal or
a base upon which additional data                                             non-lethal, against a military


                                                  2-B-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

objective.                             weather; health hazards; terrain;     submarine locator acoustic
17 Jan 2005                            the electromagnetic spectrum;         beacon; Z marker beacon.
                                       and the information environment       01 Mar 1973
battle damage repair /                 in the joint operations area and
réparation au combat                   other areas of interest.              beam rider / guidé sur faisceau
Essential repair, which may be         08 Aug 2008                           A missile guided by radar or radio
improvised, carried out rapidly in a                                         beam.
battle environment in order to         battlespace awareness /               01 Mar 1973
return damaged or disabled             connaissance de l'espace de
                                                                                      1
equipment to temporary service.        bataille                              bearing / azimut
01 Jun 1989                            Knowledge and understanding of        The horizontal angle measured
                                       the battlespace that enable timely,   clockwise from a reference
battlefield illumination /             relevant, comprehensive and           direction to a specified direction.
éclairement du champ de                accurate assessments in order to      Related terms: grid bearing;
bataille                               successfully apply combat power,      magnetic bearing; relative
The lighting of the battle area by     protect the force and/or complete     bearing; true bearing.
artificial light either visible or     the mission.                          09 Jan 1996
invisible to the naked eye.            15 Jan 2008
Related terms: artificial daylight;                                          bearing2
artificial moonlight; indirect         beach capacity / capacité de          Preferred term: true bearing.
illumination.                          plage
01 Mar 1982                            An estimate, expressed in terms       before-flight inspection /
                                       of measurement tons, or weight        préparation pour le vol
battlefield psychological              tons, of cargo that may be            preflight inspection
activities / activités                 unloaded over a designated strip      Preflight check to ensure general
psychologiques du champ de             of shore per day.                     aircraft safety and that disposable
bataille                               Related term: port capacity.          loads, e.g., fuel and armament
BPA                                    01 Mar 1973                           equipment, etc., are correctly
Planned psychological activities                                             adjusted for the particular
conducted as an integral part of       beach group                           operation or sortie.
combat operations and designed to      Preferred term: shore party.          01 Apr 1990
bring psychological pressure to
bear on enemy forces and civilians     beachhead / tête de plage             belligerent / belligérant
under enemy control in the battle      A designated area on a hostile or     In time of crisis or war, an
area, to assist in achievement of      potentially hostile shore which,      individual, entity, military force or
operational and tactical objectives.   when seized and held, provides        state engaged in conflict.
Related terms: peace support           for the continuous landing of         01 Oct 2003
psychological activities;              troops and materiel, and provides
psychological operation;               manoeuvring space required for        bilateral infrastructure /
psychological consolidation            subsequent projected operations       infrastructure bilatérale
activities; strategic psychological    ashore.                               Infrastructure which concerns only
activities.                            Related terms: airhead1,2;            two NATO members and is
16 Jul 1999                            bridgehead.                           financed by mutual agreement
                                       01 Dec 1993                           between them (e.g., facilities
battlefield surveillance /                                                   required for the use of forces of
surveillance du champ de               beach minefield / champ de            one NATO member in the territory
bataille                               mines antidébarquement                of another).
Systematic observation of the          A minefield in the shallow water      Related terms: common
battle area for the purpose of         approaches to a possible              infrastructure; infrastructure;
providing timely information and       amphibious landing beach.             national infrastructure.
combat intelligence.                   Related term: minefield1,2            01 Mar 1973
Related terms: air surveillance;       01 Nov 1977
camouflage; countersurveillance;                                             bi-margin format / carte à deux
sea surveillance.                      beach reserves / réserves de          marges
01 Aug 1979                            plage                                 The format of a map or chart on
                                       In an amphibious operation, an        which the cartographic detail is
battlespace / espace de bataille       accumulation of supplies of all       extended to two edges of the
The environment, factors and           classes established in dumps in       sheet, normally north and east,
conditions that must be understood     beachhead areas.                      thus leaving two margins only.
to apply combat power, protect a       01 Mar 1992                           01 Mar 1973
force or complete a mission
successfully.                          beacon / balise                       binary chemical munition /
Note: It includes the land,            Related terms: crash locator          munition chimique binaire
maritime, air and space                beacon; emergency locator             A munition in which chemical
environments; the enemy and            beacon; fan marker beacon;            substances, held in separate
friendly forces present therein;       localizer; meaconing; personal        containers, react when mixed or
facilities; terrestrial and space      locator beacon; radio beacon;         combined as a result of being


                                                 2-B-3
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

fired, launched or otherwise                                                  vesicant agent
initiated to produce a chemical       biological weapon / arme                A chemical agent which injures
agent.                                biologique                              the eyes and lungs, and burns or
Related terms: chemical               An item of materiel which               blisters the skin.
ammunition; multi-agent munition;     projects, disperses, or                 01 Aug 1976
munition.                             disseminates a biological agent
01 Nov 1991                           including arthropod vectors.            blocking and chocking / calage
                                      Related term: biological agent.         The use of wedges or chocks to
binding / chargement sur              01 Mar 1973                             prevent the inadvertent shifting of
palette                                                                       cargo in transit.
The fastening or securing of items    blast1 / souffle1                       01 Mar 1973
to a movable platform called a        The brief and rapid movement of
pallet.                               air, vapour or fluid away from a        blocking fire / tir de blocage
Related term: palletized unit load.   centre of outward pressure, as in       A concentration of fire intended to
01 Mar 1973                           an explosion or in the combustion       deny the enemy access to a given
                                      of rocket fuel; the pressure            area or to prevent their advance
biological agent / agent              accompanying this movement.             in a given direction.
biologique                            This term is commonly used for          17 Jan 2005
A micro-organism which causes         "explosion", but the two terms
disease in man, plants, or animals    may be distinguished.                   blocking position / position
or causes the deterioration of        01 Mar 1973                             d'arrêt
materiel.                                                                     A defensive position so sited as to
Related terms: biological             blast2/ souffle2                        deny the enemy access to a given
environment; biological operation;    Related term: blast2.                   area or to prevent his advance in
biological weapon;chemical agent.                                             a given direction.
01 Mar 1973                           blast wave / onde de souffle            01 Jun 1978
                                      Wave created by the rapid
biological ammunition /               expansion of hot gases in the           block stowage loading /
munition biologique                   atmosphere which results from an        chargement par destination
A type of ammunition, the filler of   explosion. The blast wave is            A method of loading whereby all
which is primarily a biological       initially a shock wave which            cargo for a specific destination is
agent.                                subsequently decays into a sound        stowed together. The purpose is
01 Mar 1992                           wave.                                   to facilitate rapid offloading at the
                                      Related terms: blast wave               destination, with the least possible
biological defence / défense          diffraction; shock wave.                disturbance of cargo intended for
biologique                            01 Oct 1992                             other points.
The methods, plans and                                                        Related terms: embarkation;
procedures involved in                blast wave diffraction /                loading.
establishing and executing            diffraction de l'onde de souffle        01 Mar 1973
defensive measures against            The passage around and
attack utilizing biological agents.   envelopment of a structure by the       block time / temps bloc à bloc
01 Oct 1992                           nuclear blast wave.                     The period from the moment the
                                      Related terms: blast wave; shock        chocks are withdrawn and brakes
biological environment /              wave.                                   released, or moorings dropped, to
environnement biologique              16 Jul 1999                             the return to rest or take-up of
Conditions found in an area                                                   moorings after the flight.
resulting from direct or persisting   bleeding edge / champ vif               01 Mar 1973
effects of biological weapons.        That edge of a map or chart on
Related term: biological agent.       which cartographic detail is            blood agent / hémotoxique
01 Nov 1990                           extended to the edge of the sheet.      A chemical compound, including
                                      01 Aug 1979                             the cyanide group, that affects
biological operation / opération                                              bodily functions by preventing the
biologique                            blind bombing zone / zone de            normal utilization of oxygen by
biological warfare                    bombardement sans restriction           body tissues.
BW                                    A restricted area (air, land, or sea)   01 Nov 1991
Employment of biological agents       established for the purpose of
to produce casualties in man or       permitting air operations,              blowback1 / fuite de gaz vers
animals and damage to plants or       unrestricted by the operations or       l'arrière
materiel; or defence against such     possible attack of friendly forces.     Escape, to the rear and under
employment.                           01 Mar 1973                             pressure, of gases formed during
Related term: biological agent.                                               the firing of the weapon. Blowback
01 Mar 1973                           blip / spot                             may be caused by a defective
                                      The luminous image of an object         breech mechanism, a ruptured
biological warfare                    on a visual display.                    cartridge case or a faulty primer.
BW                                    02 May1995                              01 Mar 1973
Preferred term: biological
operation.                            blister agent / agent vésicant          blowback2 / pression des gaz


                                                2-B-4
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

vers l'arrière                        bombardement                           to the target, includes target
Type of weapon operation in           The angle between the vertical         acquisition, and ends normally at
which the force of expanding          and a line joining the aircraft to     the weapon release point.
gases acting to the rear against      what would be the point of impact      01 Nov 1983
the face of the bolt furnishes all    of a bomb released from it at that
the energy required to initiate the   instant.                               bomb release line / ligne de
complete cycle of operation. A        01 Mar 1973                            largage de bombes
weapon which employs this                                                    An imaginary line around a
method of operation is                bombing errors1 / écarts de            defended area or objective over
                                                         1
characterized by the absence of       bombardement                           which an aircraft should release
any breech-lock or bolt-lock-         50 % Circular Error - The radius       its bomb in order to obtain a hit or
mechanism.                            of a circle, with the centre at a      hits on an area or objective.
01 Mar 1973                           desired mean point of impact,          01 Mar 1973
                                      which contains half the missiles
blue commander / commandant           independently aimed to hit the         bomb release point / point de
bleu                                  desired mean point of impact.          largage de bombes
The officer designated to exercise    01 Mar 1973                            The point in space at which
operational control over blue                                                bombs must be released to reach
forces for a specific period during   bombing errors2 / écarts de            the desired point of detonation.
                                                         2
an exercise.                          bombardement                           01 Mar 1973
01 Jul 1985                           50 % Deflection Error - Half the
                                      distance between two lines, drawn      bomb sighting system / viseur
blue forces / forces bleues           parallel to the aircraft's track and   de bombardement
Those forces used in a friendly       equidistant from the desired mean      Related terms: angular velocity
role during NATO exercises.           point of impact, which contains        sights; tachometric sights; vector
Related term: force(s).               half the missiles independently        sights.
01 Oct 1980                           aimed to hit the desired mean          01 Dec 1976
                                      point of impact.
blue key / fond bleu actinique        01 Mar 1973                            bonding / métallisation
A blue image on any medium                                                   In electrical engineering, the
which is not reproduced when the      bombing errors3 / écarts de            process of connecting together
                                                       3
superimposed work is                  bombardement                           metal parts so that they make low
reproduced, used as a guide for       50 % Range Error - Half the            resistance electrical contact for
scribing or drawing.                  distance between two lines drawn       direct current and lower frequency
Related terms: drawing key; key.      perpendicular to the aircraft's        alternating currents.
01 Mar 1973                           track equidistant from the desired     Related terms: earthing;
                                      mean point of impact, which            grounding.
boat lane / couloir de                contains half the missiles             01 Oct 1980
débarquement                          independently aimed to hit the
A lane for amphibious assault         desired mean point of impact.          booby trap / piège
landing craft, which extends          Note: Above errors should imply        A device designed, constructed or
seaward from the landing              overall errors unless otherwise        adapted to kill or injure, which
beaches to the line of departure.     stipulated by inclusion of the word    functions when a person disturbs
The width of a boat lane is           "Random" or "Systematic" as            or approaches an apparently
determined by the length of the       necessary.                             harmless object or performs an
corresponding beach.                  01 Mar 1973                            apparently safe act.
01 Mar 1973                                                                  Related term: proofing.
                                      bombing height / hauteur de            01 Oct 2001
boattail / tronçon de queue           bombardement
The conical section of a ballistic    In air operations, the height above    booster1 / propulseur d'appoint
body that progressively decreases     ground level at which the aircraft     An auxiliary or initial propulsion
in diameter toward the tail to        is flying at the moment of             system which travels with a
reduce overall aerodynamic drag.      ordnance release. Bombing              missile or aircraft and which may
01 Mar 1973                           heights are classified as follows:     or may not separate from the
                                      very low: below 100 feet;              parent craft when its impulse has
boat wave / vague                     low: from 100 to 2,000 feet;           been delivered. A booster system
d'embarcations                        medium: from 2,000 to 10,000           may contain, or consist of, one or
Related term: wave.                   feet;                                  more units.
01 Mar 1973                           high: from 10,000 to 50,000 feet;      01 Jan 1991
                                      very high: 50,000 feet and above.
body of a map or chart / corps        01 Jan 1983                            booster2 / renforçateur
d'une carte                                                                  d'amorçage
That area of a map or chart           bombing run / passage de               A high-explosive element
contained within the neatlines.       bombardement                           sufficiently sensitive so as to be
01 Mar 1973                           In air bombing, that part of the       actuated by small explosive
                                      flight that begins, normally from      elements in a fuze or primer and
bombing angle / angle de              an initial point, with the approach    powerful enough to cause


                                                2-B-5
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

detonation of the main explosive       A statement on a map or chart           01 Dec 1974
filling.                               that the status and/or alignment of
Related terms: booster1;               international or administrative         break-up2 / éclatement2
         1,2
charge .                               boundaries is not necessarily           split-up
01 Jan 1991                            recognized by the government of         In imagery interpretation, the
                                       the publishing nation.                  result of magnification or
border / marge intérieure              01 Mar 1973                             enlargement which causes the
In cartography, the area of a map                                              imaged item to lose its identity
or chart lying between the neatline    bouquet mine / mine bouquet             and the resultant presentation to
and the surrounding framework.         In naval mine warfare, a mine in        become a random series of tonal
01 Mar 1973                            which a number of buoyant mine          impressions.
                                       cases are attached to the same          01 Dec 1974
border break / crevé                   sinker, so that when the mooring
A cartographic technique used          of one mine case is cut, another        brevity code / code abrégé
when it is required to extend a        mine rises from the sinker to its       A code which provides no security
portion of the cartographic detail     set depth.                              but which has as its sole purpose
of a map or chart beyond the           Related term: mine2.                    the shortening of messages rather
sheetlines into the margin.            01 Nov 1975                             than the concealment of their
01 Mar 1973                                                                    content.
                                       bracketing / réglage percutant          01 Mar 1973
border crosser / frontalier            par encadrement sur la ligne
An individual, living close to a       d'observation                           bridgehead / tête de pont
frontier, who normally has to cross    A method of adjusting fire in which     An area of ground, in a territory
the frontier frequently for            a bracket is established by             occupied or threatened by the
legitimate purposes.                   obtaining an over and a short           enemy, which must be held or at
01 Mar 1973                            along the spotting line, and then       least controlled, so as to permit
                                       successively splitting the bracket      the continuous embarkation,
boresafe fuze / fusée à sûreté         in half until a target hit or desired   landing or crossing of troops and
de trajet dans l'âme                   bracket is obtained.                    material, and/or to provide
Type of fuze having an interrupter     01 Mar 1973                             manoeuvre space requisite for
in the explosive train that prevents                                           subsequent operations.
a projectile from exploding until      branch / branche                        Related terms: airhead1;
after it has cleared the muzzle of     Part of a NATO headquarters             beachhead.
a weapon.                              division responsible for a major        01 Mar 1982
Related term: fuze.                    functional area.
01 Mar 1973                            Related terms: cell; division2;         bridgehead line / limite de tête
                                       section.                                de pont
bottom mine / mine de fond             01 Jul 1988                             The limit of the objective area in
ground mine                                                                    the development of the
A mine with negative buoyancy          breakaway / séparation de               bridgehead.
which remains on the seabed.           l'onde de choc                          Related term: objective area.
Related term: mine2.                   The onset of a process in which         01 Mar 1973
01 Dec 1976                            the shock front moves away from
                                       the exterior of the expanding           briefing / exposé
bottom sweep / drague de fond          fireball produced by the explosion      The act of giving in advance
A sweep, either wire or chain,         of a nuclear weapon.                    specific instructions or
used either to sweep mines close       01 Mar 1973                             information.
to the bottom or to remove mines                                               04 Oct 2000
from a channel by dragging.            break-off position / point de
01 Dec 1976                            séparation                              broadcast-controlled air
                                       The position at which a leaver or       interception / interception
bound / bond                           leaver section breaks off from the      aérienne basée sur émission en
In land warfare, a single              main convoy to proceed to a             l'air
movement, usually from cover to        different destination.                  An interception in which the
cover, made by troops often            01 Mar 1979                             interceptor is given a continuous
under enemy fire.                                                              broadcast of information
01 Sep 1991                            break-up1 / éclatement1                 concerning an enemy raid and
                                       In detection by radar, the              effects interception without further
boundary / limite                      separation of one solid return into     control.
In land warfare, a line by which       a number of individual returns          Related terms: air interception;
areas of responsibility between        which correspond to the various         close-controlled air interception.
adjacent units/formations are          objects or structure groupings.         01 Mar 1973
defined.                               This separation is contingent
01 Jun 1978                            upon a number of factors                buffer distance / marge de
                                       including range, beam width, gain       sécurité
boundary disclaimer / non-             setting, object size and distance
reconnaissance de frontière            between objects.


                                                 2-B-6
                                                   AAP-6(2009)

In nuclear warfare:
a. the horizontal distance which,
when added to the radius of
safety will give the desired
assurance that the specified
degree of risk will not be
exceeded. The buffer distance is
normally expressed quantitatively
in multiples of the delivery error;
b. the vertical distance which is
added to the fallout safe-height of
burst in order to determine a
desired height of burst which will
provide the desired assurance
that militarily significant fallout will
not occur. It is normally expressed
quantitatively in multiples of the
vertical error.
01 Mar 1973

build-up / alignement sur le
tableau d'effectifs
The process of attaining
prescribed strength of units and
prescribed levels of vehicles,
equipment, stores and supplies.
Also may be applied to the means
of accomplishing this process.
01 Mar 1973

bulk petroleum product /
produit pétrolier en vrac
A liquid petroleum product
transported by various means and
stored in tanks or containers
having an individual fill capacity
greater than 250 litres.
01 Aug 1982

burial
Preferred term: emergency burial.

burn-out / fin de combustion
The point in time or in the missile
trajectory when combustion of
fuels in the rocket engine is
terminated by other than
programmed cut-off.
01 Mar 1973

burn-out velocity / vitesse de
fin de combustion
The velocity attained by a missile
at the point of burn-out.
20 Nov 1996




                                           2-B-7
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

                                                         C

calibrated airspeed / vitesse                                                   Related term: false colour film.
corrigée                                 camera axis direction /                01 Dec 1974
rectified airspeed                       direction de prise de vue
Indicated airspeed corrected for         Direction on the horizontal plane      camouflet / camouflet
instrument and installation errors.      of the optical axis of the camera      The resulting cavity in a deep
01 Mar 1973                              at the time of exposure. This          underground burst when there is
                                         direction is defined by its azimuth    no rupture of the surface.
calibrated altitude / altitude           expressed in degrees in relation       01 Mar 1973
corrigée                                 to true/magnetic north.
Indicated altitude corrected for         01 Mar 1973                            campaign / campagne
instrument and installation errors.                                             A set of military operations
Related terms: absolute                  camera calibration / étalonnage        planned and conducted to achieve
height;altitude; altitude datum;         d'un appareil photographique           a strategic objective within a given
barometric altitude; critical            The determination of the               time and geographical area, which
altitude; cruising altitude; cruising    calibrated focal length, the           normally involve maritime, land
level; datum level; drop altitude;       location of the principal point with   and air forces.
                                 1
drop height; elevation; height ;         respect to the fiducial marks and      16 Jul 1999
high altitude; minimum safe              the lens distortion effective in the
altitude; pressure-altitude;             focal plane of the camera referred     cancel / annulé
transition altitude; transition level.   to the particular calibrated focal     In artillery and naval fire support,
01 Mar 1973                              length.                                the term cancel, when coupled
                                         01 Mar 1973                            with a previous order, other than
calibrated focal length /                                                       an order for a quantity or type of
distance focale mesurée                  camera cycling rate / vitesse de       ammunition, rescinds that order.
An adjusted value of the                 prises de vues                         01 Dec 1974
equivalent focal length, so              The frequency with which camera
computed as to equalize the              frames are exposed, expressed          cannibalize / cannibaliser
positive and negative values of          as cycles per second.                  To remove serviceable
distortion over the entire field         01 Nov 1975                            assemblies, sub-assemblies or
used in a camera.                                                               components from a repairable or
Related terms: equivalent focal          camera magazine / magasin              serviceable item of equipment in
length; focal lenght; nominal focal      A removable part of a camera in        order to install them on another.
length.                                  which the unexposed and                Related term: salvage2.
01 Mar 1973                              exposed portions of film are           04 Oct 2000
                                         contained.
call for fire / demande de tir           Related term: cassette.                cannot observe / ne suis pas
A request for fire containing data       01 Mar 1973                            en mesure d'observer
necessary for obtaining the                                                     A type of fire control which
required fire on a target.               camera nadir                           indicates that the observer or
Related terms: on call; on call          Preferred term: photo nadir.           spotter will be unable to adjust
mission.                                                                        fire, but believes a target exists at
01 Mar 1973                              camera window / hublot de              the given location and is of
                                         prise de vue                           sufficient importance to justify
call sign / indicatif d'appel            A window in the camera                 firing upon it without adjustment
C/S                                      compartment through which              or observation.
Any combination of characters or         photographs are taken.                 01 Mar 1977
pronounceable words, which               01 Mar 1973
identifies a communication                                                      capsule1 / capsule1
facility, a command, an authority,       camouflage / camouflage                A sealed pressurized cabin for
an activity, or a unit; used             The use of natural or artificial       extremely high altitude or space
primarily for establishing and           material on personnel, objects or      flight which provides an
maintaining communications.              tactical positions with the aim of     acceptable environment for man,
Related terms: collective call           confusing, misleading or evading       animal or equipment.
sign; indefinite call sign;              the enemy.                             01 Mar 1973
international call sign; net call        Related term:
sign; tactical call sign; visual call    countersurveillance.                   capsule2 / capsule2
sign; voice call sign.                   01 Dec 1977                            An ejectable sealed cabin having
01 Mar 1973                                                                     automatic devices for safe return
                                         camouflage detection                   of the occupants to the surface.
camera axis / axe focal                  photography / photographie             01 Mar 1973
An imaginary line through the            anticamouflage
optical centre of the lens               Photography utilizing a special        captive firing / essai au banc
perpendicular to the negative            type of film (usually infrared)        A firing test of short duration,
photo plane.                             designed for the detection of          conducted with the missile
01 Mar 1973                              camouflage.                            propulsion system operating while

                                                   2-C-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

secured to a test stand.              cartesian coordinates /                restrictions
01 Mar 1973                           coordonnées cartésiennes               An air space of defined
                                      A coordinate system in which           dimensions within which
cardinal point effect / effet de      locations of points in space are       restrictions to the flight of aircraft
renforcement d'échos                  expressed by reference to three        may exist at specified times.
normal impact effect                  mutually perpendicular planes,         01 Mar 1973
The increased intensity of a line     called coordinate planes. The
or group of returns on the            three planes intersect in three        caveat / restriction
radarscope occurring when the         straight lines called coordinate       In NATO operations, any
radar beam is perpendicular to        axes.                                  limitation, restriction or constraint
the rectangular surface of a line     Related term: coordinates.             by a nation on its military forces
or group of similarly aligned         01 Mar 1973                            or civilian elements under NATO
features in the ground pattern.                                              command and control or
01 Mar 1973                           cascade image intensifier /            otherwise available to NATO, that
                                      amplificateur d'images à               does not permit NATO
cargo / cargaison                     plusieurs étages                       commanders to deploy and
Commodities and supplies in           An optoelectronic amplifier            employ these assets fully in line
transit.                              capable of increasing the              with the approved operation plan.
Related terms: air cargo;             intensity of a radiant image by        Note: A caveat may apply inter
controlled dangerous air cargo;       two or more stages.                    alia to freedom of movement
dangerous cargo; essential            01 Nov 1975                            within the joint operations area
supply; general air cargo;                                                   and/or to compliance with the
immediately vital cargo; restricted   cassette / chargeur                    approved rules of engagement.
dangerous air cargo; unwanted         In photography, a reloadable           20 Jun 2006
cargo; valuable cargo.                container for either unexposed or
01 Mar 1981                           exposed sensitized materials           cease engagement / cessez
                                      which may be removed from the          l'engagement
cargo sling / élingue de              camera or darkroom equipment           In air defence, a fire control order
suspension                            under lightened conditions.            used to direct units to stop the
A strap, chain, or other material     Related term: camera magazine.         firing sequence against a
used to hold cargo items securely     01 Mar 1973                            designated target. Guided
which are to be hoisted, lowered,                                            missiles already in flight will
or suspended.                         casualty / perte                       continue to intercept.
01 Mar 1973                           In relation to personnel, any          Related terms: engage; hold fire.
                                      person who is lost to his              01 Jul 1983
carpet bombing /                      organization by reason of having
bombardement en tapis                 been declared dead, wounded,           cease loading / ne pas
The progressive distribution of a     diseased, detained, captured or        recharger
mass bomb load upon an area           missing.                               In artillery and naval fire support,
defined by designated boundaries,     Related terms: battle casualty;        the command used during firing
in such manner as to inflict          died of wounds received in             of two or more rounds to indicate
damage to all portions thereof.       action; killed in action; non-battle   the suspension of inserting
01 Mar 1973                           casualty; wounded in action.           rounds into the weapon.
                                      01 Jun 1989                            01 Mar 1973
carriage
Preferred term: gun carriage.         casualty staging unit / unité de       celestial sphere / sphère
                                      transit des malades et blessés         céleste
carrier air group / groupe            CSU                                    An imaginary sphere of infinite
aérien embarqué                       A medical unit caring for in-transit   radius concentric with the earth,
CAG                                   patients under medical personnel       on which all celestial bodies
A group of aircraft squadrons         supervision.                           except the earth are imagined to
placed under a single command         Related term: in-transit               be projected.
for administrative and tactical       evacuation facility.                   01 Mar 1973
control of operations from an         22 Jun 2004
aircraft carrier.                                                            cell / cellule
04 Oct 2000                           catapult / catapulte                   Part of a NATO headquarters
                                      A structure which provides an          section which produces work of a
carrier striking force / force        auxiliary source of thrust to a        specific nature within a major
d'attaque de porte-avions             missile or aircraft; must combine      functional area.
CARSTRIKFOR                           the functions of directing and         Related terms: branch; division2;
A naval task force composed of        accelerating the missile during its    section.
one or more aircraft carriers,        travel on the catapult; serves the     01 Jul 1988
supporting combatant ships and        same functions for a missile as
submarines, capable of conducting     does a gun tube for a shell.           centigray / centigray
offensive operations.                 01 Mar 1973                            A unit of absorbed dose of
18 Dec 1997                                                                  radiation (one centigray equals
                                      caution area / zone à                  one rad).


                                                2-C-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

01 Jul 1987                           grouping derives its freedom of         01 Mar 1973
                                      action, physical strength or will to
central air data computer /           fight.                                  chalk number / numéro-repère
centrale de bord                      25 Sep 1998                             The number given to a complete
air data computer                                                             load and to the transporting
A device which computes               centre of gravity limits / limites      carrier.
altitude, vertical speed, air speed   de centrage                             Related terms: chalk commander;
and Mach number from inputs of        The limits within which an              chalk troops.
pitot and static pressure and         aircraft's centre of gravity must lie   01 Mar 1973
temperature.                          to ensure safe flight. The centre
01 Mar 1981                           of gravity of the loaded aircraft       chalk troops / troupe
                                      must be within these limits at          numérotée
central analysis team / groupe        take-off, in the air, and on            A load of troops defined by a
d'analyse de la direction             landing. In some cases, take-off        particular chalk number.
d'exercice                            and landing limits may also be          Related terms: chalk commander;
analysis staff                        specified.                              chalk number.
A team composed of                    01 Mar 1973                             01 Mar 1973
representatives from two or more
Major NATO Commanders,                certification / certification           challenge / procédé
responsible jointly to their          The process of officially               d'identification
superiors for the detailed analysis   recognizing that organizations,         Any process carried out by one
and reporting of a large-scale        individuals, materiel or systems        unit or person with the object of
NATO exercise.                        meet defined standards or               ascertaining the friendly or hostile
01 Mar 1973                           criteria.                               character or identity of another.
                                      Note: In the context of military        Related terms: countersign;
centralized control1 / contrôle       forces, the hierarchical                password; reply.
           1                          relationship in logical sequence        01 Mar 1973
centralisé
The retention of authority by a       is: assessment, analysis,
commander to direct actions to        evaluation, validation and              change of operational control /
achieve his objectives.               certification.                          changement de contrôle
Related term: decentralized           Related terms: analysis1;               opérationnel
                                                                1
execution.                            assessment; evaluation ;                CHOP
22 Jun 2004                           validation.                             The date and time (Greenwich
                                      02 Mar 2007                             Mean Time/Greenwich Civil
centralized control2 / contrôle                                               Time) at which the responsibility
centralisé
           2                          certificate of security clearance       for operational control of a force
In air defence, the control mode      Preferred term: security certificate.   or unit passes from one
whereby a higher echelon makes                                                operational control authority to
direct target assignments to fire     chaff / paillettes                      another.
units.                                Strips of frequency-cut metal foil,     01 Mar 1973
Related term: decentralized           wire, or metallized glass fibre
control.                              used to reflect electromagnetic         characteristic actuation
22 Jun 2004                           energy, usually dropped from            probability / probabilité
                                      aircraft or expelled from shells or     caractéristique d'interception
central planning team / groupe        rockets as a radar                      The average probability of a mine
central de planification              countermeasure.                         of a given type being actuated by
planning staff                        01 Mar 1981                             one run of the sweep within the
A team composed of                                                            characteristic actuation width.
representatives of two or more        chain of command / chaîne de            01 Nov 1975
NATO or national commands,            commandement
responsible for the production of     command channel                         characteristic actuation width /
an exercise operation order in        The succession of commanding            intercept caractéristique
accordance with the exercise          officers from a superior to a           The width of path over which
specification and/or exercise         subordinate through which               mines can be actuated by a
planning directive.                   command is exercised.                   single run of the sweep gear.
01 Mar 1981                           Related terms: administrative           01 Nov 1975
                                      chain of command; operational
centre of burst                       chain of command.                       characteristic detection
Preferred term: mean point of         01 Mar 1973                             probability / probabilité
impact.                                                                       caractéristique de détection
                                      chalk commander / chef de               The ratio of the number of mines
centre of gravity / centre de         transport                               detected on a single run to the
gravité                               The commander of all troops             number of mines which could
COG                                   embarked under one chalk                have been detected within the
Characteristics, capabilities or      number.                                 characteristic detection width.
localities from which a nation, an    Related terms: chalk number;            01 Nov 1975
alliance, a military force or other   chalk troops.


                                                2-C-3
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

characteristic detection width /       map; special aeronautical chart.       checkpoint4 / poste de contrôle
intercept caractéristique de           16 Jul 1996                            de la circulation
détection                                                                     A place where military police
The width of path over which           chart base / carte de base2            check vehicular or pedestrian
mines can be detected on a             topographic base                       traffic in order to enforce
single run.                            A chart used as a primary source       circulation control measures and
01 Nov 1975                            for compilation or as a framework      other laws, orders and
                                       on which new detail is printed.        regulations.
charge1 / charge1                      Related terms: aeronautical            01 Mar 1973
A given quantity of explosive,         plotting chart; aeronautical
either in bulk or contained in a       topographic chart; amphibious          check sweeping / dragage de
bomb, a projectile, a mine or          chart; chart; combat chart; fire       vérification
similar device, or used as a           capabilities chart; hydrographic       In naval mine warfare, sweeping
propellant.                            chart; map; map index; map             to check that no moored mines
Related terms: primed charge;          series; map sheet; mine warfare        are left after a previous clearing
priming charge; shaped charge.         chart; nautical plotting chart; non-   operation.
22 Jun 2004                            submarine contact chart.               01 Dec 1976
                                       01 Mar 1973
charge2 / charge2                                                             chemical agent / agent
A quantity of explosives prepared      chart index                            chimique
for demolition purposes.               Preferred term: map index.             A chemical substance which is
Related terms: booster2; cutting                                              intended for use in military
charge; cratering charge; inert        chart series                           operations to kill, seriously injure,
filling.                               Preferred term: map series.            or incapacitate personnel through
22 Jun 2004                                                                   its physiological effects. The term
                                       chart sheet                            excludes riot control agents,
charged demolition target /            Preferred term: map sheet.             herbicides and substances
ouvrage miné                                                                  generating smoke and flame.
A demolition target on which all       check firing / halte au tir            Related terms: biological agent;
charges have been placed and           In artillery and naval fire support,   biological environment; biological
which is in the state of readiness,    a command to cause a temporary         operation; biological warefare;
either state 1 - safe, or state 2 -    halt in firing.                        biological weapon; chemical
armed.                                 01 Jul 1987                            defence; chemical dose; chemical
Related terms: state of                                                       environment; incapacitating
readiness1; state of readiness2.       checkout / vérification                agent; riot control agent.
01 Oct 1992                            systématique                           01 Dec 1993
                                       A sequence of functional,
charged weapon / arme chargée          operational, and calibrational         chemical ammunition /
A loaded weapon, ready to fire         tests to determine the condition       munition chimique
except for the operation of the        and status of a weapon system or       A type of ammunition, the filler of
safety catch, when fitted.             element thereof.                       which is primarily a chemical
Related terms: loaded weapon;          01 Mar 1973                            agent.
uncharged weapon; unloaded                                                    Related terms: binary chemical
                                                   1
weapon.                                checkpoint / point de                  munition; multi-agent munition;
                                                  1
01 Oct 2001                            référence                              munition.
                                       A predetermined point on the           01 Mar 1973
charging point / prise de              surface of the earth used as a
ravitaillement                         means of controlling movement, a       chemical, biological and
filler point                           registration target for fire           radiological operation /
A connection on an aircraft, or        adjustment, or reference for           opération chimique, biologique
aircraft component, through            location.                              et nucléaire
which the aircraft or aircraft         Related term: contact point1.          A collective term used only when
component can be replenished           01 Mar 1973                            referring to a combined chemical,
with a specific commodity, e.g.,                                              biological, and radiological
                                                   2
oxygen, air or hydraulic fluid, etc.   checkpoint / point de                  operation.
                                                  2
01 Mar 1973                            référence                              01 Mar 1973
                                       Geographical location on land or
chart / carte spécialisée              water above which the position of      chemical defence / défense
A special purpose map, generally       an aircraft in flight may be           contre agents chimiques
designed for navigation or other       determined by observation or by        The methods, plans and
particular purposes, in which          electrical means.                      procedures involved in
essential map information is           01 Mar 1973                            establishing and executing
combined with various other data                                              defensive measures against
critical to the intended use.          checkpoint3 / centre d'impact          attacks utilizing chemical agents.
Related terms: aeronautical chart;     Centre of impact; a burst centre.      Related term: chemical agent.
aeronautical plotting chart;           01 Mar 1973                            01 Nov 1991
aeronautical topographic chart;


                                                 2-C-4
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

chemical dose / dose chimique            hazard area.                           designed to minimize by passive
The amount of chemical agent,            Related term: chemical                 measures the effects of enemy
expressed in milligrams, that is         monitoring.                            action against all aspects of civil
taken or absorbed by the body.           01 Sep 1981                            life.
Related terms: biological agent;                                                01 Mar 1973
biological environment; biological       chemical warfare
operation; biological warefare;          Preferred term: chemical               civil disturbance / troubles
biological weapon; chemical              operation.                             publics
agent; chemical defence;                                                        Group acts of violence and
chemical environment;                    chop                                   disorder prejudicial to public law
incapacitating agent; riot control       Preferred term: change of              and order.
agent.                                   operational control.                   01 Mar 1973
01 Feb 1988
                                         chronic radiation dose / dose          civilianization / civilarisation
chemical environment /                   d'irradiation chronique                The transfer of responsibilities,
environnement chimique                   A dose of ionising radiation           functions or posts from military
Conditions found in an area              received either continuously or        personnel to civilian staff.
resulting from direct or persisting      intermittently over a prolonged        15 Jan 2008
effects of chemical weapons.             period of time. A chronic radiation
Related term: chemical agent.            dose may be high enough to             civilian preparedness for war /
01 Nov 1990                              cause radiation sickness and           préparation civile pour le
                                         death but if received at a low         temps de guerre
chemical horn / corne                    dose rate a significant portion of     All measures and means taken in
chimique                                 the acute cellular damage will be      peacetime, by national and Allied
Hertz-Horn                               repaired.                              agencies, to enable a nation to
In naval mine warfare, a mine            Related terms: acute radiation         survive an enemy attack and to
horn containing an electric              dose; radiation dose; radiation        contribute more effectively to the
battery, the electrolyte for which       dose rate.                             common war effort.
is in a glass tube protected by a        01 Aug 1982                            01 Mar 1973
thin metal sheet.
01 Nov 1975                              chuffing / toux d'une fusée            civil-military cooperation /
                                         The characteristic of some             coopération civilo-militaire
chemical mine / mine chimique            rockets to burn intermittently and     CIMIC
A mine containing a chemical             with an irregular noise.               The coordination and cooperation,
agent designed to kill, injure, or       01 Mar 1973                            in support of the mission, between
incapacitate personnel or to                                                    the NATO Commander and civil
contaminate materiel or terrain.         circling approach / approche           actors, including the national
Related term: mine1.                     indirecte                              population and local authorities, as
01 Aug 1976                              An extension of an instrument          well as international, national and
                                         approach procedure which               non-governmental organizations
chemical monitoring / veille             provides for visual circling of the    and agencies.
chimique                                 aerodrome prior to landing.            14 Oct 2002
The continued or periodic                [ICAO]
process of determining whether           Related term: minimum descent          clandestine operation /
or not a chemical agent is               height.                                opération clandestine
present.                                 04 Oct 2000                            Operation related to intelligence,
Related term: chemical survey.                                                  counter-intelligence and other
01 Feb 1988                              circular error probable / écart        similar activities, sponsored or
                                         circulaire probable                    conducted in such a way as to
chemical operation / opération           CEP                                    assure secrecy or concealment.
chimique                                 An indicator of the accuracy of a      04 Oct 2000
chemical warfare                         missile/projectile, used as a factor
Employment of chemical agents            in determining probable damage         classification of bridges and
to kill, injure, or incapacitate for a   to a target. It is the radius of a     vehicles
significant period of time, man or       circle within which half of the        Preferred term: military load
animals, and deny or hinder the          missiles/projectiles are expected      classification.
use of areas, facilities or materiel;    to fall.
or defence against such                  Related terms: convoy dispersal        classified matter / sujet
employment.                              point; delivery error; deviation2;     classifié
                                                     6
01 Aug 1979                              dispersion ; dispersion error;         Official information or matter in
                                         horizontal error.                      any form or of any nature which
chemical survey /                        01 Mar 1973                            requires protection in the
reconnaissance chimique                                                         interests of national security.
The directed effort to determine         civil defence / protection civile      Related term: unclassified matter
the nature and degree of                 CD                                     01 Mar 1973
chemical hazard in an area and           Mobilization, organization, and
to delineate the perimeter of the        direction of the civil population,     cleansing station


                                                   2-C-5
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

Preferred term: decontamination          01 Mar 1973                           In naval mine warfare, a minefield
station.                                                                       which is planned to present such
                                         close control / contrôle serré        a threat that water-borne shipping
clearance diving / déminage              A form of aircraft mission control    is prevented from moving.
par plongeur                             in which the aircraft is              Related term: minefield2.
The process involving the use of         continuously controlled for           01 Aug 1976
divers for locating, identifying and     altitude, speed and heading, to a
disposing of mines.                      position from which the mission       cloud amount / couverture
01 Aug 1976                              can be accomplished.                  nuageuse
                                         Related terms: air interception;      cloud cover
clearance rate / vitesse de              broadcast-controlled air              The proportion of sky obscured
déblaiement                              interception; close-controlled air    by cloud, expressed as a fraction
The area which would be cleared          interception.                         of sky covered.
per unit time with a stated              01 Nov 1990                           01 Jul 1980
minimum percentage clearance,
using specific minehunting and/or        close-controlled air                  cloud cover
minesweeping procedures.                 interception / interception           Preferred term: cloud amount.
01 Aug 1976                              aérienne en contrôle serré
                                                                                      1          1
                                         An interception in which the          cluster / grappe
clearway / prolongement                  interceptor is continuously           Fireworks signal in which a group
dégagé                                   controlled to a position from         of stars burns at the same time.
A defined rectangular area on the        which the target is within visual     01 Mar 1981
ground or water at the end of a          range or radar contact.
runway in the direction of take-off      Related terms: air interception;      cluster2 / grappe2
and under control of the                 broadcast-controlled air              Group of bombs released
competent authority, selected or         interception; close control.          together. A cluster usually
prepared as a suitable area over         01 Mar 1973                           consists of fragmentation or
which an aircraft may make a                                                   incendiary bombs.
portion of its initial climb to a        closed area / zone fermée             01 Mar 1981
specified height.                        A designated area in or over
01 Jul 1980                              which passage of any kind is          cluster3 / grappe3
                                         prohibited.                           Two or more parachutes for
clear weather air defence                Related terms: air surface zone;      dropping light or heavy loads.
fighter / chasseur de défense            closed area; danger area;             01 Mar 1981
aérienne temps clair                     prohibited area; restricted
A fighter aircraft with equipment        area1,2,3.                            cluster4 / grappe4
and weapons which enable it to           01 Mar 1973                           In land mine warfare, a
engage airborne targets by day                                                 component of a pattern-laid
and by night, but in clear weather       close support / appui                 minefield. It may be antitank, anti-
conditions only.                         rapproché                             personnel or mixed. It consists of
Related terms: all weather air           CS                                    one to five mines and no more
defence fighter; day air defence         That action of the supporting         than one antitank mine.
fighter; interceptor; fighter; fighter   force against targets or objectives   01 Mar 1981
interceptor.                             which are sufficiently near the
01 Oct 1984                              supported force as to require         cluster5 / grappe5
                                         detailed integration or               In minehunting, designates a
climb mode / montée                      coordination of the supporting        group of mine-like contacts.
automatique                              action with the fire, movement, or    01 Mar 1981
In a flight control system, a            other actions of the supported
control mode in which aircraft           force.                                cluster6 / grappe6
climb is automatically controlled        Related terms: cross-servicing;       In naval mine warfare, a number
to a predetermined programme.            mutual support; support.              of mines laid in close proximity to
01 Mar 1973                              01 Mar 1973                           each other as a pattern or
                                                                               coherent unit. They may be of
close air support / appui aérien         close supporting fire / tir           mixed types.
rapproché                                d'appui rapproché                     01 Mar 1981
CAS                                      Fire placed on enemy troops,
Air action against hostile targets       weapons, or positions which,          cluster7 / groupe énergétique
which are in close proximity to          because of their proximity present    Two or more engines coupled
friendly forces and which require        the most immediate and serious        together so as to function as one
detailed integration of each air         threat to the supported unit.         power unit.
mission with the fire and                 Related terms: fire3; supporting     01 Mar 1981
movement of those forces.                fire.
Related terms: immediate air             01 Mar 1973                           cluster bomb unit / arme à
support; indirect air support; on                                              dispersion
call mission; preplanned air             closure minefield / champ de          CBU
support; tactical air support.           mines d'interdiction                  An expendable aircraft store


                                                   2-C-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

composed of a dispenser and           of events and facilitates further
submunitions.                         processing.                            collimating mark / repère de
Related terms: dispenser;             Related term: intelligence cycle.      fond de chambre
submunition.                          01 Feb 1988                            fiducial mark
04 Oct 2000                                                                  An index mark, rigidly connected
                                      collection / recherche                 with the camera body, which
coarse mine / mine coriace            Related term: intelligence cycle.      forms an image on the negative.
In naval mine warfare, a relatively   01 Mar 1973                            This image is used to determine
insensitive influence mine.                                                  the position of the optical centre
Related term: mine2.                  collection agency                      or principal point of the imagery.
01 Nov 1975                           Preferred term: agency.                01 Mar 1973

coastal refraction / réfraction       collection management /                collocation / co-implantation
côtière                               gestion de la recherche                The physical placement of two or
land effect                           In intelligence usage, the process     more detachments, units,
shore line effect                     of converting intelligence             organizations, or facilities at a
The change of the direction of        requirements into collection           specifically defined location.
travel of a radio ground wave as it   requirements, establishing,            01 Jul 1980
passes from land to sea or from       tasking or coordinating with
sea to land.                          appropriate collection sources or      column cover / couverture de
Related term: shore line effect.      agencies, monitoring results and       colonne
01 Mar 1973                           retasking, as required.                Cover of a column by aircraft in
                                      Related terms: intelligence;           radio contact therewith, providing
cocooning / coconisation              intelligence cycle.                    for its protection by
plastic spray packaging               01 Nov 1990                            reconnaissance and/or attack of
An operation consisting in                                                   air or ground targets which
covering equipment with a             collection plan / plan de              threaten the column.
wrapping to protect it against the    recherche                              Related terms: airborne alert;
action of atmospheric factors.        CP                                     alert2; concealment; coverage;
01 Oct 2001                           A plan for collecting information      fighter cover; screen.
                                      from all available sources to meet     01 Mar 1973
code word1 / mot-code1                intelligence requirements and for
A word which has been assigned        transforming those requirements        column formation / formation
a classification and a classified     into orders and requests to            en ligne de file
meaning to safeguard intentions       appropriate agencies.                  A formation in which elements
and information regarding a           Related terms: information;            are placed one behind the other.
classified plan or operation.         information requirements;              Related terms: trail formation;
01 Aug 1976                           intelligence cycle.                    transport stream.
                                      01 Jul 1993                            01 Mar 1973
code word2 / mot-code2
A cryptonym used to identify          collective call sign / indicatif       column gap / créneau
sensitive intelligence data.          d'appel collectif                      The space between two
01 Aug 1976                           Any call sign which represents         consecutive elements proceeding
                                      two or more facilities, commands,      on the same route. It can be
collapse depth / immersion            authorities, or units. The             calculated in units of length or in
d'écrasement                          collective call sign for any of        units of time measured from the
The design depth, referenced to       these includes the commander           rear of one element to the front of
the axis of the pressure hull,        thereof and all subordinate            the following element.
beyond which the hull structure or    commanders therein.                    01 Dec 1979
hull penetrations are presumed to     Related terms: call sign; indefinite
suffer catastrophic failure to the    call sign; international call sign;    column length / longueur
point of total collapse.              net call sign; tactical call sign;     d'encombrement
01 Mar 1981                           visual call sign; voice call sign.     The length of the roadway
                                      01 Mar 1973                            occupied by a column or a
collateral damage / dommages                                                 convoy in movement.
collatéraux                           collective nuclear, biological         Related term: road space.
Inadvertent casualties and            and chemical protection /              01 Oct 1980
destruction in civilian areas         protection nucléaire,
caused by military operations.        biologique et chimique                 combat air patrol / patrouille
17 Jan 2005                           collective                             aérienne de combat
                                      Protection provided to a group of      CAP
collation / regroupement              individuals in a nuclear, biological   An aircraft patrol provided over an
In intelligence usage, a step in      and chemical environment which         objective area, the force protected,
the processing phase of the           permits relaxation of individual       the critical area of a combat zone,
intelligence cycle in which the       nuclear, biological and chemical       or in an air defence area, for the
grouping together of related items    protection.                            purpose of intercepting and
of information provides a record      01 Apr 1982                            destroying hostile aircraft before


                                                2-C-7
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

they reach their targets.               That frequently perishable data          combat patrol / patrouille de
Related terms: air defence area;        gathered in combat by, or                combat
bridgehead line; combat patrol;         reported directly to, units which        fighting patrol
objective; objective area; offshore     may be immediately used in               For ground forces, a tactical unit
patrol; patrol; reconnaissance          battle or in assessing the               sent out from the main body to
patrol; standing patrol; target.        situation. Relevant data will            engage in independent fighting;
04 Oct 2000                             simultaneously enter intelligence        detachment assigned to protect
                                        reporting channels.                      the front, flank, or rear of the
combat available aircraft /             Related term: combat intelligence.       main body by fighting if
aéronef disponible pour le              01 Aug 1982                              necessary.
combat                                                                           Related terms: air defence area;
An aircraft capable of fulfilling its   combat information centre /              bridgehead line; combat air patrol;
normally assigned mission. It will      centre d'information de combat           objective; objective area; offshore
have its primary weapon system          action information centre                patrol; patrol; reconnaissance
serviceable but may require to be       CIC                                      patrol; standing patrol; target.
fuelled, armed or have combat           The agency in a ship or aircraft         01 Mar 1982
ready crews.                            manned and equipped to collect,
Related term: combat ready              display, evaluate, and                   combat power / puissance de
aircraft.                               disseminate tactical information         combat
01 Dec 1993                             for the use of the embarked flag         The total means of destructive
                                        officer, commanding officer, and         and/or disruptive force which a
combat chart / carte de combat          certain control agencies. Certain        military unit/formation can apply
A special naval chart, at a scale       control, assistance and                  against the opponent at a given
of 1:50.000, designed for naval         coordination functions may be            time.
fire support and close air support      delegated by command to the              01 Aug 1974
during coastal or amphibious            combat information centre.
operations and showing detailed         Related term: air defence control        combat readiness
hydrography and topography in           centre.                                  Preferred term: combat ready1,2.
the coastal belt.                       01 Mar 1973
                                                                                                1
Related terms: amphibious chart;                                                 combat ready / prêt au
                                                                                         1
chart.                                  combat intelligence /                    combat
01 Oct 1980                             renseignement de combat                  As applied to organizations or
                                        That intelligence concerning the         equipment: available for combat
combat control team / équipe            enemy, weather, and                      operations.
de guidage                              geographical features required by        09 Jan 1996
In air transport operations, a team     a commander in the planning and
of specially trained personnel who      conduct of combat operations.            combat ready2 / prêt au
                                                                                          2
can be airdropped to provide            Related terms: combat                    combat
local air traffic control and to        information; intelligence; tactical      As applied to personnel: qualified
advise on all aspects of landing,       intelligence.                            to carry out combat operations in
airdrop, and/or extraction zone         01 Sep 1981                              the unit to which they are
requirements.                                                                    assigned.
01 Nov 1983                             combat load / charge de                  09 Jan 1996
                                        combat
combat day of supply /                  CL                                       combat ready aircraft / aéronef
approvisionnement d'un jour             The total warlike stores carried by      prêt au combat
de combat                               an aircraft.                             A combat available aircraft which
The total amount of supplies            Related terms: aircraft store; airlift   is fuelled, armed and has a
required to support one day of          capability; airlift requirement;         combat ready aircrew available.
combat, calculated by applying          load; payload1; transport                Related term: combat available
the intensity factor to a standard      capacity.                                aircraft.
day of supply.                          22 Jun 2004                              01 Dec 1993
Related terms: one day's supply;
standard day of supply.                 combat loading / chargement              combat search and rescue /
01 Mar 1973                             de combat                                recherche et sauvetage de
                                        The arrangement of personnel             combat
combat identification /                 and the stowage of equipment             CSAR
identification au combat                and supplies in a manner                 The detection, location,
The use of identification measures      designed to conform to the               identification and rescue of
to reduce friendly fire and increase    anticipated tactical operation of        downed aircrew in hostile territory
the operational effectiveness of        the organization embarked. Each          in time of crisis or war and, when
forces and weapon systems.              individual item is stowed so that it     appropriate, isolated military
Related term: identification.           can be unloaded at the required          personnel in distress, who are
05 Sep 2007                             time.                                    trained and equipped to receive
                                        Related terms: embarkation;              combat search and rescue
combat information /                    loading; selective loading.              support.
renseignement brut de combat                                                     Related term: search and rescue.


                                                  2-C-8
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

01 Oct 2003                           army group rear boundary.               of two or more nations, in which
                                      Related term: communication             elements of at least two services
combat service support /              zone.                                   participate.
soutien logistique du combat          01 Jul 1983                             Related terms: joint; multinational.
CSS                                                                           16 Jul 1999
The support provided to combat        combination circuit / mise de
forces, primarily in the fields of    feu combinée                            combined logistic support /
administration and logistics.         Firing circuit actuated by two or       soutien logistique
01 Dec 1974                           more influences received either         multinational
                                      simultaneously or at a                  The pooling of specified
combat support / appui                predetermined interval.                 resources by member nations for
tactique                              Related term: firing circuit.           use by NATO nations as decided
CS                                    25 Sep 1998                             by a coordinating authority.
Fire support and operational                                                  Related terms: logistic
assistance provided to combat         combination firing circuit /            assistance; mutual aid;
elements.                             circuit combiné de mise de feu          reallocation of resources;
01 Nov 1994                           An assembly comprising two              reallocation authority.
                                      independent firing systems, one         01 Nov 1994
combat support engineering /          non-electric and one electric, so
appui au combat du génie              that the firing of either system will   combined operation / opération
Military engineering tasks            detonate all charges.                   multinationale
associated with the direct support    Related term: dual firing circuit.      multinational operation
to current or imminent operations.    01 Mar 1981                             (admitted)
Note: They are conducted by the                                               An operation conducted by forces
military engineers of any service     combination influence mine /            of two or more nations acting
or component to support land, air,    mine à influences combinées             together.
maritime, information, space and      combined influence mine                 02 March 2009
special forces operations, with       A mine designed to actuate only
the emphasis on speed of              when two or more different              combustor / dispositif
execution.                            influences are received either          combustor
02 March 2009                         simultaneously or in a                  A name generally assigned to the
                                      predetermined order.                    combination of flame holder or
                                      01 Nov 1994                             stabilizer, igniter, combustion
combat survival / mesure de                                                   chamber, and injection system of
survie en zone de combat              combined / multinational                a ramjet or gas turbine.
Those measures to be taken by         multinational                           01 Mar 1973
service personnel when                Adjective used to describe
involuntarily separated from          activities, operations and              command1 / commandement1
friendly forces in combat,            organizations, in which elements        The authority vested in an
including procedures relating to      of more than one nation                 individual of the armed forces for
individual survival, evasion,         participate.                            the direction, coordination, and
escape, and conduct after             Related terms: Allied joint             control of military forces.
capture.                              operation; combined joint               29 May 2002
01 Mar 1973                           operation; joint; multinational.
                                      16 Jul 1999                             command2 / commandement2
combat zone1 / zone de                                                        An order given by a commander;
        1
combat                                combined airspeed indicator /           that is, the will of the commander
CZ                                    badin combiné                           expressed for the purpose of
That area required by combat          An instrument which displays            bringing about a particular action.
forces for the conduct of             both indicated airspeed and Mach        29 May 2002
operations.                           number.
Related term: communication           01 Mar 1981                             command3 / commandement3
zone.                                                                         A unit, group of units,
01 Jul 1983                           combined force / force                  organization or area under the
                                      multinationale                          authority of a single individual.
combat zone2 / zone de                A force composed of elements of         29 May 2002
        2
combat                                two or more nations.
CZ                                    25 Sep 1998                             command4 / commander2
The territory forward of the army                                             To dominate an area of situation.
group rear boundary. It is divided    combined influence mine                 29 May 2002
into:                                 Preferred term: combination
a. The forward combat zone,           influence mine.                         command5 / commander1
comprising the territory forward of                                           To exercise command.
the corps rear boundary.              combined joint operation /              Related terms: administrative
b. The rear combat zone, usually      opération interarmées                   control; full command; functional
comprising the territory between      multinationale                          command; national command;
the corps rear boundary and the       An operation carried out by forces      operational command.


                                                2-C-9
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

29 May 2002                             déplacement des postes de              meet the commander's operational
                                        commandement                           requirement.
command and control                     A line along which a                   Related terms: designation of
communication system /                  headquarters will move.                days and hours; D-day; E-day; G-
système de communication de             01 Mar 1973                            day; H-hour; latest arrival date.
commandement et de contrôle                                                    29 May 2002
C2CS                                    command channel
A communication system which            Preferred term: chain of               command guidance / guidage
conveys information between             command.                               télécommandé
military authorities for command                                               A guidance system wherein
and control purposes.                   command controlled stocks /            intelligence transmitted to the
29 May 2002                             stocks contrôlés par un                missile from an outside source
                                        commandement                           causes the missile to traverse a
command and control                     Stocks which are placed at the         directed flight path.
protection / protection du              disposal of a designated NATO          01 Mar 1973
commandement et du contrôle             commander in order to provide
The defensive aspect of                 him with a flexibility with which to   command net / réseau de
command and control warfare             influence the battle logistically.     commandement
aimed at preventing an adversary        "Placed at the disposal of" implies    A communication network which
from influencing, degrading or          responsibility for storage,            connects an echelon of command
destroying friendly command and         maintenance, accounting, rotation      with some or all of its subordinate
control capabilities.                   or turnover, physical security and     echelons for the purpose of
Related terms: command and              subsequent transportation to a         command control.
control warfare; counter-               particular battle area.                01 Mar 1973
command and control.                    01 Mar 1984
29 May 2002                                                                    command of the sea / maîtrise
                                        command destruct signal /              de l'espace maritime
command and control system /            signal de destruction                  The freedom to use the sea and to
système de commandement et              télécommandé                           deny its use to an adversary in the
de contrôle                             A signal used to operate               sub-surface, surface and above-
C2S                                     intentionally the destruction signal   water environments.
An assembly of equipment,               in a missile.                          Related terms: sea control; sea
methods and procedures and, if          01 Mar 1973                            denial.
necessary, personnel, that                                                     13 Dec 1999
enables commanders and their            command-detonated munition /
staffs to exercise command and          munition télécommandée                 command post / poste de
control.                                A munition that is deliberately and    commandement
Related terms: communication and        remotely detonated by the person       CP
information system;                     in control of that munition.           A unit's or subunit's headquarters
communication system;                   01 Oct 2003                            where the commander and the
information system; NATO                                                       staff perform their activities. In
consultation.                           command ejection system /              combat, a unit's or subunit's
14 Oct 2002                             système d'éjection                     headquarters is often divided into
                                        commandée                              echelons; the echelon in which the
command and control warfare /           Related terms: ejection system;        unit or subunit commander is
guerre du commandement et du            independent ejection system;           located or from which he operates
contrôle                                sequenced ejection system.             is called a command post.
C2W                                     01 Mar 1981                            01 Mar 1973
The integrated use of all military
capabilities including operations       commander / commandant                 command post exercise /
security, deception, psychological      COM                                    exercice de poste de
operations, electronic warfare and      Related terms: executing               commandement
physical destruction, supported by      commander; exercise                    CPX
all-source intelligence and             commander; national command;           An exercise in which the forces
communication and information           national force commander;              are simulated, involving the
systems, to deny information to,        national territorial commander;        commander, his staff, and
influence, degrade or destroy an        releasing commander.                   communications within and
adversary's command and control         01 Mar 1973                            between headquarters.
capabilities while protecting                                                  Related terms: exercise; field
friendly command and control            commander's required date /            exercise.
capabilities against similar actions.   date exigée par le commandant          01 Nov 1983
Related terms: command and              CRD
control protection; counter-            The latest date, calculated from G-    command select ejection
command and control.                    day, established by the theatre        system / système d'éjection à
04 Oct 2000                             commander, on which forces are         commande sélective
                                        required to be complete in their       Related term: ejection systems.
command axis / axe de                   final destination and organized to     01 Mar 1981


                                                 2-C-10
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                        services of a nation.                   necessary, personnel, organized
commercial loading                      Related terms: commonality;             to accomplish information transfer
Preferred term: administrative          compatibility; force                    functions.
loading.                                interoperability, interchangeability;   Notes:
                                        interoperability; military              1. A communication system
commercial off-the-shelf /              interoperability; standardization.      provides communication between
commercial sur étagère                  01 Jul 1982                             its users and may embrace
COTS                                                                            transmission systems, switching
Pertaining to a commercially            communication and                       systems and user systems.
marketed product which is readily       information systems /                   2. A communication system may
available for procurement and           systèmes d'information et de            also include storage or
normally used without                   communication                           processing functions in support of
modification.                           CIS                                     information transfer.
Related terms: government off-          Collective term for communication       Related terms: command and
the-shelf; NATO off-the-shelf.          systems and information systems.        control systems; communication
01 Oct 2001                             Related terms: command and              and information system;
                                        control systems; communication          information system; NATO
commodity loading /                     system; information system;             consultation.
chargement séparé par produit           NATO consultation.                      29 May 2002
A method of loading in which            29 May 2002
various types of cargoes are                                                    communication zone / zone
loaded together, such as                communication centre / centre           des communications
ammunition, rations, or boxed           de communication                        COMMZ
vehicles, in order that each            signal centre                           Rear part of a theatre of
commodity can be discharged             An organization responsible for         operations (behind but
without disturbing the others.          handling and controlling                contiguous to the combat zone)
Related terms: allowable load;          communications traffic, normally        which contains the lines of
block stowage loading; combat           comprising a message centre, a          communications, establishments
loading; embarkation; horizontal        cryptographic centre, and               for supply and evacuation, and
loading; loading; selective             transmitting and receiving              other agencies required for the
loading; selective unloading; unit      stations.                               immediate support and
loading; vertical loading.              Note: Transmitting and receiving        maintenance of the field forces.
                                        stations are not normally located       Related term: combat zone1,2.
commonality / communité                 in the communication centre but         01 Mar 1973
The state achieved when the             the remote controls for these
same doctrine, procedures or            facilities are located there.           comparative cover / couverture
equipment are used.                     01 Oct 2003                             de comparaison
Related terms: common user item;                                                Coverage of the same area or
compatibility; force                    communication reporting gate /          object taken at different times, to
interoperability, interchangeability;   seuil de compte rendu                   show any changes in details.
interoperability; military              CRG                                     Related terms: airborne alert;
interoperability; standardization.      A geographical reference point or       column cover; concealment;
[Approving authority(ies): NCS]         line at which merchant ships are        fighter cover; screen.
04 Oct 2000                             required to call the naval              13 Dec 1999
                                        cooperation and guidance for
common infrastructure /                 shipping organization in order to       compartment marking /
infrastructure commune                  establish initial contact or to         marquage de soute
Infrastructure essential to the         update previous information.            In an aircraft, a system of
training of NATO forces or to the       Related terms: merchant ship;           marking a cabin into
implementation of NATO                  naval cooperation and guidance          compartments for the positioning
operational plans which, owing to       for shipping.                           of loads in accordance with the
its degree of common use or             02 Mar 2007                             weight and balance requirements.
interest and its compliance with                                                01 Mar 1973
criteria laid down from time to         communications intelligence /
time by the North Atlantic              renseignement transmissions             compass direction / direction
Council, is commonly financed by        COMINT                                  de compas
NATO members.                           Intelligence derived from               The horizontal direction
Related terms: bilateral                electromagnetic communications          expressed as an angular distance
infrastructure; infrastructure;         and communication systems by            measured clockwise from
national infrastructure.                other than intended recipients or       compass north.
01 Mar 1973                             users.                                  01 Mar 1973
                                        01 Oct 2001
common user item / article                                                      compass north / nord du
d'usage commun                          communication system /                  compas
An item of an interchangeable           système de communication                The uncorrected direction
nature which is in common use           An assembly of equipment,               indicated by the north seeking
by two or more nations or               methods and procedures and, if          end of a compass needle.


                                                 2-C-11
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)
                                                                 1
Related term: magnetic north.           component command /                  thrust in excess of that which the
01 Mar 1973                             commandement de                      rotor alone could produce,
                                                       1
                                        composante                           thereby permitting increased
compass rose / rose du                  CC                                   forward speeds; wings may or
compas                                  In the NATO military command         may not be provided to reduce
A graduated circle, usually             structure, a third-level command     the lift required from the rotor
marked in degrees, indicating           organization with specific air,      system.
directions and printed or inscribed     maritime or land capabilities that   01 Dec 1976
on an appropriate medium.               is responsible for operational
01 Mar 1973                             planning and conduct of              compression chamber
                                        subordinate operations as            CC
compatibility / compatibilité           directed by the NATO                 Preferred term: hyperbaric
The suitability of products,            commander.                           chamber.
processes or services for use           Related terms: component
                                                     1
together under specific conditions      commander ; NATO strategic           compromised / compromis
to fulfil relevant requirements         commander.                           A term applied to classified
without causing unacceptable            15 Jan 2008                          matter, knowledge of which has,
interactions.                                                                in whole or in part, passed to an
                                                                 2
Related terms: commonality;             component command /                  unauthorized person or persons,
common user item; force                 commandement de                      or which has been subject to risk
                                                      2
interoperability; interchangeability;   composante                           of such passing.
interoperability; military              CC                                   01 Mar 1973
interoperability; standardization.      A functional component
[ISO/IEC Guide 2:1996]                  command or service component         computed air release point /
[Approving authority(ies): NCS]         command responsible for the          point de largage calculé
04 Oct 2000                             planning and conduct of a            CARP
                                        maritime, land, air, special or      A computed air position where
compilation / compilation               other operation as part of a joint   the first paratroop or cargo item is
Selection, assembly, and graphic        force.                               released to land on a specified
presentation of all relevant            Related term: component              impact point.
information required for the            commander2.                          Related term: release point.
preparation of a map or chart.          14 Oct 2002                          01 Mar 1973
Such information may be derived
from other maps or charts or from       component commander1 /               computer network attack /
other sources.                                                           1
                                        commandant de composante             attaque de réseau informatique
01 Mar 1973                             CC                                   Action taken to disrupt, deny,
                                        A single-service or functional       degrade or destroy information
compilation diagram / carton            component commander at the           resident in a computer and/or
des références                          third level of the NATO military     computer network, or the
A diagram giving details of the         command structure.                   computer and/or computer
source material from which the          Related terms: component             network itself.
map or chart has been compiled;         command1; NATO strategic             Note: A computer network attack
this does not necessarily include       commander.                           is a type of cyber attack.
reliability information.                29 May 2002                          17 Jan 2005
Related terms: information box;
                                                                   2
reference box; reliability diagram.     component commander /                computer network exploitation /
01 Mar 1973                                                              2
                                        commandant de composante             exploitation de réseau
                                        CC                                   informatique
complete round / coup complet           A designated commander               CNE
Ammunition which contains all           responsible for the planning and     Action taken to make use of a
the components necessary for it         conduct of a maritime, land, air,    computer or computer network,
to function.                            special or other operation as part   as well as the information hosted
01 Sep 1981                             of a joint force.                    therein, in order to gain
                                        29 May 2002                          advantage.
component / composant                                                        17 Jan 2005
In logistics, a part or combination     component life / durée de vie
of parts, having a specific             d'un composant                       concealment / dissimulation
function, which can be installed or     The period of normal usage of a      The protection from observation
replaced only as an entity.             component after which the            or surveillance.
Related terms: assembly; base;          likelihood of failure sharply        Related terms: airborne alert;
deployment operating base;              increases.                           column cover; coverage; fighter
emergency fleet operating base;         04 Oct 2000                          cover; screen.
equipment; establishment1; part;                                             01 Nov 1975
sub-assembly; supplies; unit            compound helicopter /
equipment.                              hélicoptère hybride                  concentrated fire1 / tir de
01 Mar 1992                             A helicopter with an auxiliary       concentration
                                                                                             1

                                        propulsion system which provides     The fire of the batteries of two or


                                                 2-C-12
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

more ships directed against a         necessary - military means, to         For Lambert Conical
single target.                        monitor and identify the causes of     Orthomorphic projection.
01 Mar 1973                           conflict, and take timely action to    01 Mar 1973
                                      prevent the occurrence,
concentrated fire2 / tir de           escalation, or resumption of           consultation / consultation
                2
concentration                         hostilities.                           The exchange of views and the
Fire from a number of weapons         Related terms: peacebuilding;          conduct of deliberations amongst
directed at a single point or small   peace enforcement;                     the highest authorities of the
area.                                 peacekeeping; peacemaking;             Alliance and member nations
01 Mar 1973                           peace support operation; peace         aiming at harmonizing positions
                                      support force.                         and formulating recommendations
concentration area1 / zone de         14 Oct 2002                            on issues of common concern.
               1
concentration                                                                Note: Consultation may involve
An area, usually in the theatre of    confusion reflector / réflecteur       international organizations,
operations, where troops are          A reflector of electromagnetic         Partner nations and, as required,
assembled before beginning            radiations used to create echoes       other non-NATO nations.
active operations.                    for confusion purposes. Radar          01 Oct 2001
01 Mar 1973                           confusion reflectors include such
                                      devices as chaff, rope and corner      consultation, command and
concentration area2 / zone de         reflectors.                            control systems
                 2                    01 Mar 1973
concentration                                                                Preferred term: NATO
A limited area on which a volume                                             consultation, command and
of gunfire is placed within a         connecting route / itinéraire de       control systems.
limited time.                         raccordement
01 Mar 1973                           A route connecting axial and/or        consumer logistics / logistique
                                      lateral routes.                        de consommation
concept / concept                     Related terms: axial route;            That part of logistics concerning
A notion or statement of an idea,     controlled route; despatch route;      the reception, storage, transport,
expressing how something might        diversion; double flow route;          maintenance and disposal of
be done or accomplished, that         lateral route; limited access route;   materiel, as well as the provision
may lead to an accepted               main supply route; open route;         of support and services.
procedure.                            reserved route; route; route           Related terms: acceptance trial;
01 Nov 1983                           classification; single flow route;     production logistics.
                                      supervised route.                      22 Jun 2004
concept of operations /               01 Jun 1978
concept de l'opération                                                       consumption rate / taux de
A clear and concise statement of      console1 / console                     consommation
the line of action chosen by a        A long-range radio aid to              The average quantity of an item
commander in order to                 navigation, the emissions of           consumed or expended during a
accomplish his mission.               which, by means of their radio         given time interval, expressed in
01 Mar 1982                           frequency modulation                   quantities by the most
                                      characteristics, enable bearings       appropriate unit of measurement
conduct of operations /               to be determinate.                     per applicable stated basis.
conduite des opérations               01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973
The art of directing, coordinating,
controlling and adjusting the         console2 / pupitre de                  contact / contact
actions of forces to achieve          commande                               Any discrete airborne, surface or
specific objectives.                  A grouping of controls, indicators,    subsurface object detected by
14 Oct 2002                           and similar electronic or              electronic, acoustic, and/or visual
                                      mechanical equipment, used to          sensors.
cone of silence / cône de             monitor readiness of, and/or           16 Jul 1996
silence                               control specific functions of, a
An inverted cone-shaped space         system, such as missiles check-        contact lost / contact perdu
directly over the aerial towers of    out, countdown, or launch              A target tracking term used to
some forms of radio beacons in        operations.                            signify that a target believed to be
which signals are unheard or          01 Mar 1973                            still within sensor coverage is
greatly reduced in volume.                                                   temporarily lost but the
Related terms: beacon; fan            consolidation of position /            termination of track plotting is not
marker beacon; radio beacon; Z-       organisation d'une position            warranted.
marker beacon.                        conquise                               09 Jan 1996
01 Mar 1973                           Organizing and strengthening a
                                      newly captured position so that it     contact mine / mine à contact
conflict prevention / prévention      can be used against the enemy.         A mine detonated by physical
des conflits                          01 Mar 1973                            contact.
A peace support operation                                                    Related term: mine.
employing complementary               constant of the cone /                 01 Mar 1977
diplomatic, civil, and - when         constante du cône


                                               2-C-13
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

contact point1 / point de                remove or render harmless,             illumination fire.
          1
jonction                                 temporarily or permanently,            01 Mar 1973
In land warfare, a point on the          nuclear, biological and chemical
terrain, easily identifiable, where      contamination for the purpose of       continuously-computed
two or more units are required to        maintaining or enhancing the           release point / calcul continu
make contact.                            efficient conduct of military          du point de largage
Related terms: checkpoint1;              operations.                            CCRP
              3
control point ; coordinating point.      01 Mar 1981                            Solution of the weapon delivery
01 Dec 1976                                                                     release point by continuous
                                         contamination control line /           prediction of the release point for
                2
contact point / point de                 ligne de contrôle de                   a given set of ballistics, altitudes
          2
jonction                                 contamination                          and airspeeds.
In air operations, the position at       A line established by competent        01 Nov 1975
which a mission leader makes             authority identifying the area
radio contact with an air control        contaminated to a specific level of    continuous processor /
agency.                                  the contaminant of interest.           machine à traitement continu
Related terms: control point2;           01 Mar 1973                            Equipment which processes film
coordinating point; pull-up point;                                              or paper in continuous strips.
turn-in point.                           contamination control point /          01 Mar 1973
01 Dec 1976                              point de contrôle de
                                         contamination                          continuous strip camera /
contact print / tirage contact           That portion of the contamination      appareil photographique à
A print made from a negative or a        control line used by personnel to      défilement continu
diapositive in direct contact with       control entry to and exit from the     A camera in which the film moves
sensitized material.                     contaminated area.                     continuously past a slit in the
01 Mar 1973                              01 Mar 1973                            focal plane, producing a
                                                                                photograph in one unbroken
contact report / compte rendu            contingency plan / plan de             length by virtue of the continuous
de contact                               circonstance                           forward motion of the aircraft.
amplifying report                        CONPLAN                                01 Mar 1973
initial contact report                   A plan which is developed for
A report indicating any detection        possible operations where the          continuous strip imagery /
of the enemy.                            planning factors have been             bande d'image continue
01 Dec 1979                              identified or can be assumed.          Imagery of a strip of terrain in
                                         This plan is produced in as much       which the image remains
contain / contenir                       detail as possible, including the      unbroken throughout its length,
To stop, hold, or surround the           resources needed and                   along the line of flight.
forces of the enemy or to cause          deployment options, as a basis         01 Aug 1976
the enemy to centre his activity         for subsequent planning.
on a given front and to prevent          25 Sep 1998                            continuous strip photography /
his withdrawing any part of his                                                 photographie en défilement
forces for use elsewhere.                continuous fire1 / tir continu1        continu
01 Mar 1973                              Fire conducted at a normal rate        Photography of a strip of terrain
                                         without interruption for application   in which the image remains
container anchorage terminal /           of adjustment corrections or for       unbroken throughout its length,
terminal de mouillage pour               other reasons.                         along the line of flight.
conteneurs                               09 Jan 1996                            01 Mar 1973
A sheltered anchorage (not a
port) with the appropriate facilities    continuous fire2 / tir continu2        contour interval / équidistance
for the transshipment of                 In artillery and naval fire support,   Difference in elevation between
containerized cargo from                 the procedural term used to order      two adjacent contour lines.
containerships to other vessels.         the guns to load and to fire at a      01 Mar 1973
01 Jun 1978                              specified time interval or as
                                         rapidly as possible consistent         contour line / courbe de niveau
contamination / contamination            with accuracy within the               A line on a map or chart
The deposit, absorption or               prescribed maximum rate of fire        connecting points of equal
adsorption of radioactive material       for the weapon.                        elevation.
or of biological or chemical             09 Jan 1996                            01 Mar 1973
agents on or by structures, areas,
personnel or objects.                    continuous illumination fire / tir     control1 / contrôle
Related terms: induced radiation;        éclairant continu                      That authority exercised by a
initial radiation; residual radiation.   A type of fire in which illuminating   commander over part of the
01 Nov 1994                              projectiles are fired at specified     activities of subordinate
                                         time intervals to provide              organizations, or other
contamination control /                  uninterrupted lighting on the          organizations not normally under
contrôle de contamination                target or specified area.              his command, which
Procedures to avoid, reduce,             Related term: coordinated              encompasses the responsibility


                                                  2-C-14
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

for implementing orders or                                                     representation of distances and
directives. All or part of this         controllable mine / mine               direction.
authority may be transferred or         contrôlable                            Related terms: mosaic;
delegated.                              A mine which after laying can be       rectification.
01 Sep 1981                             controlled by the user, to the         01 Mar 1973
                                        extent of making the mine safe or
control2 / réseau de points de          live, or to fire the mine.             controlled passing /
contrôle                                Related term: mine.                    croisement contrôlé
In mapping, charting and                01 Nov 1991                            A traffic movement procedure
photogrammetry, a collective                                                   whereby two lines of traffic
term for a system of marks or           controlled airspace / espace           travelling in opposite directions
objects on the earth or on a map        aérien contrôlé                        are enabled to traverse
or a photograph, whose positions        An airspace of defined                 alternately a point or section of
or elevations, or both, have been       dimensions within which air traffic    route which can take only one
or will be determined.                  control service is provided to         line of traffic at a time.
Related terms: administrative           controlled flights.                    01 Mar 1973
control; command; full command;         Related terms: air control; control
operational comman; operational         area; control zone; terminal           controlled port / port contrôlé
control; operational control;           control area.                          A harbour or anchorage at which
tactical control.                       01 Mar 1973                            entry and departure, assignment
01 Sep 1981                                                                    of berths, and traffic within the
                                        controlled dangerous air cargo         harbour or anchorage are
control and reporting centre /          / cargaison aérienne                   controlled by military authorities.
centre de détection et de               dangereuse contrôlée                   01 Mar 1973
contrôle                                Cargo which is regarded as highly
CRC                                     dangerous and which may only           controlled route / itinéraire
A subordinate air control element       be carried by cargo aircraft           réglementé
of the tactical air control centre      operating within specific safety       A route, the use of which is
from which radar control and            regulations.                           subject to traffic or movement
warning operations are                  Related terms: cargo; dangerous        restrictions, which may be
conducted within its area of            cargo; essential supply; general       supervised.
responsibility.                         air cargo; immediately vital cargo;    Related term: route.
Related term: air control.              restricted dangerous air cargo;        01 Jun 1984
01 Mar 1973                             unwanted cargo; valuable cargo.
                                        01 Jul 1982                            control point1 / point de
                                                                                          3
control and reporting system /                                                 référence
réseau de détection et de               controlled exercise / exercice         A point located by ground survey
contrôle                                dirigé                                 with which a corresponding point
CRS                                     An exercise characterized by the       on a photograph is matched as a
An organization set up for:             imposition of constraints on some      check, in marking mosaics.
a. early warning, tracking, and         or all of the participating units by   Related terms: contact point1;
recognition of aircraft and             planning authorities with the          field control; ground control.
tracking of surface craft, and          principal intention of provoking       01 Mar 1973
b. control of all active air            types of interaction.
                                                                                               2
defences. It consists primarily of      Related term: free play exercise.      control point / point repère
a chain of radar reporting stations     01 Aug 1976                            A position marked by a buoy,
and control centres and an                                                     boat, aircraft, electronic device,
observer organization, together         controlled interception /              conspicuous terrain feature, or
with the necessary                      interception aérienne contrôlée        other identifiable object which is
communication network.                  An aircraft intercept action           given a name or number and
01 Mar 1973                             wherein the friendly aircraft are      used as an aid to navigation or
                                        controlled from a ground, ship, or     control of ships, boats, or aircraft.
control area / région de                airborne station.                      Related term: contact point2.
contrôle                                Related terms: air interception;       01 Mar 1973
A controlled airspace extending         broadcast controlled air
                                                                                              3
upwards from a specified limit          interception; close controlled air     control point / poste de
above the earth.                        interception.                          contrôle
Related terms: air control; air         01 Mar 1973                            A position along a route of march
controller; air traffic control                                                at which men are stationed to
centre; airway; area control            controlled item                        give information and instructions
centre; control and reporting           Preferred term: regulated item.        for the regulation of supply or
centre; control zone; controlled                                               traffic.
airspace; interceptor controller;       controlled mosaic / mosaïque           Related terms: contact point1;
tactical air controller; tactical air   contrôlée                              field control.
control centre; terminal control        A mosaic corrected for scale,          01 Mar 1973
area.                                   rectified and laid to ground
01 Jul 1980                             control to provide an accurate         control zone / zone de contrôle


                                                 2-C-15
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

CTZ                                     or naval auxiliary under surface      convoy schedule / plan de
A controlled airspace extending         escort, assembled and organized       convois
upwards from the surface of the         for the purpose of passage            Planned convoy sailings showing
earth to a specified upper limit.       together.                             the shipping lanes, assembly,
Related terms: air control; airway;     Related term: naval supervision       and terminal areas, scheduled
control area; controlled airspace;      of merchant ships.                    speed, and sailing interval.
terminal control area.                  01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1979
01 Jul 1980
                                        convoy2 /                             convoy title / baptême de
conventional weapon / arme              Cvy                                   convoi
conventionelle                          A group of vehicles organized for     A combination of letters and
A weapon that is neither chemical,      the purpose of control and orderly    numbers that gives the port of
biological, radiological nor nuclear.   movement with or without escort       departure and arrival, speed, and
02 March 2009                           protection.                           serial number of each convoy.
                                        01 Mar 1973                           01 Oct 1978
converge / en convergence
In artillery and naval fire support,    convoy assembly port / port de        coordinated attack / attaque
a command or request used in a          rassemblement de convois              coordonnée
call for fire to indicate that the      A port from which convoys sail.       A carefully, planned and
observer/spotter desires the            08 Aug 2008                           executed offensive action in
planes of fire to intersect at a                                              which the various elements of a
point.                                  convoy commodore /                    command are employed in such a
01 Mar 1982                             commodore de convoi                   manner as to utilize their powers
                                        A naval officer, or master of one     to the greatest advantage to the
convergence / convergence               of the ships in a convoy,             command as a whole.
Related terms: convergence              designated to command the             01 Mar 1973
factor; grid convergence; grid          convoy, subject to the orders of
convergence factor; map                 the officer in tactical command. If   coordinated draft plan / projet
convergence; true convergence.          no surface escort is present, he      de plan coordonné
01 Mar 1973                             takes entire command.                 A plan for which a draft plan has
                                        01 Dec 1974                           been coordinated with the nations
convergence factor / facteur de                                               involved. It may be used for
convergence                             convoy dispersal point / point        future planning and exercises and
The ratio of the angle between          de dislocation d'un convoi            may be implemented during an
any two meridians on the chart to       The position at sea where a           emergency.
their actual change of longitude.       convoy breaks up, each ship           Related terms: draft plan; final
Related terms: convergence; grid        proceeding independently              plan; initial draft plan; operation
convergence; grid convergence           thereafter.                           plan.
factor; map convergence; true           Related terms: circular error         01 Mar 1979
convergence.                            probable; delivery error;
01 Mar 1973                             dispersion error; disposition2;       coordinated illumination fire /
                                        horizontal error.                     tir éclairant coordonné
conversion angle / angle de             01 Jun 1978                           A type of fire in which the firing of
conversion                                                                    illuminating and high-explosive
The angle between a great circle        convoy escort / escorte de            projectiles is coordinated to
(orthodromic) bearing and a             convoi                                provide illumination of the target
rhumb line (loxodromic) bearing         An escort to protect a convoy of      and surrounding area only at the
of a point, measured at a               vehicles from being scattered,        time required for spotting and
common origin.                          destroyed or capturede.               adjusting the fire.
01 Mar 1973                             Related term: escort1,3.              Related term: continuous
                                        01 Mar 1979                           illumination fire.
conversion scale / échelle de                                                 04 Oct 2000
conversion                              convoy joiner
A scale indicating the relationship     Preferred term: joiner                coordinates / coordonnées
between two different units of                                                Linear or angular quantities which
measurement.                            convoy leaver                         designate the position that a point
Related terms: bar scale; graphic       Preferred term: leaver                occupies in a given reference
scale; photographic scale;                                                    frame or system. Also used as a
principal scale.                        convoy route / route de convoi        general term to designate the
01 Mar 1973                             The specific route assigned to        particular kind of reference frame
                                        each convoy by the appropriate        or system such as plane
convoy1 / convoi1                       routing authority.                    rectangular coordinates or
Cvy                                     01 Mar 1973                           spherical coordinates.
A number of merchant ships or                                                 Related terms: cartesian
naval auxiliaries, or both, usually                                           coordinates; geographic
escorted by warships and/or                                                   coordinates; georef; grid
aircraft, or a single merchant ship                                           coordinates; grid coordinate


                                                 2-C-16
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

system.                                 In radar interpretation, an object     counter-air operation /
01 Mar 1973                             which, by means of multiple            opération de supériorité
                                        reflections from smooth surfaces,      aérienne
coordinating authority /                produces a radar return of greater     CAO
autorité de coordination                magnitude than might be                An air operation directed against
CA                                      expected from the physical size        the enemy's air offensive and
The authority granted to a              of the object.                         defensive capability in order to
commander or individual                 01 Jul 1980                            attain and maintain a desired
assigned responsibility for                                                    degree of air superiority.
coordinating specific functions or      corps                                  01 Aug 1979
activities involving forces of two      Preferred term: army corps.
or more countries or commands,                                                 counter-attack / contre-attaque
or two or more services or two or       corps troops / élément                 Attack by a part or all of a
more forces of the same service.        organique de corps d'armée             defending force against an
He has the authority to require         Troops assigned or attached to a       enemy attacking force, for such
consultation between the                corps, but not a part of one of the    specific purposes as regaining
agencies involved or their              divisions that make up the corps.      ground lost or cutting off or
representatives, but does not           01 Mar 1973                            destroying enemy advance units,
have the authority to compel                                                   and with the general objective of
agreement. In case of                   corrective maintenance /               denying to the enemy the
disagreement between the                maintenance corrective                 attainment of his purpose in
agencies involved, he should            Maintenance carried out after          attacking. In sustained defensive
attempt to obtain essential             fault recognition and intended to      operations, it is undertaken to
agreement by discussion. In the         restore equipment to a state in        restore the battle position and is
event he is unable to obtain            which it can perform a required        directed at limited objectives.
essential agreement he shall            function.                              Related term: countermove.
refer the matter to the appropriate     Related terms: examination;            01 Jan 1960
authority.                              maintenance1; planned
01 Jul 1985                             maintenance; prevenntive               counterbattery fire / tir de
                                        maintenance.                           contrebatterie
coordinating commander /                01 Oct 2001                            Fire delivered for the purpose of
commandant coordonnateur                                                       destroying or neutralizing the
In nuclear warfare, the regional        correlation / corrélation              enemy's fire support system.
commander who coordinates the           In air defence, the determination      Note: Counterbattery fire can be
activities of nuclear delivery and      that an aircraft appearing on a        either proactive or reactive.
supporting units.                       detection or display device or         29 May 2002
Related terms: commander(s);            visually, is the same as that on
executing commander.                    which information is being             counter-command and control
09 Jan 1996                             received from another source.          / contre commandement et
                                        02 May 1995                            contrôle
coordinating point / point de                                                  The offensive aspect of
coordination                            correlation factor / facteur de        command and control warfare
Designated point at which, in all       corrélation                            aimed at denying an adversary
types of combat, adjacent               restitution factor                     the effective use of his command
units/formations must make              The ratio of a ground dose rate        and control capabilities by
contact for purposes of control         reading to a reading taken at          influencing, degrading or
and coordination.                       approximately the same time at         destroying them.
Related term: contact point1,2.         survey height over the same point      Related terms: command and
01 Mar 1973                             on the ground.                         control protection; command and
                                        01 Mar 1973                            control warfare.
                                    1
copy negative / copie négative                                                 29 May 2002
A negative produced from an             counter-aggression / contre-
original not necessarily at the         agression                              counter-espionage / contre-
same scale.                             CA                                     espionnage
01 Dec 1974                             A stage of the NATO                    Action designed to detect and
                                        Precautionary System marking the       counteract espionage.
corner reflector1 / réflecteur          transition from a condition of         Related term: counter-
polyédrique                             preparation and development of         intelligence.
A device, normally consisting of        readiness to one of authorization      01 Mar 1981
three metallic surfaces or screens      for the employment of NATO
perpendicular to one another,           forces against a nation, or nations,   counterfire / tir contre armes à
designed to act as a radar target       and against forces which are           feu
or marker.                              conducting or actively supporting      Fire intended to destroy or
01 Jul 1980                             aggression against NATO territory      neutralize enemy weapons.
                                        and/or forces.                         Related term: fire.
corner reflector2 / réflecteur à        01 Oct 2001                            01 Mar 1973
écho renforcé


                                                 2-C-17
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

counter-guerrilla warfare / lutte                                            photography for planning
antiguérilla                           countermove / contre-                 purposes only.
Operations and activities              mouvement                             01 Dec 1974
conducted by armed forces,             An operation undertaken in
paramilitary forces, or non-military   reaction to or in anticipation of a   course / route à suivre
agencies against guerrillas.           move by the enemy.                    The intended direction of
01 Nov 1990                            Related term: counter-attack.         movement in the horizontal plane.
                                       01 Mar 1982                           01 Oct 1978
counter-insurgency / contre-
insurrection                           counterpreparation fire / tir de      course of action / mode d'action
COIN                                   contre-préparation                    COA
Those military, paramilitary,          Intensive prearranged fire            In the estimate process, an option
political, economic, psychological,    delivered when the imminence of       that will accomplish or contribute
and civic actions taken to defeat      the enemy attack is discovered.       to the accomplishment of a
insurgency.                            01 Mar 1973                           mission or task, and from which a
08 Aug 2008                                                                  detailed plan is developed.
                                       counter-sabotage / contre-            Related term: estimate of the
counter-intelligence / contre-         sabotage                              situation.
ingérence                              Action designed to detect and         29 May 2002
CI                                     counteract sabotage.
Those activities which are             Related term: counter-                cover1 / couverture1
concerned with identifying and         intelligence.                         The action by land, air, or sea
counteracting the threat to            01 Mar 1981                           forces to protect by offence,
security posed by hostile                                                    defence, or threat of either or
intelligence services or               countersign / signal                  both.
organizations or by individuals        d'identification convenu              Related terms: airborne alert;
engaged in espionage, sabotage,        A secret challenge and its reply.     column cover; comparative cover;
subversion or terrorism.               Related terms: challenge;             concealment; fighter cover.
Related terms: clandestine             password; reply.
operation; counter-espionage;          01 Mar 1973                           cover2 / couverture2
counter-sabotage; counter-                                                   Those measures necessary to
subversion; operations security;       counter-subversion / contre-          give protection to a person, plan,
protective security; security1,2,3;    subversion                            operation, formation or
security intelligence; tactical        Action designed to detect and         installation from the enemy
security.                              counteract subversion.                intelligence effort and leakage of
01 Jul 1980                            Related terms: counter-               information.
                                       intelligence; subversion.             01 Mar 1981
countermarker / bâtiment en            01 Mar 1981
contre-marquage                                                              cover3 / veille radio
In naval operations, a unit            countersurveillance / contre-         The act of maintaining a
maintaining contact on a marker        surveillance                          continuous receiver watch with
from a position which enables it       All measures, active or passive,      transmitter calibrated and
to counter the threat presented by     taken to counteract hostile           available, but not necessarily
the marker.                            surveillance.                         available for immediate use.
01 Oct 2001                            Related term: air surveillance.       01 Mar 1981
                                       01 Sep 1981
countermine / contre-miner                                                   cover4 / abri
To explode the main charge in a        counterterrorism / contre-            Shelter or protection, either
mine by the shock of a nearby          terrorisme                            natural or artificial.
explosion of another mine or           CT                                    01 Mar 1981
independent explosive charge.          All offensive measures taken to
The explosion of the main charge       neutralize terrorism before and       coverage / couverture3
may be caused either by                after hostile acts are carried out.   The ground area represented on
sympathetic detonation or              Note: Such measures include           imagery, photomaps, mosaics,
through the explosive train and/or     those counterforce activities         maps, and other geographical
firing mechanism of the mine.          justified for the defence of          presentation systems.
Related term: mine.                    individuals as well as                Related terms: airborne alert;
01 Sep 2003                            containment measures                  column cover; concealment;
                                       implemented by military forces or     fighter cover; screen.
countermine operation /                civilian organizations.               01 Mar 1981
opération de contreminage              Related term: anti-terrorism.
In land mine warfare, an               01 Oct 2003                           covering fire1 / tir de
                                                                                        1
operation to reduce or eliminate                                             protection
the effects of mines or minefields.    country cover diagram /               Fire used to protect troops when
Related terms: demining;               schéma de surface couverte1           they are within range of enemy
proofing.                              A small scale index, by country,      small arms.
14 Oct 2002                            depicting the existence of air        01 Mar 1973


                                                2-C-18
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

                                      01 Dec 1974                             The coordinated actions taken to
covering fire2 / tir de                                                       defuse crises, prevent their
           2
protection                            crash locator beacon /                  escalation into an armed conflict
In amphibious usage, fire             radiobalise de repérage                 and contain hostilities if they
delivered prior to the landing to     d'aéronef accidenté                     should result.
cover preparatory operations          An automatic emergency radio            02 May1995
such as underwater demolition or      locator beacon to help searching
minesweeping.                         forces locate a crashed aircraft.       crisis response shipping /
01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: beacon; crash            transport maritime de crise
                                      locator beacon; emergency               All shipping employed in support
covering force1 / force de            locator beacon; fan marker              of allied military operations,
couverture                            beacon; localizer; meaconing;           including ships taken up from
A force operating apart from the      personal locator beacon; radio          trade, chartered shipping and,
main force for the purpose of         beacon; submarine locator               when appropriate, national
intercepting, engaging, delaying,     acoustic beacon; Z marker               prepositioned ships.
disorganizing and deceiving the       beacon.                                 03 Aug 1998
enemy before he can attack the        01 Jul 1987
force covered.                                                                critical altitude / altitude
01 Mar 1973                           cratering charge / charge               critique
                                      enterrée                                The altitude beyond which an
covering force2 / force de            A charge placed at an adequate          aircraft or air-breathing guided
sécurité                              depth to produce a crater.              missile ceases to perform
covering troops                       Related term: charge2.                  satisfactorily.
Any body or detachment of troops      01 Mar 1979                             Related terms: absolute height;
which provides security for a                                                 altitude; altitude datum;
larger force by observation,          creeping mine / mine rampante           barometric altitude; calibrated
reconnaissance, attack, or            In naval mine warfare, a buoyant        altitude; cruising altitude; cruising
defence, or by any combination of     mine held below the surface by a        level; datum level; drop altitude;
these methods.                        weight, usually in the form of a        drop height; elevation; height1;
01 Mar 1973                           chain, which is free to creep           high altitude; minimum safe
                                      along the seabed under the              altitude; pressure-altitude;
covering force area / zone des        influence of stream or current.         transition altitude; transition level.
forces de couverture                  Related term: mine.                     01 Mar 1973
The area forward of the forward
edge of the battle area out to the    crest / masque                          critical item / article critique
forward positions initially           A terrain feature of such altitude      An item, the lack or failure of
assigned to the covering forces. It   that it restricts fire or observation   which would cause the loss of a
is here that the covering forces      in an area beyond, resulting in         mission-essential operational
execute assigned tasks.               dead space, or limiting the             capability.
01 Jul 1983                           minimum elevation, or both.             Related terms: controlled item;
                                      01 Aug 1976                             critical supplies and matériel;
covering troops                                                               regulated item.
Preferred term: covering force.       crested / masqué                        01 Jul 1993
                                      In artillery and naval fire support,
cover search / recherche de           a report which indicates that           critical speed / allure vibratoire
couverture                            engagement of a target or               A speed or range of speeds
In air photographic                   observation of an area is not           which a ship cannot sustain due
reconnaissance, the process of        possible because of an obstacle         to vibration or other similar
selection of the most suitable        or intervening crest.                   phenomena.
existing cover for a specific         01 Mar 1977                             Related terms: declared speed;
requirement.                                                                  endurance speed; hypersonic;
01 Mar 1973                           crisis establishment / tableau          maximum sustained; pace; pace
                                      d’effectifs du temps de crise           setter; rate of march; speed of
covertrace / calque de surface        CE                                      advance; speed of sound;
couverte                              A table setting out the authorized      transonic.
One of a series of overlays           redistribution of manpower and          01 Jun 1978
showing all air reconnaissance        augmentation of personnel for a
sorties covering the map sheet to     unit, formation or headquarters         critical supplies and matériel /
which the overlays refer.             under crisis conditions.                approvisionnement critique
01 Feb 1974                           Related terms: emergency                Those supplies vital to the
                                      establishment; peacetime                support of operations, which
crab angle / angle de dérive          establishment.                          owing to various causes are in
The angle between the aircraft        08 Aug 2008                             short supply or are expected to
track or flight line and the fore                                             be in short supply.
and aft axis of a vertical camera,    crisis management / gestion             Related terms: controlled item;
which is in line with the             des crises                              critical item; regulated item.
longitudinal axis of the aircraft.    CM                                      01 Oct 1992


                                                2-C-19
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

crossing area / zone de                  cryptographie                        in the mooring of a mine or
franchissement                           All material, including documents,   obstructors to part a sweep.
A number of adjacent crossing            devices or equipment that            01 Dec 1976
sites under the control of one           contains crypto information and is
commander.                               essential to the encryption,         cutting charge / charge
01 Dec 1977                              decryption or authentification of    coupante
                                         telecommunications.                  A charge which produces a
cross-servicing / services               01 Mar 1973                          cutting effect in line with its plane
mutuels                                                                       of symmetry.
That servicing performed by one          culture / caractéristique            Related term: charge2.
service or national element for          artificielle                         01 Nov 1990
other services or national               A feature of the terrain that has
elements and for which the other         been constructed by man.
services or national elements            Included are such items as roads,
may be charged.                          buildings, and canals; boundary
Related terms: aircraft servicing,       lines, and in a broad sense, all
close support; mutual support;           names and legends on a map.
support.                                 01 Mar 1973
01 Oct 1978
                                         currency / fiabilité
cross tell / transfert latéral           The up-to-dateness of a map or
Related term: track telling.             chart as determined by
01 Mar 1973                              comparison with the best
                                         available information at a given
cruising altitude / altitude de          time.
croisière                                01 Mar 1973
A level determined by vertical
measurement from mean sea                current intelligence /
level, maintained during a flight or     renseignement de situation
portion thereof.                         Intelligence which reflects the
Related terms: absolute height;          current situation at either
altitude; altitude datum;                strategic or tactical level.
barometric altitude; calibrated          Related terms: basic intelligence;
altitude; critical altitude; cruising    intelligence.
level; datum level; drop altitude;       01 Sep 1981
drop height; elevation; height1;
high altitude; minimum safe              curve of pursuit / courbe de
altitude; pressure-altitude;             poursuite
transition altitude; transition level.   The curved path described by a
01 Mar 1973                              fighter plane making an attack on
                                         a moving target while holding the
cruising level / niveau de               proper aiming allowance.
croisière                                01 Mar 1973
A level maintained during a
significant portion of a flight.         customer ship / bâtiment
Related terms: absolute height;          ravitaillé
altitude; altitude datum;                The ship in a replenishment unit
barometric altitude; calibrated          that receives the transferred
altitude; critical altitude; cruising    personnel and/or supplies.
altitude; datum level; drop              01 Jun 1980
altitude; drop height; elevation;
       1
height ; high altitude; minimum          cut-off / arrêt du réacteur
safe altitude; pressure-altitude;        The deliberate shutting off of a
transition altitude; transition level.   reaction engine.
01 Mar 1973                              01 Mar 1973

cryptanalysis / analyse                  cut-off velocity / vitesse à
cryptographique                          l'arrêt de propulsion
The study of encrypted texts. The        The velocity attained by a missile
steps or processes involved in           at the point of cut-off.
converting encrypted text into           01 Mar 1973
plain text without initial knowledge
of the key employed in the               cutter / cisailles
encryption.                              In naval mine warfare, a device
01 Mar 1973                              fitted to a sweep wire to cut or
                                         part the moorings of mines or
cryptomaterial / matériel de             obstructors; it may also be fitted


                                                  2-C-20
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)


                                                          D

damage area / zone de choc               danger close / amis à proximité        datum dan buoy / bouée dan
In naval mine warfare, the plan          In artillery and naval fire support,   repère
area around a minesweeper                information in a call for fire to      In naval mine warfare, a dan buoy
inside which a mine explosion is         indicate that friendly forces are      intended as a geographical
likely to interrupt operations.          within 600 metres of the target.       reference or check, which needs
01 Nov 1975                              01 Mar 1973                            to be more visible and more
                                                                                securely moored than a normal
damage assessment /                      dangerous cargo / cargaison            dan buoy.
évaluation des dommages                  dangereuse                             01 Dec 1976
DA                                       Cargo which, because of its
The determination of the effect of       dangerous properties, is subject       datum level / niveau de
attacks on targets.                      to special regulations for its         référence
01 Mar 1973                              transport.                             A surface to which elevations,
                                         Related term: cargo.                   heights or depths on a map or
damage control / organisation            01 Mar 1973                            chart are related.
sécurité                                                                        Related terms: altitude; altitude
DAMCON                                   dangerously exposed waters /           datum; barometric altitude;
In naval usage, measures                 zone maritime menacée                  calibrated altitude; critical altitude;
necessary aboard ship to                 The sea area adjacent to a             cruising altitude; cruising level;
preserve and re-establish water-         severely threatened coastline.         drop altitude; drop height;
tight integrity, stability,              Related term: severely threatened      elevation; height1; high altitude;
manoeuvrability and offensive            coastline.                             minimum safe altitude; pressure-
power; to control list and trim; to      01 Feb 1989                            altitude; transition altitude;
effect rapid repairs of materiel; to                                            transition level.
limit the spread of, and provide         dan runner / bâtiment longe-           01 Mar 1973
adequate protection from, fire; to       bouées dan
limit the spread of, remove the          A ship running a line of dan           datum point / datum
contamination by, and provide            buoys.                                 Any reference point of known or
adequate protection from, toxic          01 Dec 1976                            assumed coordinates from which
agents; and to provide for care of                                              calculation or measurements may
wounded personnel.                       data block / légende2                  be taken.
Related term: area damage                Additional data displayed on a         Related term: pinpoint1.
control.                                 photographic, electro-optical or       01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                              radar image with the aim of
                                         improving its exploitation.            day air defence fighter /
damage radius / rayon de choc            01 Dec 1993                            chasseur de défense aérienne
In naval mine warfare, the                                                      de jour
average distance from a ship             date line                              A fighter aircraft with equipment
within which a mine containing a         Preferred term: international date     and weapons which enable it to
given weight and type of explosive       line.                                  engage airborne targets, but in
must detonate if it is to inflict a                                             clear weather conditions and by
specified amount of damage.              date-time group / groupe date-         day only.
01 Nov 1975                              heure                                  Related terms: all weather air
                                         DTG                                    defence fighter; clear weather air
damage threat / probabilité              A group of six digits with a zone      defence fighter; interceptor;
d'avarie                                 time suffix and the standardized       fighter; fighter interceptor.
The probability that a target ship       abbreviation for the month. The        01 Oct 1984
passing once through a minefield         first pair of digits represents the
will explode one or more mines           day; the second pair the hour; the     D-day / jour J
and sustain a specified amount of        third pair the minutes. After the      Related terms:designation of days
damage.                                  month may be added the last two        and hours; commander's required
01 Aug 1976                              digits of the year.                    date; E-day; G-day; H-hour; latest
                                         01 Mar 1981                            arrival date.
danger area / zone dangereuse                                                   01 Aug 1982
airspace warning area                    datum / donnée
In air traffic control, an airspace of   Any numerical or geometrical           deadly force / force létale
defined dimensions within which          quantity or set of such quantities     Force intended or likely to cause
activities dangerous to the flight of    which may serve as reference or        death, or serious injury resulting in
aircraft may exist at specified          base for other quantities. Where       death.
times.                                   the concept is geometric, the          Related term: non-deadly force.
Related terms: closed area;              plural form is "datums" in contrast    01 Oct 2001
prohibited area1; restricted area1.      to the normal plural "data".                                       1
01 Feb 1973                              01 Mar 1973                            dead mine / mine inerte
                                                                                A mine which has been

                                                   2-D-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

neutralized, sterilized or rendered     navigation system.                    01 Jun 1978
safe.                                   01 Dec 1974
Related terms: disarmed mine;                                                 decision point / point de prise
drill mine; instructional mine;         decentralized control / contrôle      de décision
mine2; practice mine1,2.                décentralisé                          A point in space and time,
01 Aug 1976                             In air defence, the normal mode       identified during the planning
                                        whereby a higher echelon              process, where it is anticipated
             1
dead space / zone en angle              monitors unit actions, making         that the commander must make a
      1
mort                                    direct target assignments to units    decision concerning a specific
dead zone                               only when necessary to insure         course of action.
An area within the maximum              proper fire distribution or to        06 Jan 2006
range of a weapon, radar, or            prevent engagement of friendly
observer, which cannot be               aircraft.                             decisive point / point décisif
covered by fire or observation          Related term: centralized control2.   A point from which a hostile or
from a particular position because      01 Mar 1973                           friendly centre of gravity can be
of intervening obstacles, the                                                 threatened. This point may exist
nature of the ground, or the            decentralized                         in time, space or the information
characteristics of the trajectory, or   execution / exécution                 environment.
the limitations of the pointing         décentralisée                         13 Dec 1999
capabilities of the weapon.             Delegation of the appropriate
01 Mar 1982                             authority to subordinate              declared speed / vitesse
                                        commanders to execute their           déclarée
dead space2 / zone en angle             assigned tasks and missions.          The continuous speed which a
     3
mort                                    Related terms: centralized            master declares his ship can
The volume of space above and           control1; delegation of authority;    maintain on a forthcoming voyage
around a gun or guided missile          transfer of authority.                under moderate weather
system into which it cannot fire        22 Jun 2004                           conditions having due regard to
because of mechanical or                                                      her present condition.
electronic limitations.                 deception / déception                 01 Dec 1977
01 Mar 1982                             Those measures designed to
                                        mislead the enemy by                  declassify / déclassifier
dead space3 / zone en angle             manipulation, distortion, or          To cancel the security
     2
mort                                    falsification of evidence to induce   classification of an item of
An area or zone which is within         him to react in a manner              classified matter.
range of a radio transmitter, but in    prejudicial to his interests.         Related term: downgrade.
which a signal is not received.         01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1982
                                        decision altitude / altitude de       declination / déclinaison
dead zone                               décision                              astronomique
Preferred term: dead space1.            An altitude related to the highest    The angular distance to a body on
                                        elevation in the touchdown zone,      the celestial sphere measured
debarkation / débarquement              specified for a glide slope           north or south through 90 from the
The unloading of troops with their      approach, at which a missed-          celestial equator along the hour
supplies and equipment from a           approach procedure must be            circle of the body. Comparable to
ship.                                   initiated if the required visual      latitude on the terrestrial sphere.
Related terms: embarkation; port        reference has not been                01 Mar 1973
of debarkation; port of                 established.
embarkation.                            Related terms: decision altitude,     decompression chamber
01 Mar 1973                             decision height; minimum descent      Preferred term: hypobaric
                                        altitude; minimum descent height;     chamber.
debarkation schedule / horaire          missed approach procedure.
de débarquement                         01 Aug 1976                           decontamination /
disembarkation schedule                                                       décontamination
A schedule which provides for the       decision height / hauteur de          The process of making any
timely and orderly debarkation of       décision                              person, object, or area safe by
troops and equipment and                A height above the highest            absorbing, destroying,
emergency supplies for the water-       elevation in the touchdown zone,      neutralizing, making harmless, or
borne ship-to-shore movement.           specified for a glide slope           removing, chemical or biological
01 Mar 1973                             approach, at which a missed-          agents, or by removing
                                        approach procedure must be            radioactive material clinging to or
decca / decca                           initiated if the required visual      around it.
A radio phase-comparison system         reference has not been                Related terms: immediate
which uses a master and slave           established.                          decontamination; operational
stations to establish a hyperbolic      Related terms: decision altitude,     decontamination; thorough
lattice and provide accurate            minimum descent altitude;             decontamination.
ground position-fixing facilities.      minimum descent height; missed        01 Mar 1973
Related term: hyperbolic                approach procedure.


                                                  2-D-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

decontamination station /             enemy command, supply,                 merchant ships assigned to the
station de décontamination            communications and                     Allied ocean shipping pool to
cleansing station                     observations.                          achieve the greatest possible
A building or location suitably       Related terms: fire; supporting        efficiency in support of the
equipped and organized where          fire.                                  common effort.
personnel and materiel are            01 Mar 1973                            01 Oct 1978
cleansed of chemical, biological
or radiological contaminants.         deep water / grands fonds              defensive coastal area / zone
01 Nov 1975                           Water having a depth greater than      côtière de défense
                                      200 metres.                            A part of a coastal area and of the
decoy / leurre                        14 Oct 2002                            air, land, and water area adjacent
dummy                                                                        to the coast line within which
An imitation of a person, object or   de facto boundary / frontière de       defence operations may involve
phenomenon, which is intended to      fait                                   land, sea, and air forces.
deceive hostile surveillance or       An international or administrative     01 Feb 1973
detection systems or mislead the      boundary whose existence and
adversary.                            legality is not recognized but         defensive counter-air
15 Jan 2008                           which is a practical division          operation / opération défensive
                                      between separate national and          contre le potentiel aérien
decoy ship / navire-piège             provincial administrating              Active and passive defensive
Q-ship                                authorities.                           measures designed to detect,
A ship camouflaged as a non-          01 Sep 1981                            identify, intercept, and destroy or
combatant ship with its armament                                             make ineffective forces attempting
and other fighting equipment          defector / transfuge                   to attack or to penetrate friendly
hidden and with special provisions    A person who repudiates his or         airspace.
for unmasking its weapons             her country when beyond its            Related terms: active air defence;
quickly.                              jurisdiction or control.               air defence; air superiority; air
01 Mar 1982                           01 Sep 1981                            supremacy; counter-air operation;
                                                                             offensive counter-air operation;
dedicated mine                        defence area / zone de défense         passive air defence
countermeasures asset /               For any particular command, the        20 Jun 2006
moyens spécialisés de lutte           area extending from the forward
contre les mines                      edge of the battle area to its rear    defensive fire / tir défensif
In naval mine warfare, a platform,    boundary. It is here that the          DF
unit or system designed               decisive defensive battle is           Fire delivered by supporting units
exclusively or primarily for mine     fought.                                to assist and protect a unit
countermeasures.                      01 Jul 1983                            engaged in a defensive action.
Related term: mine warfare group.                                            01 Nov 1975
06 Jan 2006                           defence in depth / défense en
                                      profondeur                             defensive mine
deep fording capability /             The siting of mutually supporting      countermeasures / mesures de
aptitude à franchir un gué            defence positions designed to          protection contre les mines
profond                               absorb and progressively weaken        Countermeasures intended to
The characteristic of a self-         attack, prevent initial observations   reduce the effect of enemy
propelled gun or ground vehicle       of the whole position by the           minelaying.
equipped with built-in                enemy, and to allow the                01 Aug 1976
waterproofing and/or a special        commander to manoeuvre his
waterproofing kit, to negotiate a     reserve.                               defensive minefield / champ de
water obstacle with its wheels or     01 Mar 1983                            mines défensif
tracks in contact with the ground.                                           In naval mine warfare, a minefield
Related terms: shallow fording        defence readiness condition /          laid in international waters or
capabilit; wading crossing.           état de préparation1                   international straits with the
                                                          3
01 Aug 1973                           state of readiness                     declared intention of controlling
                                      A number or code word indicating       shipping in defence of sea
deep minefield / champ de             the readiness posture of a unit for    communications.
mines profond                         actual operations or exercises.        Related term: minefield2.
An antisubmarine minefield which      Related terms: evaluation2;            01 Dec 1976
is safe for surface ships to cross.   operational readiness; readiness;
                                                                                      1             1
Related term: minefield2.             readiness time.                        defilade / défilement
                                      01 Feb 1973                            Protection from hostile
deep supporting fire / tir                                                   observation and fire provided by
d'appui en profondeur                 defence shipping authority /           an obstacle such as a hill, ridge,
Fire directed on objectives not in    autorité des transports                or bank.
the immediate vicinity of our         maritimes                              01 Mar 1973
forces, for neutralizing and          The NATO civil wartime agency
destroying enemy reserves and         activated in time of crisis or war     defilade2 / défilement2
weapons, and interfering with         responsible for the allocation of      A vertical distance by which a


                                                2-D-3
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

position is concealed from enemy     An action by which a commander         01 Oct 1984
observation.                         assigns to a subordinate
01 Mar 1973                          commander a clearly stated part of     demilitarized zone / zone
                                     his authority.                         démilitarisée
defilade3 / défilement3              Related terms: decentralized           DMZ
To shield from enemy fire or         execution; transfer of authority.      A defined area in which the
observation by using natural or      22 Jun 2004                            stationing, or concentrating of
artificial obstacles.                                                       military forces, or the retention or
01 Mar 1973                          deliberate attack / attaque            establishment of military
                                     délibérée                              installations of any description, is
defoliant operation / opération      A type of offensive action             prohibited.
de défoliation                       characterized by preplanned            01 Mar 1973
The employment of defoliating        coordinated employment of fire
agents on vegetated areas in         power and manoeuvre to close           demining / dépollution à des fins
support of military operations.      with and destroy or capture the        civiles
01 Mar 1973                          enemy.                                 The removal of all unexploded
                                     Related term: hasty attack.            mines, explosive ordnance,
defoliating agent / agent            01 Jun 1978                            improvised explosive devices and
défoliant                                                                   booby traps from a defined area to
A chemical which causes trees,       deliberate breaching /                 make the area safe for civilians.
shrubs, and other plants to shed     ouverture de brèche préparée           Note: Demining is not normally
their leaves prematurely.            The creation of a lane through a       conducted by military units.
01 Mar 1973                          minefield or a clear route through     Related terms: countermine
                                     a barrier or fortification, which is   operation; improvised explosive
degree of nuclear risk / risque      systematically planned and             device; unexploded explosive
nucléaire                            carried out.                           ordnance.
As specified by the commander,       01 Jan 1991                            29 May 2002
the risk to which friendly forces
may be subjected from the effects    deliberate crossing /                  demolition / destruction
of the detonation of a nuclear       franchissement préparé                 The destruction of structures,
weapon used in the attack of a       The crossing of an inland water        facilities or materiel by use of fire,
close-in enemy target; acceptable    obstacle that requires extensive       water, explosives, mechanical, or
degrees of risk under differing      planning and detailed                  other means.
tactical conditions are emergency,   preparations.                          Related terms: technical
moderate, and negligible.            Related term: hasty crossing.          neutralization; uncharged
Related terms: emergency             01 Jul 1987                            demolition target.
nuclear risk; moderate nuclear                                              01 Jul 1993
risk; negligible nuclear risk.       deliberate defence / défense
01 Aug 1976                          préparée                               demolition chamber / chambre
                                     A defence normally organized           de destruction
de jure boundary / frontière de      when out of contact with the           Space intentionally provided in a
droit                                enemy or when contact with the         structure for the emplacement of
An international or administrative   enemy is not imminent and time         explosive charges.
boundary whose existence and         for organization is available. It      01 Nov 1994
legality is recognized.              normally includes an extensive
01 Sep 1981                          fortified zone incorporating           demolition firing party / équipe
                                     pillboxes, forts, and                  de mise a feu du dispositif de
delaying operation / manoeuvre       communication systems.                 destruction
retardatrice                         Related term: hasty defence.           The party at the site which is
An operation in which a force        01 Mar 1973                            technically responsible for the
under pressure trades space for                                             demolition.
time by slowing down the enemy's     delivering ship / bâtiment             Related term: demolition guard.
momentum and inflicting              ravitailleur                           01 Mar 1973
maximum damage on the enemy          In replenishment at sea, the ship
without, in principle, becoming      that delivers the rig(s).              demolition guard / détachement
decisively engaged.                  Related term: receiving ship.          de protection d'un dispositif de
01 Jul 1983                          04 Oct 2000                            destruction
                                                                            A local force positioned to ensure
delay release sinker / crapaud à     delivery error / dispersion            that a target is not captured by an
prise d'immersion différée           globale                                enemy before orders are given for
A sinker which holds a moored        The inaccuracy associated with a       its demolition and before the
mine on the seabed for a             given weapon system resulting in       demolition has been successfully
predetermined time after laying.     a dispersion of shots about the        fired. The commander of the
01 Aug 1976                          aiming point.                          demolition guard is responsible
                                     Related terms: circular error          for the operational command of all
delegation of authority /            probable; deviation2; dispersion1,2;   troops at the demolition site,
délégation de pouvoirs               dispersion error; horizontal error.    including the demolition firing


                                               2-D-4
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

party. He is responsible for            departure point1 / point                 vertical distance from the plane of
                                                  1
transmitting the order to fire to the   d'origine                                the hydrographic datum to the
demolition firing party.                A navigational check point used          bed of the sea, lake, or river.
Related term: demolition firing         by aircraft as a marker for setting      01 Mar 1973
party.                                  course.
01 Mar 1973                             01 Jul 1980                              depth contour / ligne
                                                                                 bathymétrique
demolition kit / lot de                 departure point2 / point                 bathymetric contour
                                                    2
destruction                             d'origine                                depth curve
The demolition tool kit complete        In amphibious operations, an air         A line connecting points of equal
with explosives.                        control point at the seaward end         depth below the hydrographic
01 Jan 1991                             of the helicopter approach lane          datum.
                                        system from which helicopter             01 Mar 1973
demolition target / ouvrage à           waves are dispatched along the
détruire                                selected helicopter approach lane        depth curve
A target of known military interest     to the initial point.                    Preferred term: depth contour.
identified for possible future          01 Jul 1980
demolition.                                                                      derived information /
01 Nov 1992                             deployment1 / déploiement1               information dérivée
                                        In naval usage, the change from a        A parameter such as angle,
demolition tool kit / lot               cruising approach or contact             range, position, velocity, etc. is
d'artificier                            disposition to a disposition for         said to be derived in the first
The tools, materials and                battle.                                  receiver or other sensor in which
accessories of a non-explosive          Related term: disposition2.              that parameter exists or is
nature necessary for preparing          01 Feb 1988                              capable of existing without
demolition charges.                                                              reference to further information.
                                                      2                 2
Related term: demolition kit.           deployment / déploiement                 01 Nov 1977
01 Jan 1991                             The movement of forces within
                                        areas of operations.                     description of target /
demonstration / démonstration           Related terms: deployment4;              description de l'objectif
                                                  1,2,3
An attack or show of force on a         diposition .                             target description
front where a decision is not           01 Feb 1988                              In artillery and naval fire support,
sought, made with the aim of                                                     an element in the call for fire in
                                                      3                3
deceiving the enemy.                    deployment / déploiement                 which the observer or spotter
Related terms: amphibious               The positioning of forces into a         describes the installation,
demonstration; amphibious               formation for battle.                    personnel, equipment or activity
operation; amphibious raid;             Related terms: deployment4;              to be taken under fire.
                                                   1,2,3
amphibious withdrawal; diversion;       disposition .                            01 Aug 1973
diversionary attack.                    01 Feb 1988
01 Mar 1973                                                                      descriptive name / terme
                                        deployment4 / redéploiement              descriptif
denial measure / mesure                 The relocation of forces to desired      Written indication on maps and
d'interdiction                          areas of operations.                     charts, used to specify the nature
An action to hinder or deny the         Related terms: deployment2,3;            of a feature (natural or artificial)
                                                   1
enemy the use of space,                 disposition .                            shown by a general symbol.
personnel, or facilities. It may        01 Feb 1988                              01 Mar 1973
include destruction, removal,
contamination, or erection of           deployment operating base /              designated merchant ship /
obstructions.                           base de redéploiement                    navire marchand désigné
Related term: secure.                   A base, other than the peacetime         A merchant ship with a special
01 Mar 1973                             base, having minimum essential           status that may give it priority over
                                        operational and support facilities,      other ships for higher level naval
density altitude / densité-             to which a unit or part of a unit will   cooperation and guidance for
altitude                                deploy to operate from in time of        shipping activities and, when it is
An atmospheric density                  tension or war.                          placed under the naval
expressed in terms of the altitude      Related terms: base; emergency           supervision of merchant ships,
which corresponds with that             fleet operating base.                    compels it to comply with military
density in the standard                 01 Sep 1975                              orders.
atmosphere.                                                                      Related terms: merchant ship;
01 Mar 1973                             depression angle / angle de              naval cooperation and guidance
                                        dépression                               for shipping; naval supervision of
departure end / fin de bande            Preferred term: angle of                 merchant ships.
That end of a runway nearest to         depression2.                             02 Mar 2007
the direction in which initial          01 Aug 1979
departure is made.                                                               designation of days and hours /
01 Aug 1979                             depth / profondeur                       désignation des jours et des
                                        In maritime/hydrographic use, the        heures


                                                   2-D-5
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

The following designations have        01 Nov 1975                              deterioration limit / limite de
the meaning shown:                                                              détérioration
D-day - The day on which an            detachment1 / détachement1               A limit placed on a particular
operation commences or is due to       A part of a unit separated from its      product characteristic to define
commence. This may be the              main organization for duty               the minimum acceptable quality
commencement of hostilities or         elsewhere.                               requirement for the product to
any other operation.                   01 Mar 1973                              retain its NATO code number.
E-day - The day on which a NATO                                                 01 Aug 1979
exercise commences.                    detachment2/ détachement2
G-day - The day on which an            A temporary military or naval unit       deterrence / dissuasion
order, normally national, is given     formed from other units or parts of      The convincing of a potential
to deploy a unit.                      units.                                   aggressor that the consequences
M-day - The day on which               01 Mar 1973                              of coercion or armed conflict
mobilization commences or is due                                                would outweigh the potential
to commence.                           detail / détail                          gains. This requires the
H-hour - The specific time at          The basic graphic representation         maintenance of a credible military
which an operation or exercise         of features.                             capability and strategy with the
commences, or is due to                01 Mar 1973                              clear political will to act.
commence (this term is used also                                                09 Jan 1996
as a reference for the designation     detailed photographic report /
of days/hours before or after the      compte rendu détaillé                    detonating cord / cordeau
event).                                d'interprétation                         détonant
Related terms: commander's             photographique                           A waterproof flexible fabric tube
required date; latest arrival date.    A comprehensive, analytical,             containing a high explosive
01 Oct 2001                            intelligence report written as a         designed to transmit the
                                       result of the interpretation of          detonation wave.
desired ground zero / point            photography usually covering a           01 Nov 1994
zéro désiré                            single subject, a target, target
DGZ                                    complex, and of a detailed nature.       detonating cord amplifier /
The point on the surface of the        01 Mar 1973                              relais d'amorçage
earth at, or vertically below or                                                A device attached to a detonating
above, the centre of a planned         detecting circuit / détecteur            cord which allows for the ignition
nuclear detonation.                    The part of a mine firing circuit        of a charge and the simultaneous
Related terms: actual ground           which responds to the influence of       transmission of a detonating wave
zero; ground zero.                     a target.                                to another charge.
01 Sep 1981                            01 Mar 1977                              01 Dec 1977

despatch route / itinéraire            detection / détection                    detonator / détonateur
gardé                                  The discovery by any means of            A device containing a sensitive
In road traffic, a roadway over        the presence of a person, object         explosive intended to produce a
which full control, both as to         or phenomenon of potential               detonation wave.
priorities of use and the regulation   military significance.                   01 Jul 1980
of movement of traffic in time and     Related terms: friend; hostile;
space is exercised. Movement           identification2; identification friend   detour / détour
credit is required for its use, even   or foe; neutral; recognition;            Deviation from those parts of a
by a single vehicle.                   unknown.                                 route, where movement has
Related term: route.                   01 Dec 1976                              become difficult or impossible, to
09 May 2000                                                                     ensure continuity of movement to
                                       detection and tactical control           the destination. The modified part
destruction fire mission /             system/système de détection et           of the route is known as a detour.
mission de destruction                 de contrôle tactique                     01 Aug 1973
In artillery, fire delivered for the   In air usage, a complete, mobile
purpose of destroying a point          and autonomous system                    deviation1 / déviation1
target.                                (equipment and personnel)                The angular difference between
Related term: fire1.                   permitting the coordination of all       magnetic and compass headings.
01 Aug 1982                            assets used in a given airspace          01 Mar 1973
                                       above the battlefield.
destruction radius / rayon de          20 Nov 1996                              deviation2 / écart
destruction                                                                     The distance by which a point of
In mine warfare, the maximum           detention / détention                    impact or burst misses the target.
distance from an exploding             The act of holding in custody for        Related terms: circular error
charge of stated size and type at      lawful purposes such as                  probable; delivery error;
which a mine will be destroyed by      prosecution, maintenance of              dispersion1,2; dispersion error;
sympathetic detonation of the          public safety, or pursuant to legal      horizontal error.
main charge, with a stated             order.                                   01 Mar 1973
probability of destruction,            22 Jun 2004
regardless of orientation.                                                      diaphragm / diaphragme


                                                  2-D-6
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

The physical element of an optical    vertical component of the total        putting it into effect when so
system which regulates the            magnetic field.                        directed, or in the event that a
quantity of light traversing the      01 Jun 1978                            stated contingency arises.
system. The quantity of light                                                01 Mar 1973
determines the brightness of the      direct action / action directe
image without affecting the size of   DA                                     directive3 / directive3
the image.                            A short-duration strike or other       Broadly speaking, any
01 Mar 1973                           small-scale offensive action by        communication which initiates or
                                      special operations forces or special   governs action, conduct, or
diapositive / diapositive             operations-capable units to seize,     procedure.
A positive photograph on a            destroy, capture, recover or inflict   01 Mar 1973
transparent medium.                   damage to achieve specific, well-
Related terms: plate2;                defined and often time-sensitive       direct laying / pointage à vue
transparency.                         results.                               Laying in which the sights of
01 Mar 1973                           01 Oct 2001                            weapons are aligned directly on
                                                                             the target.
died of wounds received in            direct action fuze                     01 Aug 1974
action / décédé des suites de         Preferred term: impact action
blessures de guerre                   fuze.                                  direct support1 / appui direct
A battle casualty who dies of                                                DS
wounds or other injuries received     direct damage assessment /             The support provided by a unit not
in action, after having reached a     évaluation directe des                 attached to or under the
medical treatment facility.           dommages                               command of the supported unit or
Related terms: battle casualty;       A direct examination of an actual      formation, but required to give
casualty; killed in action; non-      strike area by air observation, air    priority to the support required by
battle casualty; wounded in           photography, or by direct              that unit or formation.
action.                               observation.                           Related term: in support of.
01 Dec 1979                           01 Mar 1973                            22 Jun 2004

differential ballistic wind / vent    direct fire / tir direct               direct support2 / soutien direct1
balistique différentiel               Fire directed at a target which is     DS
In bombing, a hypothetical wind       visible to the aimer.                  In maritime usage, operations
equal to the difference in velocity   Related term: fire3.                   related to the protection of a
between the ballistic wind and the    01 Mar 1973                            specific force by other units,
actual wind at a release altitude.                                           normally under the tactical control
01 Mar 1973                           direct illumination / éclairage        of that force.
                                      direct                                 Related term: associated support.
diffraction loading / force de        Illumination provided by direct        22 Jun 2004
diffraction                           light from pyrotechnics or
The total force which is exerted      searchlights.                          direct support3 / soutien direct2
on the sides of a structure by the    01 Mar 1973                            DS
advancing shock front of a                                                   In land operations, a primary
nuclear explosion.                    directing staff                        tactical task given to an artillery
01 Apr 1990                           DISTAFF                                unit to provide fire requested by a
                                      Preferred term: exercise directing     supported unit other than an
dip / surimmersion                    staff.                                 artillery unit, without specifying the
In naval mine warfare, the amount                                            command relationship.
                                                1
by which a moored mine is carried     direction / gisement                   Related term: general support
beneath its set depth by a current    d'observation                          reinforcing.
or tidal stream acting on the mine    In artillery and naval fire support,   22 Jun 2004
casing and mooring.                   a term used by a spotter/observer
01 Nov 1975                           in a call for fire to indicate the     direct supporting fire / tir
                                      bearing of the spotting line.          d'appui direct
diplomatic authorization /            01 Jan 1983                            Fire delivered in support of part of
autorisation obtenue par voie                                                a force, as opposed to general
diplomatique                          direction2 / orientation3              supporting fire which is delivered
Authority for overflight or landing   Related term: intelligence cycle.      in support of the force as a whole.
obtained at government-to-            01 Jan 1983                            Related terms: fire3; supporting
government level through                                                     fire.
diplomatic channels.                  directive1 / directive1                01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                           A military communication in which
                                      policy is established or a specific    disabled submarine / sous-
dip needle circuit / mise de feu      action is ordered.                     marin desemparé
à aiguille aimantée                   01 Mar 1973                            A submarine that has lost all or
In naval mine warfare, a                                                     part of its means of propulsion,
mechanism which responds to a         directive2 / directive2                steering or buoyancy control.
change in the magnitude of the        A plan issued with a view to           16 Jul 1999


                                                2-D-7
                                                                                      AAP-6(2009)

                                                                           Related term: deployment2,3.
disabling fire / tir désemparant      dispersion1 / dispersion1            01 Mar 1973
Fire directed at a vessel so as to    A scattered pattern of hits around
impair its manoeuvrability but not    the mean point of impact of          disposition2 / dispositif2
its seaworthiness.                    bombs and projectiles dropped or     A prescribed arrangement of the
14 Oct 2002                           fired under identical conditions.    stations to be occupied by the
                                      01 Sep 1981                          several formations and single
disarmed mine / mine désarmée                                              ships of a fleet, or major
A previously armed mine which         dispersion2 / dispersion2            subdivisions of a fleet, for any
has been returned to a safe state.    In anti-aircraft gunnery, the        purpose, such as cruising,
Related terms: dead mine; inert       scattering of shots in range and     approach, maintaining contact, or
mine.                                 deflection about the mean point of   battle.
09 May 2000                           explosion.                           Related terms: deployment1;
                                      01 Sep 1981                          dispersal.
discriminating circuit / circuit                                           01 Mar 1973
d'analyse                             dispersion3 / dispersion3
                                                                                         3              3
That part of the operating circuit    The spreading or separating of       disposition / dispositif
of a sea mine which distinguishes     troops, materiel, establishments,    A prescribed arrangement of all
between the response of the           or activities which are usually      the tactical units composing a
detecting circuit to the passage of   concentrated in limited areas to     flight or group of aircraft.
a ship and the response to other      reduce vulnerability.                Related term: deployment2,3.
disturbances (e.g. influence          01 Sep 1981                          01 Mar 1973
sweep, countermining, etc.).
01 Aug 1976                           dispersion4 / dispersion4            disruptive pattern / dessin de
                                      In chemical and biological           camouflage
disembarkation schedule               operations, the dissemination of     In surveillance, an arrangement of
Preferred term: debarkation           agents in liquid or aerosol form.    suitably coloured irregular shapes
schedule.                             01 Sep 1981                          which, when applied to the
                                                                           surface of an object, is intended
dispenser / distributeur              dispersion5 / dispersion5            to enhance its camouflage.
In air armament, a container or       In airdrop operations, the scatter   01 Dec 1974
device which is used to carry and     of personnel and/or cargo on the
release submunitions.                 drop zone.                           dissemination / diffusion
Related terms: cluster bomb unit;     01 Sep 1981                          Related term: intelligence cycle.
submunition.                                                               01 Mar 1973
01 Jul 1980                           dispersion6
                                      Preferred term: dispersal.           DISSUB personnel
dispersal / dispersion6                                                    Preferred term: distressed
            6
dispersion (admitted)                 dispersion error / écart de          submarine personnel
In maritime operations, the           dispersion
reduction of the concentration of     The distance from the point of       distressed submarine / sous-
ships by reberthing within a port     impact or burst of a round to the    marin en détresse
area or at working or holding         mean point of impact or burst.       A disabled submarine on the
anchorages in the vicinity.           Related terms: circular error        seabed unable to surface.
Related terms: holding                probable; convoy dispersal point;    16 Jul 1999
                                                               2
anchorage; naval cooperation and      delivery error; deviation ;
guidance for shipping; working        horizontal error.                    distressed submarine
anchorage.                            01 Mar 1973                          personnel / personnel d'un
02 Mar 2007                                                                sous-marin en détresse
                                      dispersion pattern / schéma de       DISSUB personnel (admitted)
dispersed movement pattern /          dispersion                           Survivors of a distressed
dispositif dispersé                   The distribution of a series of      submarine who have not escaped
A pattern for ship-to-shore           rounds fired from one weapon or      or been rescued.
movement which provides               a group of weapons under             18 Dec 1997
additional separation of landing      conditions as nearly identical as
craft both laterally and in depth.    possible; the points of burst or     distributed fire / tir sur zone
This pattern is used when nuclear     impact being dispersed about a       Fire so dispersed as to engage
weapon threat is a factor.            point called the mean point of       most effectively an area target.
01 Mar 1973                           impact.                              Related term: fire3.
                                      01 Mar 1973                          01 Mar 1973
dispersed site / site isolé
A site selected to reduce             disposition1 / dispositif1           distribution point / point de
concentration and vulnerability by    Distribution of the elements of a    distribution
its separation from other military    command within an area, usually      DP
targets or a recognized threat        the exact location of each unit      A point at which supplies and/or
area.                                 headquarters and the deployment      ammunition, obtained from
01 Jul 1987                           of the forces subordinate to it.     supporting supply points by a


                                                2-D-8
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

division or other unit, are broken     Related terms: aerodrome;             Fundamental principles by which
down for distribution to               alternate aerodrome; diversion4.      the military forces guide their
subordinate units. Distribution        01 Nov 1994                           actions in support of objectives. It
points usually carry no stocks;                                              is authoritative but requires
items drawn are issued                 diversionary attack / attaque de      judgement in application.
completely as soon as possible.        diversion                             01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                            An attack wherein a force attacks,
                                       or threatens to attack, a target      dome / dôme
diversion1 / diversion1                other than the main target for the    Preferred term: spray dome.
The act of drawing the attention       purpose of drawing enemy
and forces of an enemy from the        defences away from the main           door bundle / colis
point of the principal operation.      effort.                               d'accompagnement
01 Jul 1980                            Related terms: amphibious             A bundle for manual ejection in
                                       demonstration; amphibious             flight normally followed by
diversion2 / diversion2                operation; amphibious raid;           parachutists.
An attack, or alarm, or feint which    amphibious withdrawal; diversion;     01 Mar 1973
diverts attention.                     demostration.
Related term: demonstration.           01 Mar 1973                           Doppler effect / effet Doppler
01 Jul 1980                                                                  The phenomenon evidenced by
                                       diving chamber                        the change in the observed
diversion3 / déroutement1              Preferred term: hypobaric             frequency of a sound or radio
A change made in a prescribed          chamber.                              wave caused by a time rate of
route for operational or tactical                                            change in the effective length of
                                                 1            1
reasons. Except in the case of         division / division                   the path of travel between the
aircraft, a diversion order will not   A tactical unit/formation as          source and the point of
constitute a change of destination.    follows:                              observation.
Related term: emergency                a. a major administrative and         01 Mar 1973
movement.                              tactical unit/ formation which
01 Jul 1980                            combines in itself the necessary      Doppler radar / radar Doppler
                                       arms and services required for        Any form of radar which detects
diversion4 / déroutement2              sustained combat, larger than a       motion relative to a reflecting
In air traffic control, the act of     regiment/brigade and smaller than     surface by measuring the
proceeding to an aerodrome other       a corps;                              frequency shift of reflected radio
than one at which a landing was        b. a number of naval vessels of       energy due to the motion of the
intended.                              similar type grouped together for     observer or of the reflecting
Related terms: aerodrome;              operational and administrative        surface.
alternate aerodrome; diversion         command, or a tactical unit of a      01 Dec 1976
aerodrome.                             naval aircraft squadron, consisting
01 Jul 1980                            of two or more sections;              dormant / insensible
                                       c. an air division is an air combat   In mine warfare, the state of a
diversion5 / déroutement3              organization normally consisting      mine with an arming delay device
The act of deflecting or turning       of two or more wings with             functioning, thus preventing it
persons or objects from their          appropriate service units. The        from being actuated.
planned route.                         combat wings of an air division       02 May 1995
Related term: emergency                will normally contain similar type
movement.                              units.                                dormant state / état dormant
01 Oct 2001                            01 Mar 1973                           In mine warfare, the transitory state
                                                                             of a mine during which design
diversion6 / déviation2                division2 / division2                 features prevent it from being
In naval mine warfare, a route or      An organizational part of a           actuated.
channel bypassing a dangerous          headquarters that handles military    Related term: actuate.
area. A diversion may connect          matters of a particular nature,       04 Oct 2000
one channel to another or it may       such as personnel, intelligence,
branch from a channel and rejoin       plans, and training, or supply and    dose rate contour line /
it on the other side of the danger.    evacuation.                           courbe(s) d'isointensité1
Related term: route.                   Related terms: branch; cell;          isodose rate line
14 Oct 2002                            section.                              A line on a map, diagram, or
                                       01 Mar 1973                           overlay joining all points at which
diversion aerodrome /                                                        the radiation dose rate at a given
aérodrome de déroutement               division3 / division3                 time is the same.
An aerodrome with at least             A number of personnel of a ship's     01 Mar 1973
minimum essential facilities, which    complement grouped together for
may be used as an emergency            operational and administrative        dosimetry / dosimétrie
aerodrome or when the main or          command.                              The measurement of radiation
deployment aerodrome is not            01 Mar 1973                           doses. It applies to both the
usable or as required to facilitate                                          devices used (dosimeters) and to
tactical operations.                   doctrine / doctrine                   the techniques.


                                                 2-D-9
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

01 Mar 1973                             The force on an object or              01 Feb 1988
                                        structure due to transient winds
double flow route / itinéraire à        accompanying the passage of a          droop stop / butées centrifuges
double courant                          blast wave. It is the product of the   A device to limit downward
A route of at least two lanes           dynamic pressure and the drag          vertical motion of helicopter rotor
allowing two columns of vehicles        coefficient, which is dependent        blades upon rotor shutdown.
to proceed simultaneously, either       upon the shape or geometry of          01 Mar 1981
in the same direction or in             the object or structure.
opposite directions.                    Related term: dynamic pressure.        drop / plus près
Related terms: double flow route;       03 Aug 1998                            In artillery and naval fire support,
route; single flow route.                                                      a correction used by an
01 Nov 1980                             drainage system / réseau               observer/spotter to indicate that a
                                        hydrographique                         decrease in range along a
down1 / plus bas1                       Rivers, streams, and other inland      spotting line is desired.
In artillery and naval fire support,    water features.                        01 Sep 1974
a term used in a call for fire to       01 Mar 1973
indicate that the target is at a                                               drop altitude / altitude de
lower altitude than the reference       draught / tirant d'eau                 largage
point used in identifying the           The vertical distance between the      The altitude above mean sea
target.                                 waterline and the lowest point of a    level at which airdrop is executed.
01 Sep 1974                             ship.                                  Related terms: altitude; altitude
                                        Related term: air draught.             datum; barometric altitude;
down2 / plus bas2                       04 Oct 2000                            calibrated altitude; critical altitude;
In artillery and naval fire support,                                           cruising altitude; cruising level;
a correction used by an                 drawing key / fond provisoire          datum level; drop height;
observer/spotter in time fire to        An image or preliminary drawing        elevation; height1; high altitude;
indicate that a decrease in height      used as a guide for scribing or        minimum safe altitude; pressure-
of burst is desired.                    drawing.                               altitude; transition altitude;
01 Sep 1974                             Related terms: blue key; key.          transition level.
                                        01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973
downgrade / déclasser
To reduce the security                  drift / dérive                         drop height / hauteur de
classification of a classified          In ballistics, a shift in projectile   largage
document or an item of classified       direction due to gyroscopic action     The vertical distance between the
matter or material.                     which results from gravitational       drop zone and the aircraft.
Related term: declassify.               and atmospheric induced torques        Related terms: altitude; altitude
01 Mar 1973                             on the spinning projectile.            datum; barometric altitude;
                                        01 Apr 1974                            calibrated altitude; critical altitude;
down lock / verrou train sorti                                                 cruising altitude; cruising level;
A device for locking retractable        drift angle / angle de dérive          datum level; drop altitude;
                                                                                                  1
landing gear in the down or             The angle measured in degrees          elevation; height ; high altitude;
extended position.                      between the heading of an aircraft     minimum safe altitude; pressure-
01 Jul 1980                             or ship and the track made good.       altitude; transition altitude;
                                        01 Mar 1973                            transition level.
draftee                                                                        01 Mar 1973
Preferred term: transient.              drifting mine / mine dérivante1
                                        A buoyant or neutrally buoyant         drop message / message lesté
draft plan / projet de plan             mine free to move under the            A message dropped from an
A plan for which a draft plan has       influence of waves, wind, current      aircraft to a ground or surface
been coordinated and agreed with        or tide.                               unit.
the other military headquarters         Related term: floating mine.           01 Mar 1973
and is ready for coordination with      01 Mar 1973
the nations involved, that is those                                            drop zone / zone de largage
nations who would be required to        drill mine / mine                      DZ
take national action to support the     d'entraînement1                        A specified area upon which
plan. It may be used for future         An inert-filled mine, or mine-like     airborne troops, equipment, or
planning and exercises and may          body, used in loading, laying or       supplies are airdropped.
form the basis for an operation         discharge practice and trials.         01 Mar 1973
order to be implemented in time of      Related term: practice mine1,2.
emergency.                              01 Jan 1991                            dry gap bridge / pont sur
Related terms: coordinated draft                                               brèche sèche
plan; final plan; initial draft plan;   drone / drone                          A bridge, fixed or portable, which
operation plan.                         An unmanned vehicle which              is used to span a gap that does
01 Mar 1979                             conducts its mission without           not normally contain water, e.g.,
                                        guidance from an external source.      antitank ditches, road craters, etc.
drag loading / pression                 Related terms: remotely piloted        01 Mar 1973
résultante                              vehicle; unmanned aerial vehicle.


                                                 2-D-10
                                                                               AAP-6(2009)

dual capable unit / unité à             A temporary storage area, usually
double capacité                         in the open, for bombs,
A nuclear certified delivery unit       ammunition, equipment, or
capable of executing both               supplies.
conventional and nuclear                01 Mar 1973
missions.
01 Oct 1984                             duplicate negative / copie
                                        négative2
dual firing circuit / circuit           A negative reproduced from a
double de mise de feu                   negative or diapositive.
An assembly comprising two              01 Aug 1973
independent firing systems, both
electric or both non-electric, so       durable materiel
that the firing of either system will   Preferred term: non-expendable
detonate all charges.                   supplies and materiel.
Related term: combination firing
circuit.                                dwell at/on / restez sur les
01 Mar 1981                             éléments
                                        In artillery and naval fire support,
dud / raté1                             this term is used when fire is to
Explosive munition which has not        continue for an indefinite period at
been armed as intended or which         specified time or on a particular
has failed to explode after being       target or targets.
armed.                                  01 Aug 1974
01 Mar 1983
                                        dynamic pressure / pression
dummy                                   dynamique
Preferred term: decoy.                  Pressure resulting from some
                                        medium in motion, such as the air
dummy ammunition / munition             following the shock front of a blast
factice                                 wave.
dummy munition (admitted)               Related term: drag loading.
A completely inert ammunition           01 Mar 1973
that resembles an operational or
practice item but is designed not
to incorporate or be used in
combination with energetic
material nor to be delivered in or
by a weapon system.
Notes:
1. It is used in activities such as
assembly, handling, instruction,
training, gauging or maintenance.
2. A colour scheme is used to
differentiate this ammunition from
other types of ammunition.
05 Sep 2007

dummy message / message de
volume
A message sent for some
purpose other than its content,
which may consist of dummy
groups or may have a
meaningless text.
01 Mar 1973

dummy minefield / champ de
mines factice
In naval mine warfare, a minefield
containing no live mines and
presenting only a psychological
threat.
Related term: minefield2.
01 Nov 1975

dump / dépôt temporaire


                                                 2-D-11
                                                                                    AAP-6(2009)

                                                  E

early resupply / premiers             echelon1 / échelon1                 E-day / jour E
ravitaillements                       A subdivision of a headquarters,    Related terms: designation of
The shipping of supplies during       i.e., forward echelon, rear         days and hours; commander's
the period between D-day and          echelon.                            required date; D-day; G-day; H-
the beginning of planned              01 Mar 1973                         hour; latest arrival date.
resupply.                                                                 01 Aug 1982
Related terms: element of             echelon2 / échelon2
resupply; improvised early            Separate level of command. As       edition / édition
resupply; initial early resupply;     compared to a regiment, a           In cartography, a particular issue
planned resupply; resupply of         division is a higher echelon, a     of a map or chart which is
Europe.                               battalion is a lower echelon.       different from other issues.
01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973                         01 Mar 1973

early warning / alerte lointaine      echelon3 / échelon3                 edition designation /
air defence early warning             A fraction of a command in the      désignation d'édition
EW                                    direction of depth, to which a      The number, letter, date, or
Early notification of the launch or   principal combat mission is         symbol distinguishing one
approach of unknown weapons           assigned; i.e., attack echelon,     edition from another.
or weapons carriers.                  support echelon, reserve            01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1981                           echelon.
                                      01 Mar 1973                         ejection1 / éjection1
earmarked for assignment /                                                Escape from an aircraft by
forces prévues pour                   echelon4 / en échelon               means of an independently
affectation                           A formation in which its            propelled seat or capsule.
The status of forces which            subdivisions are placed one         01 Jul 1983
nations have agreed to assign to      behind another, with a lateral
the operational command or            and even spacing to the same        ejection2 / éjection2
operational control of a NATO         side.                               In air armament, the process of
commander at some future date.        01 Mar 1973                         forcefully separating an aircraft
In designating such forces,                                               store from an aircraft to achieve
nations should specify when           echeloned displacement /            satisfactory separation.
these forces will be available in     déplacement par échelons            01 Jul 1983
terms currently agreed by the         Movement of a unit from one
Military Committee.                   position to another without         ejection systems / systèmes
01 Dec 1974                           discontinuing performance of its    d'éjection
                                      primary function.                   a. Command ejection system - A
earmarking of stocks /                01 Mar 1973                         system in which the pilot of an
désignation de stocks                                                     aircraft or the occupant of the
The arrangement whereby               economic mobilization /             other ejection seat(s) initiates
nations agree, normally in            mobilisation économique             ejection resulting in the
peacetime, to identify a              The process of preparing for and    automatic ejection of all
proportion of selected items of       carrying out such changes in the    occupants.
their war reserve stocks to be        organization and functioning of     b. Command select ejection
called for by specified NATO          the national economy as are         system - A system permitting the
commanders.                           necessary to provide for the        optional transfer from one crew
01 Mar 1984                           most effective use of resources     station to another of the control
                                      in a national emergency.            of a command ejection system
earthing / mise à la terre            01 Mar 1973                         for automatic ejection of all
The process of making a                                                   occupants.
satisfactory electrical connection    economic potential / potentiel      c. Independent ejection system -
between the structure, including      économique                          An ejection system which
the metal skin, of an object or       The total capacity of a nation to   operates independently of other
vehicle, and the mass of the          produce goods and services.         ejection systems installed in one
earth, to ensure a common             Related terms: strength; unit       aircraft.
potential with the earth.             strenght.                           d. Sequenced ejection system -
Related terms: bonding;               01 Mar 1973                         A system which ejects the
grounding.                                                                aircraft crew in sequence to
01 Jul 1980                           economic shipping /                 ensure a safe minimum total
                                      transports maritimes à but          time of escape without collision.
easting / vers l'est                  économique                          01 Mar 1981
Eastward (that is from left to        Civil shipping operating
right) reading of grid values on a    commercially not in support of      electrode sweep / drague à
map.                                  the military.                       électrode
01 Mar 1973                           03 Aug 1998                         In naval mine warfare, a
                                                                          magnetic cable sweep in which

                                               2-E-1
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)

the salt water and the seabed        to prevent or reduce an enemy's       electronic neutralization /
form part of the electric circuit.   effective use of the                  neutralisation électronique
04 Oct 2000                          electromagnetic spectrum              EN
                                     through the use of                    In electronic countermeasures,
electromagnetic compatibility        electromagnetic energy. There         the deliberate use of
/ compatibilité                      are three subdivisions of             electromagnetic energy to either
électromagnétique                    electronic countermeasures:           temporarily or permanently
EMC                                  electronic jamming, electronic        damage enemy devices which
The ability of equipment or a        deception and electronic              rely exclusively on the
system to function in its            neutralization.                       electromagnetic spectrum.
electromagnetic environment          Related terms: barrage jamming;       20 Nov 1996
without causing intolerable          electronic jamming; jamming;
electromagnetic disturbances to      spot jamming; sweep jamming.          electronic order of battle /
anything in that environment.        09 Jan 1996                           ordre de bataille électronique
Related term: electromagnetic                                              EOB
vulnerability.                       electronic deception /                A list of emitters used by a force
09 May 2000                          déception électronique                or in a scenario with specific
                                     ED                                    information on the
electromagnetic environment /        In electronic countermeasures,        electromagnetic characteristics,
environnement                        the deliberate radiation, re-         parameters, locations and
électromagnétique                    radiation, alteration, absorption     platforms of these emitters.
The totality of electromagnetic      or reflection of electromagnetic      01 Oct 2003
phenomena existing at a given        energy in a manner intented to
location.                            confuse, distract or seduce an        electronic protective
01 Jul 1993                          enemy or his electronic systems.      measures/ mesures de
                                     09 Jan 1996                           protection électronique
electromagnetic interference /                                             EPM
interférence                         electronic intelligence /             That division of electronic warfare
électromagnétique                    renseignement électronique            involving actions taken to ensure
EMI                                  ELINT                                 effective friendly use of the
Any electromagnetic                  Intelligence derived from             electromagnetic spectrum despite
disturbance, whether intentional     electromagnetic non-                  the enemy's use of
or not, which interrupts,            communications transmissions          electromagnetic energy. There
obstructs, or otherwise degrades     by other than intended recipients     are two subdivisions of electronic
or limits the effective              or users.                             protective measures: active
performance of electronic or         09 Jan 1996                           electronic protective measures
electrical equipment.                                                      and passive electronic protective
01 Jul 1987                          electronic jamming /                  measures.
                                     brouillage électronique               Related terms: active electronic
electromagnetic radiation            EJ                                    protective measures; passive
hazard / risque lié au               The deliberate radiation,             electronic protective measures.
rayonnement                          reradiation or reflection of          20 Nov 1996
électromagnétique                    electromagnetic energy with the
A condition which would expose       object of impairing the               electronic warfare / guerre
personnel, equipment, munitions      effectiveness of hostile electronic   électronique
or fuel to a dangerous level of      devices, equipment or systems.        EW
electromagnetic radiation.           Related terms: barrage jamming;       Military action to exploit the
01 Nov 1990                          electronic countermeasures;           electromagnetic spectrum
                                     jamming; spot jamming; sweep          encompassing: the search for,
electromagnetic vulnerability /      jamming.                              interception and identification of
vulnérabilité                        13 Dec 1999                           electromagnetic emissions, the
électromagnétique                                                          employment of electromagnetic
The characteristics of a system      electronic masking /                  energy, including directed
that cause it to suffer              camouflage électronique               energy, to reduce or prevent
degradation in performance of,       The controlled radiation of           hostile use of the
or inability to perform, its         electromagnetic energy on             electromagnetic spectrum, and
specified task as a result of        friendly frequencies in a manner      actions to ensure its effective
electromagnetic interference.        to protect the emissions of           use by friendly forces.
Related term: electromagnetic        friendly communications and           Related terms: electronic
compatibility.                       electronic systems against            countermeasures; electronic
01 Jul 1987                          enemy electronic warfare              protective measures; electronic
                                     support measures/signals              warfare support measures;
electronic countermeasures /         intelligence, without significantly   operations security.
contre-mesures électroniques         degrading the operation of            09 Jan 1996
ECM                                  friendly systems.
That division of electronic          01 Nov 1991                           electronic warfare support
warfare involving actions taken                                            measures / mesures de


                                               2-E-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

soutien de guerre                       to certain equipment having a
électronique                            flat trajectory.                        emergency barrier
ESM                                     Related term: angle of safety.          Preferred term: aircraft arresting
That division of electronic             01 Mar 1973                             barrier.
warfare involving actions taken
to search for, intercept and            elevation tint                          emergency burial / inhumation
identify electromagnetic                Preferred term: hypsometric             d'urgence
emissions and to locate their           tinting.                                burial
sources for the purpose of                                                      A burial, usually on the
immediate threat recognition. It        embarkation / embarquement              battlefield, when conditions do
provides a source of information        The process of putting personnel        not permit either evacuation for
required for immediate decisions        and/or vehicles and their               interment in a cemetery or burial
involving electronic                    associated stores and                   according to national or
countermeasures, electronic             equipment into ships or aircraft.       international legal regulations.
protective measures and other           Note: In French, the word               01 Oct 1980
tactical actions.                       "embarquement" applies to rail
09 Jan 1996                             and road transport in addition to       emergency complement
                                        ships and aircraft.                     Preferred term: emergency
electro-optics /                        Related terms: allowable load;          establishment.
optoélectronique                        block stowage loading; combat
EO                                      loading; commodity loading;             emergency destruction of
The technology associated with          horizontal loading; loading;            nuclear weapons / destruction
those components, devices and           selective loading; selective            d'urgence d'armes nucléaires
systems which are designed to           unloading; unit loading; vertical       The destruction of nuclear
interact between the                    loading.                                munitions, components, and
electromagnetic (optical) and the                                               associated classified material,
electric (electronic) state.            embarkation area / zone                 without significant nuclear yield,
01 Nov 1986                             d'embarquement                          to render the weapon tactically
                                        An area ashore, including a             useless, to prevent the
element of resupply / élément           group of embarkation points, in         disclosure of classified design
de réapprovisionnement                  which final preparations for            information, and to prevent
Related terms: early resupply;          embarkation are completed and           salvage of the weapon for
improvised early resupply; initial      through which assigned                  reprocessing.
early resupply; planned                 personnel and loads for craft           01 Nov 1975
resupply; resupply of Europe.           and ships are called forward to
01 Mar 1973                             embark.                                 emergency establishment /
                                        01 Mar 1973                             tableau d'effectifs d'urgence
elevation / élévation                                                           emergency complement
The vertical distance of a point        embarkation order / ordre               (obsolete)
or level, on, or affixed to, the        d'embarquement                          EE
surface of the earth, measured          An order specifying dates, times,       A table setting out the
from mean sea level.                    routes, loading diagrams and            authorized redistribution of
Related terms: altitude; altitude       methods of movement to                  manpower for a unit, formation
datum; barometric altitude;             shipside or aircraft for troops         or headquarters under
calibrated altitude; critical           and their equipment.                    emergency conditions.
altitude; cruising altitude;            Related terms: coordinated draft        08 Aug 2008
cruising level; datum level; drop       plan; draft plan; final plan; initial
altitude; drop height; height1;         draft plan; movement order;             emergency fleet operating
high altitude; minimum safe             notice to move; operational             base / base logistique de
altitude; pressure-altitude;            readines; operation                     secours pour une flotte
transition altitude; transition         order;operation plan; order to          A base providing logistic support
level.                                  move; readiness; readiness state;       for fleet units operating in an
01 Mar 1973                             readiness time; warning order.          area for limited periods.
                                        01 Mar 1979                             Related terms: base;
elevation guidance / guidage                                                    deployment operating base.
en altitude                             emergency anchorage /                   01 Mar 1973
Information which will enable the       mouillage auxiliaire
pilot or auto-pilot of an aircraft to   An anchorage, which may have            emergency in war / état de
follow the required glide path.         a limited defence organization,         crise en temps de guerre
01 Oct 1980                             for naval vessels, mobile support       An operational contingency in a
                                        units, auxiliaries, or merchant         limited area caused by a critical
elevation of security / hausse          ships.                                  aggravation of combat
de sécurité                             Related terms: advanced fleet           operations and requiring special
Minimum elevation permissible           anchorage; assembly                     and immediate action by
for firing above friendly troops        anchorage; holding hanchorage;          National and Allied
without endangering their safety.       laying up position ;waiting             Commanders. The existence of
This concept can only be applied        position; working anchorage             such an emergency shall be
                                        01 Mar 1973

                                                  2-E-3
                                                                                      AAP-6(2009)

determined by the Allied            d'émission                             endurance speed.
Commander responsible for the       EMCON                                  Related term: endurance.
limited area involved, in           Selective control of emitted           01 Mar 1973
consultation with the National      electromagnetic or acoustic
Commander concerned.                energy. The aim may be twofold:        endurance speed / vitesse
01 Mar 1973                         a. to minimize the enemy's             d'endurance
                                    detection of emissions and             The nautical miles per hour a
emergency locator beacon /          exploitation of the information so     ship will travel through the water
radiobalise de repérage de          gained;                                under average conditions of hull,
détresse                            b. to reduce electromagnetic           sea in temperate weather, and
A generic term for all radio        interference thereby improving         wartime readiness. Endurance
beacons used for emergency          friendly sensor performance.           speeds in each case will
locating purposes.                  01 Nov 1994                            correspond with specific engine
Related terms: beacon; crash                                               speeds.
locator beacon; emergency           emplacement1 / emplacement             01 Mar 1973
locator beacon; fan marker           A prepared position for one or
beacon; localizer; meaconing;       more weapons or pieces of              endurance time / endurance
personal locator beacon; radio      equipment, for protection against      The total time for which any
beacon; submarine locator           hostile fire or bombardment, and       specified endurance speed of a
acoustic beacon; Z marker           from which they can execute            ship can be maintained. If this
beacon.                             their tasks.                           value is dependent on factors
01 Jun 1987                         01 Jun 1981                            other than fuel, it shall be so
                                                                           indicated.
                                                   2
emergency movement /                emplacement / mise en                  01 Mar 1973
mouvement d'urgence                 batterie
In naval cooperation and             The act of fixing a gun in a          energetic material / matière
guidance for shipping, the          prepared position from which it        énergétique
execution of diversion, port        may be fired.                          A substance or mixture of
evacuation, area evacuation and     01 Jun 1981                            substances that, through
subsequent movements in order                                              chemical reaction, is capable of
to preserve ships and cargoes       end item / matériel complet            rapidly releasing energy.
when attack is imminent.            In logistics, a final combination      02 March 2009
Related terms: diversion3,5;        of assemblies, components
naval cooperation and guidance      and/or parts ready for its             engage / engagez
for shipping; port evacuation of    intended use.                          In air defence, a fire control
cargoes; port evacuation of         01 Nov 1994                            order used to direct or authorize
shipping.                                                                  units and/or weapon systems to
02 Mar 2007                         end of mission / cessez le feu!        fire on a designated target.
                                    EOM                                    Related terms: cease
emergency nuclear risk /            In artillery and naval fire support,   engagement; hold fire.
risque nucléaire exceptionnel       an order given to terminate firing     01 Nov 1980
A degree of nuclear risk where      on a specific target.
anticipated effects may cause       01 Sep 2003                            engagement1 / engagement1
some temporary shock,                                                      In the context of rules of
casualties, or both and may         end state / état final                 engagement, action taken against
significantly reduce the unit's     The political and/or military          a hostile force with intent to deter,
combat efficiency.                  situation to be attained at the        damage or neutralize it.
Related terms: degree of nuclear    end of an operation, which             29 May 2002
risk; moderate nuclear risk;        indicates that the objective has
negligible nuclear risk.            been achieved.                         engagement2 / engagement2
01 Mar 1973                         04 Oct 2000                            In the context of rules of
                                                                           engagement, action taken against
emergency substitute /              endurance / autonomie                  an aircraft with intent to destroy it.
produit de remplacement             The time an aircraft can continue      29 May 2002
d'urgence                           flying, or a ground vehicle or
A product which may be used, in     ship can continue operating,           engagement control / contrôle
an emergency only, in place of      under specified conditions e.g.,       d'interception
another product, but only on the    without refuelling.                    In air defence, that degree of
advice of technically qualified     Related term: endurance                control exercised over the
personnel of the nation using the   distance.                              operational functions of an air
product, who will specify the       01 Mar 1973                            defence unit that are related to
limitations.                                                               detection, identification,
Related terms: acceptable           endurance distance / distance          engagement, and destruction of
product; standardized product.      franchissable d'endurance              hostile targets.
01 Mar 1973                         Total distance that a ground           01 Mar 1973
                                    vehicle or ship can be self-
emission control / contrôle         propelled at any specified             engineer commander /


                                              2-E-4
                                                                                   AAP-6(2009)

commandant du génie                 the entire field used in a camera.
militaire                           Related terms: calibrated focal      estimate of the situation /
In land warfare, a combat           length; focal lenght; nominal        appréciation de la situation
engineer officer who advises an     focal length.                        appreciation of the situation
appropriate commander on            01 Mar 1973                          A logical process of reasoning
engineer matters, proposes                                               by which a commander
                                           1           1
engineer operations, commands       escort / escorte                     considers all the circumstances
engineer operations as directed,    A combatant unit(s) assigned to      affecting the military situation
and supervises engineer             accompany and protect another        and arrives at a decision as to
operations by troops not directly   force or convoy.                     the course of action to be taken
under his command. In some          Related term: convoy escort..        in order to accomplish his
armies, these responsibilities      01 Dec 1979                          mission.
may be divided between two                                               Related term: course of action.
individuals.                        escort2 / escorte2                   29 May 2002
01 Dec 1993                         Aircraft assigned to protect other
                                    aircraft during a mission.           evacuation control ship /
envelopment / enveloppement         01 Dec 1979                          bâtiment contrôleur
An offensive manoeuvre in                                                d'évacuation sanitaire
which the main attacking force      escort3 / escorte3                   In an amphibious operation, a
passes around or over the           An armed guard that                  ship designated as a control
enemy's principal defensive         accompanies a convoy, a train,       point for landing craft,
positions to secure objectives to   prisoners, etc.                      amphibious vehicles, and
the enemy's rear.                   Related term: convoy escort.         helicopters evacuating
Related term: turning movement.     01 Dec 1979                          casualties from the beaches.
01 Oct 1978                                                              Medical personnel embarked in
                                    escort4 / escorte4                   the evacuation control ship
environment/ environnement          An armed guard accompanying          effect distribution of casualties
The surroundings in which an        persons as a mark of honour.         throughout the attack force in
organization operates, including    01 Dec 1979                          accordance with ship's casualty
air, water, land, natural                                                capacities and specialized
resources, flora, fauna, humans,    essential cargo                      medical facilities available, and
and their interrelation.            Preferred term: essential supply.    also perform emergency
14 Oct 2002                                                              surgery.
                                    essential supply /                   01 Mar 1973
equal area projection /             approvisionnement essentiel
projection équivalente              essential cargo                      evacuation of port equipment /
One in which equal areas on the     A commodity which is essential       évacuation de l'équipement
ground are represented by equal     for the prosecution of the war in    portuaire
areas on the map.                   the survival period, or for          The transfer of mobile/movable
01 Mar 1973                         national survival in that period,    equipment from a threatened
                                    and which should be discharged       port to another port or to a
equipment / équipement              as soon as circumstances             working anchorage.
All non-expendable items            permit. This will comprise such      01 Nov 1994
needed to outfit/equip an           things as food, refined
individual or organization.         petroleum, oils, and lubricants,     evacuee / évacué
Related terms: assembly; base;      and medical stores.                  A person who has been ordered
component; deployment               Related term: cargo.                 or authorized to move from a
operating base; emergency fleet     01 Mar 1973                          place of danger by competent
operating base; establishment1;                                          authorities, and whose
part; sub-assembly; supplies;       establishment1 / organisme           movements and accommodation
unit equipment.                     An installation, together with its   are planned, organized and
01 Oct 1992                         personnel and equipment,             controlled by such authorities.
                                    organized as an operating entity.    Related terms: asylum seeker;
equipment casualty                  01 Mar 1973                          internally displaced person;
evacuation / évacuation du                                               refugee.
matériel endommagé                  establishment2 / tableau             04 Oct 2000
The movement within the logistic    d'effectifs et de dotation
system of an equipment              table of organization                evaluation1 / évaluation1
requiring maintenance.              table of organization and            The structured process of
04 Oct 2000                         equipment                            examining activities, capabilities
                                    The table setting out the            and performance against defined
equivalent focal length /           authorized numbers of men and        standards or criteria.
distance focale équivalente         major equipment in a                 Note: In the context of military
The distance measured along         unit/formation.                      forces, the hierarchical
the optical axis of the lens from   Related terms: base; equipment;      relationship in logical sequence
the rear nodal point to the plane   unit equipment.                      is: assessment, analysis,
of best average definition over     01 Mar 1973                          evaluation, validation and


                                               2-E-5
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

certification.                          coordinating commander.               directing staffs into the exercise
Related terms: analysis1;               09 Jan 1996                           which will have an effect on the
assessment; certification;                                                    forces being exercised, or their
validation.                             exercise / exercice                   facilities, and which will require
02 Mar 2007                             EX                                    action by the appropriate
                                        A military manoeuvre or               commander and/or staff being
            2               2
evaluation / évaluation                 simulated wartime operation           exercised.
In intelligence usage, a step in        involving planning, preparation,      01 Jun 1981
the processing phase of the             and execution. It is carried out
intelligence cycle constituting         for the purpose of training and       exercise mine / mine
appraisal of a item of information      evaluation. It may be a               d'exercice
in respect of the reliability of the    combined, joint, or single service    In naval mine warfare, a mine
source, and the credibility of the      exercise, depending on                suitable for use in mine warfare
information.                            participating organizations.          exercises, fitted with visible or
Related term: intelligence cycle.       Related terms: command post;          audible indicating devices to
01 Sep 1981                             field exercise.                       show where and when it would
                                        01 Mar 1981                           normally fire.
evasion / évasion2                                                            Related terms: mine; practice
Measures taken either to avoid          exercise area / zone d'exercice       mine2.
or escape detection, or to break        A geographical area specifically      01 Oct 1978
contact with a hostile or               delineated in time and space for
potentially hostile unit.               the conduct of training activities.   exercise planning directive /
01 Oct 2001                             Note: An exercise area is             directive pour la planification
                                        delineated in coordination with       de l'exercice
evasion and escape / évasion1           the host nations.                     The exercise specification as
The procedures and operations           01 Oct 2001                           developed by the officer
whereby military personnel and                                                scheduling the exercise,
other selected individuals are          exercise commander /                  designed to provide further
enabled to emerge from an               commandant participant                guidance to the planners of a
enemy-held or hostile area to           A commander taking part in the        particular exercise.
areas under friendly control.           exercise who will issue               01 Nov 1975
09 Jan 1996                             appropriate operation orders to
                                        forces placed under his control.      exercise specifications /
exaggerated stereoscopy                 He may be allocated                   spécifications d'exercice
Preferred term:                         responsibilities regarding            EXSPEC
hyperstereoscopy.                       controlling, conducting, and/or       The fundamental requirements
                                        directing the exercise in addition    for an exercise, providing in
examination / inspection                to that of command.                   advance an outline of the
In maintenance, a                       Related term: commander.              concept, form, scope, setting,
comprehensive scrutiny                  01 Jun 1984                           aim, objectives, force
supplemented by measurement                                                   requirements, political
and physical testing in order to        exercise directing staff / état-      implications, analysis
determine the condition of an           major de direction d'exercice         arrangements and costs.
item.                                   directing staff (admitted)            01 Jun 1984
Related term: maintenance1,3.           DISTAFF
01 Nov 1990                             A group of officers who by virtue     exercise sponsor / officier
                                        of experience, qualifications, and    prescrivant l'exercice
exceptional transport /                 a thorough knowledge of the           The commander who conceives
transport exceptionnel                  exercise instructions, are            a particular exercise and orders
In railway terminology, transport       selected to direct or control an      that it be planned and executed
of a load whose size, weight, or        exercise.                             either by his staff or by a
preparation entails special             01 Mar 1981                           subordinate headquarters.
difficulties vis-à-vis the facilities                                         01 Sep 1981
or equipment of even one of the         exercise filled mine / mine
railway systems to be used.             d'exercice à compteur                 exercise study / étude
Related term: ordinary transport.       d'influences                          théorique
01 Nov 1994                             In naval mine warfare, a mine         An activity which may take the
                                        containing an inert filling and an    form of a map exercise, a war
executing commander /                   indicating device.                    game, a series of lectures, a
commandant utilisateur                  Related terms: dead mine;             discussion group, or an
In nuclear warfare, the NATO            explosive filled mine; fitted mine;   operational analysis.
strategic commander to whom             inert mine; mine.                     01 Nov 1983
nuclear weapons are released            01 Aug 1976
for delivery against specific                                                 expeditionary operation
targets or in accordance with           exercise incident / incident en       / opération expéditionnaire
approved plans.                         cours d'exercice                      The projection of military power
Related terms: commander;               An occurrence injected by             over extended lines of


                                                  2-E-6
                                                                                     AAP-6(2009)

communications into a distant        containing an explosive charge        conditions that develop during
operational area to accomplish a     but not necessarily the firing        the manufacture of high
specific objective.                  train needed to detonate it.          explosive material, technical
7 Jul 2003                           Related terms: exercise filled        service assembly operations or
                                     mine; fitted mine.                    the laying of mines and
expendable supplies and              01 Dec 1976                           demolition charges.
materials / approvisionnement                                              01 Dec 1974
consommable                          explosive ordnance / explosifs
Items which are consumed in          et munitions                          explosive ordnance disposal
use, such as ammunition, or          All munitions containing              procedures / procédures
which lose their identity such as    explosives, nuclear fission or        d'élimination des explosifs
certain repair parts, or which are   fusion materials and biological       recovery procedure
of low intrinsic value, unworthy     and chemical agents. This             Those particular courses or
of full accounting procedures.       includes bombs and warheads;          modes of action taken by
01 Mar 1973                          guided and ballistic missiles;        explosive ordnance disposal
                                     artillery, mortar, rocket and small   personnel for access to,
exploder / exploseur                 arms ammunition; all mines,           diagnosis, rendering safe,
A device assigned to generate        torpedoes and depth charges,          recovery and final disposal of
an electric current in a firing      demolition charges;                   explosive ordnance or any
circuit after deliberate action by   pyrotechnics; clusters and            hazardous material associated
the user in order to initiate an     dispensers; cartridge and             with an explosive ordnance
explosive charge or charges.         propellant actuated devices;          disposal incident.
01 Jul 1980                          electro-explosive devices;            a. Access procedures - Those
                                     clandestine and improvised            actions taken to locate exactly
exploitation1 / exploitation1        explosive devices; and all similar    and to gain access to
Taking full advantage of success     or related items or components        unexploded explosive ordnance.
in battle and following up initial   explosive in nature.                  b. Diagnostic procedures -
gains.                               Related terms: area clearance;        Those actions taken to identify
01 Mar 1981                          binary chemical munition; fixed       and evaluate unexploded
                                     ammunition; multi-agent               explosive ordnance.
exploitation2 / exploitation2        munition improvised explosive         c. Render-safe procedures - The
             2                       device; semi-fixed ammunition;
processing                                                                 portion of the explosive
Taking full advantage of any         munition; proofing; separate          ordnance disposal procedures
information that has come to         loading ammunition.                   involving the application of
hand for tactical or strategic       14 Oct 2002                           special explosive ordnance
purposes.                                                                  disposal methods and tools to
Related term: intelligence cycle.    explosive ordnance disposal /         provide for the interruption of
01 Mar 1981                          neutralisation des explosifs et       functions or separation of
                                     munitions                             essential components of
exploitation3 / exploitation3        EOD                                   unexploded explosive ordnance
An offensive operation that          The detection, identification, on-    to prevent an unacceptable
usually follows a successful         site evaluation, rendering safe,      detonation.
attack and is designed to            recovery and final disposal of        d. Recovery procedures - Those
disorganize the enemy in depth.      unexploded explosives                 actions taken to recover
01 Mar 1981                          ordnance. It may also include         unexploded explosive ordnance.
                                     explosives ordnance which has         e. Final disposal procedures -
exploratory hunting / chasse         become hazardous by damage            The final disposal of explosive
d'exploration                        or deterioration.                     ordnance which may include
In naval mine warfare, a parallel    Related terms: antisubmarine          demolition or burning in place,
operation to search sweeping, in     warfare pouncer operation; mine       removal to a disposal area or
which a sample of the route or       countermeasures pounce                other appropriate means.
area is subjected to minehunting     procedure.                            Related terms: final disposal
procedures to determine the          01 Jun 1989                           procedures; recovery procedure.
presence or absence of mines.                                              01 Oct 1980
01 Nov 1975                          explosive ordnance disposal
                                     incident / incident de                explosive ordnance
explosive / explosif                 neutralisation de munition            reconnaissance /
A substance or mixture of            explosive                             reconnaissance de munition
substances which, under              The suspected or detected             explosive
external influences, is capable of   presence of unexploded                EOR
rapidly releasing energy in the      explosive ordnance, or damaged        Reconnaissance involving the
form of gases and heat.              explosive ordnance, which             investigation, detection, location,
01 Jun 1989                          constitutes a hazard to               marking, initial identification and
                                     operations, installations,            reporting of suspected
explosive filled mine / mine         personnel or material. Not            unexploded explosive ordnance,
chargée                              included in this definition are the   by explosive ordnance
In mine warfare, a mine              accidental arming or other            reconnaissance agents, in order


                                              2-E-7
                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

to determine further action.           A specified drop zone used for
01 Mar 1973                            the delivery of supplies and/or
                                       equipment by means of an
explosive train / chaîne de            extraction technique from an
mise à feu                             aircraft flying very close to the
A succession of initiating and         ground.
igniting elements arranged to          01 Jul 1980
cause a charge to function.
01 Dec 1979

exposure dose / dose
d'exposition
The exposure dose at a given
point is a measurement of
radiation in relation to its ability
to produce ionization. The unit of
measurement of the exposure
dose is the roentgen.
01 Mar 1973

exposure station
Preferred term: air station.

extent of a military exercise /
importance d'un exercice
militaire
The scope of an exercise in
relation to the involvement of
NATO and/or national
commands.
Related terms: inter-command
exercise; intra-command
exercise; NATO-wide exercise;
scale of an exercise.
01 Nov 1985

external reinforcing force /
force de renfort extérieure
A reinforcing force which is
principally stationed in
peacetime outside its intended
Major NATO Command area of
operations.
01 Jun 1984

extraction drop / largage par
extraction
The dropping of loads by means
of one or more extraction
parachutes.
Related terms: extraction
parachute; gravity extraction;
platform drop.
15 Jul 2000

extraction parachute /
parachute extracteur
An auxiliary parachute used to
release lashings, pull cargo out of
an aircraft or deploy one or more
cargo parachutes.
Related term: extraction drop.
04 Oct 2000

extraction zone / zone de
largage à faible hauteur
EZ


                                                 2-E-8
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

                                                   F

face of a map or chart / recto         observation.                          in basic data in mapping and
d'une carte                            01 Mar 1981                           charting. Normally, these
The side on which the printed                                                positions are established by
image of the map or chart              fan camera photography /              survey methods, and are
appears.                               faisceau de photographies             sometimes referred to as trig
01 Mar 1973                            Photography taken                     control or trigonometrical
                                       simultaneously by an assembly of      net(work).
fair drawing / dessin final            three or more cameras,                Related terms: control point1;
A drawing complete in all respects     systematically installed at fixed     ground control.
in the style and form specified for    angles relative to each other so      01 Aug 1979
reproduction.                          as to provide wide lateral
01 Mar 1973                            coverage with overlapping             field exercise / exercice de
                                       images.                               combat à simple action
fallout contours / courbe(s)           Related terms: fan cameras; tri-      An exercise conducted in the field
d'isointensité2                        camera photography.                   under simulated war conditions in
Lines joining points which have        01 Mar 1973                           which troops and armament of
the same radiation intensity that                                            one side are actually present,
define a fallout pattern,              fan cameras / faisceau                while those of the other side may
represented in terms of roentgens      d'appareils photo                     be imaginary or in outline.
per hour.                              An assembly of three or more          Related terms: command post
01 Mar 1973                            cameras systematically disposed       exercise; exercise.
                                       at fixed angles relative to each      01 Mar 1973
fallout pattern / diagramme des        other so as to provide wide lateral
retombées radioactives                 coverage with overlapping             field fortification / fortification
The distribution of fallout as         images.                               de campagne
portrayed by fallout contours.         Related terms: fan camera             An emplacement or shelter of a
01 Mar 1973                            photography; tri-camera               temporary nature which can be
                                       photography.                          constructed with reasonable
fallout wind vector plot /             01 Mar 1973                           facility by units requiring no more
graphique de vectorisation des                                               than minor engineer supervisory
vents pour le calcul des               fan marker beacon / radioborne        and equipment participation.
retombées                              en éventail                           01 Mar 1973
A wind vector diagram based on         A type of radio beacon, the
the wind structure from the            emissions of which radiate in a       field of fire / champ de tir
surface of the earth to the highest    vertical, fan-shaped pattern. The     The area which a weapon or a
altitude of interest.                  signal can be keyed for               group of weapons may cover
01 Mar 1973                            identification purposes.              effectively with fire from a given
                                       Related terms: beacon; radio          position.
false colour film / film à spectre     beacon; Z-marker beacon.              01 Mar 1973
décalé                                 01 Mar 1973
A colour film with at least one                                              field of view / angle de champ
emulsion layer sensitive to            feature / détail cartographique       In photography, the angle
radiation outside the visible region   In cartography, any object or         between two rays passing through
of the spectrum (e.g. infrared), in    configuration of ground or water      the perspective centre (rear nodal
which the representation of            represented on the face of the        point) of a camera lens to the two
colours is deliberately altered.       map or chart.                         opposite sides of the format. Not
Related term: camouflage               01 Mar 1973                           to be confused with angle of view.
detection photography.                                                       Related term: angle of view
01 Mar 1973                            feature line overlap / couverture     01 Dec 1974
                                       de ligne caractéristique du
false origin / fausse origine          terrain                               field of vision / angle de vision
A fixed point to the south and         A series of overlapping air           The total solid angle available to
west of a grid zone from which         photographs which follow the line     the gunner from his normal
grid distances are measured            of a ground feature, e.g., river,     position.
eastward and northward.                road, railway, etc.                   5 May 1973
01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973
                                                                             fighter / chasseur
false parallax / parallaxe fausse      fiducial mark                         A generic term to describe a type
The apparent vertical                  Preferred term: collimating mark.     of fast and manoeuvrable fixed
displacement of an object from its                                           wing aircraft capable of tactical air
true position when viewed              field control / réseau                operations against air and/or
stereoscopically, due to               trigonométrique                       surface targets.
movement of the object itself as       A series of points whose relative     Related terms: all weather air
well as to change in the point of      positions and elevations are          defence fighter; clear weather air
                                       known. These positions are used       defence fighter; day air defence


                                                 2-F-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)
                                                                                1,2
fighter; interceptor; fighter          submarines in order to determine      fire ; counterfire;
interceptor.                           their probable true tracks and,       counterpreparation fire; covering
01 Feb 1989                            where applicable, heights or          fire; deep supporting fire;
                                       depths.                               destruction fire mission; direct fire;
fighter cover / couverture             01 Mar 1973                           direct supporting fire; distributed
aérienne                                                                     fire; grazing fire; harassing fire;
The maintenance of a number of         final approach / approche finale      indirect fire; interdiction fire;
fighter aircraft over a specified      That part of an instrument            neutralization fire; observed fire;
area or force for the purpose of       approach procedure in which           preparation fire; radar fire;
repelling hostile air activities.      alignment and descent for landing     registration fire; searching fire;
Related terms: airborne alert;         are accomplished.                     suppression fire;supporting fire;
column cover; concealment;             a. In a non-precision approach it     unobserved fire.
coverage; screen.                      normally begins at the final          01 Nov 1975
01 Jul 1993                            approach fix or point and ends at
                                       the missed approach point or fix.     fireball / boule de feu
fighter direction aircraft /           b. In a precision approach the        The luminous sphere of hot gases
aéronef directeur d'avions de          final approach is deemed to           which forms a few millionths of a
combat                                 commence at the glide path            second after detonation of a
An aircraft equipped and manned        intercept point and ends at the       nuclear weapon and immediately
for directing fighter aircraft.        decision height/altitude.             starts expanding and cooling.
01 Jul 1993                            01 Nov 1983                           01 Sep 2003

fighter interceptor                    final disposal procedures /           fire capabilities chart / carte
Preferred term: interceptor.           procédé de destruction                des possibilités de tir
                                       définitive                            A chart, usually in the form of an
fighter sweep / sweep                  Related term: explosive ordnance      overlay, showing the areas which
An offensive mission by fighter        disposal procedures.                  can be reached by the fire of the
aircraft to seek out and destroy       01 Nov 1974                           bulk of the weapons of a unit.
enemy aircraft or targets of                                                 Related term: chart.
opportunity in an allotted area of     final plan / plan final               01 Aug 1973
operations.                            A plan for which drafts have been
01 Mar 1973                            coordinated and approved and          fire control / conduite de tir
                                       which has been signed by or on        FC
fighting patrol                        behalf of a competent authority.      The control of all operations in
Preferred term: combat patrol.         Related terms: coordinated draft      connection with the application of
                                       plan; draft plan; embarkation         fire on a target.
filler point                           order; initial draft plan; movement   01 Mar 1977
Preferred term: charging point.        order; notice to move; operational
                                       readines; operation order;            fire-control radar / radar de
film badge / dosiphote                 operation plan; order to move;        conduite de tir
A photographic film packet to be       readiness; readiness state;           FCR
carried by personnel, in the form      readiness time; warning order.        Radar used to provide target
of a badge, for measuring and          01 Jul 1980                           information inputs to a weapon
permanently recording (usually)                                              fire control system.
gamma-ray dosage.                      final protective fire / tir d'arrêt   02 Mar 2007
01 Mar 1973                            FPF
                                       An immediately available              fire-control system / système
filter / filtre                        prearranged barrier of fire           de conduite de tir
In electronics, a device which         designed to impede enemy              FCS
transmits only part of the incident    movement across defensive lines       A group of interrelated fire control
energy and may thereby change          or areas.                             equipment and/or instruments
the spectral distribution of energy:   01 Dec 1979                           designed for use with a weapon or
a. high pass filters transmit                                                group of weapons.
energy above a certain frequency;      fire1 / feu                           06 Jan 2006
b. low pass filters transmit energy    The command given to discharge
below a certain frequency;             a weapon(s).                          fire coordination
c. band pass filters transmit          01 Nov 1975                           Preferred term: fire support
energy of a certain bandwidth;                                               coordination.
d. band stop filters transmit          fire2 / tirer
energy outside a specific              To detonate the main explosive        fire coordination area / zone de
frequency band.                        charge by means of a firing           coordination des feux
01 Mar 1977                            system.                               An area with specified restraints
                                       01 Nov 1975                           into which fires in excess of those
filtering / filtrage                                                         restraints will not be delivered
The process of interpreting            fire3 / tir                           without approval of the authority
reported information on                Related terms: barrage fire; close    establishing the restraints.
movements of aircraft, ships, and      supporting fire; concentrated         01 Aug 1974


                                                 2-F-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                       aircraft, and within which special      requirements for fires by other
fire direction centre / poste          procedures have been                    force elements which may affect
central de tir                         established for the identification      the commander's current and
That element of a command post,        and operation of friendly aircraft.     planned operations. The fire
consisting of gunnery and              01 Mar 1973                             support coordination line applies to
communication personnel and                                                    fires of air, ground or sea weapons
equipment, by means of which the       firestorm / tempête de feu              using any type of ammunition
commander exercises fire               Stationary mass fire, generally in      against surface or ground targets.
direction and/or fire control. The     built-up urban areas, generating        The establishment of the fire
fire direction centre receives         strong, inrushing winds from all        support coordination line must be
target intelligence and requests       sides; the winds keep the fires         coordinated with the appropriate
for fire, and translates them into     from spreading while adding fresh       commanders and supporting
appropriate fire direction.            oxygen to increase their intensity.     elements. Attacks against surface
01 Aug 1976                            01 Mar 1981                             or ground targets short of the fire
                                                                               support coordination line must be
fire for effect1 / tir d'efficacité1   fire support / appui-feu                conducted under the positive
FFE                                    FS                                      control or procedural clearance of
Fire which is delivered after the      The application of fire,                the associated land or amphibious
mean point of impact or burst is       coordinated with the manoeuvre          force commander. Unless in
within the desired distance of the     of forces, to destroy, neutralize or    exceptional circumstances,
target or adjusting/ranging point.     suppress the enemy.                     commanders of forces attacking
01 Mar 1973                            Related term: naval fire support.       targets beyond the fire support
                                       01 Nov 1994                             coordination line must coordinate
fire for effect2 / tir d'efficacité2                                           with all affected commanders in
FFE                                    fire support area / zone de tirs        order to avoid fratricide and to
Term in a call for fire to indicate    d'appui                                 harmonize joint objectives.
the adjustment/ranging is              FSA                                     Note: In the context of this
satisfactory and fire for effect is    An appropriate manoeuvre area           definition the term "surface
desired.                               assigned to fire support ships          targets" applies to those in littoral
01 Mar 1973                            from which to deliver gun-fire          or inland waters within the
                                       support of an amphibious                designated area of operations.
fire mission1 / mission de tir1        operation.                              04 Oct 2000
Specific assignment given to a fire    Related term: naval support area
unit as part of a definite plan.       01 Mar 1973                             fire support group /
01 Mar 1973                                                                    groupement de tirs d'appui
                                       fire support coordination /             A temporary grouping of ships
fire mission2 / mission de tir2        coordination des tirs d'appui           under a single commander
Order used to alert the                fire coordination                       charged with supporting troop
weapon/battery area and indicate       FSC                                     operations ashore by naval fire. A
that the message following is a        The planning and executing of fire      fire support group may be further
call for fire.                         so that targets are adequately          subdivided into fire support units
01 Mar 1973                            covered by a suitable weapon or         and fire support elements.
                                       group of weapons.                       01 Mar 1973
fire plan / plan d'emploi des          01 Mar 1973
feux                                                                           fire unit / unité de tir
A tactical plan for using the          fire support coordination centre        The smallest artillery or mortar
weapons of a unit or formation so      / centre de coordination des            organization, consisting of one or
that their fire will be coordinated.   feux d'appui                            more weapon systems, capable of
01 Mar 1973                            supporting arms coordination            being employed to execute a fire
                                       centre                                  mission.
firepower1 / puissance de feu1         FSCC                                    20 Nov 1996
The amount of fire which may be        SACC
delivered by a position, unit, or      A single location in which are          firing / mise à feu
weapon system.                         centralized communication               Actuation of the firing system.
01 Mar 1973                            facilities and personnel incident to    Related term: firing system.
                                       the coordination of all forms of fire   25 Sep 1998
firepower2 / puissance de feu2         support.
Ability to deliver fire.               01 Aug 1979                             firing area / aire d'explosion
01 Mar 1973                                                                    In a sweeper - sweep
                                       fire support coordination line /        combination, the horizontal area
fire-power umbrella / zone de tir      ligne de coordination des feux          at the depth of a particular mine in
contre-avions                          d'appui                                 which the mine will detonate. The
An area of specified dimensions                                                firing area has exactly the same
                                       FSCL
defining the boundaries of the                                                 dimensions as the interception
                                       Within an assigned area of
airspace over a naval force at sea                                             area but will lie astern of it unless
                                       operations, a line established by a
within which the fire of ships anti-                                           the mine detonates immediately
                                       land or amphibious force
aircraft weapons can endanger                                                  when actuated.
                                       commander to denote coordination


                                                 2-F-3
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

01 Dec 1976                              mine; explosive filled mine.           flanking attack / attaque de
                                         01 Nov 1975                            flanc
              1
firing circuit / circuit de mise                                                An offensive manoeuvre directed
        1
de feu                                   fix / point                            at the flank of an enemy.
firing mechanism                         A position determined from             Related term: frontal attack.
In land operations, an electrical        terrestrial, electronic, or            01 Jul 1983
circuit and/or pyrotechnic loop          astronomical data.
designed to detonate connected           01 Mar 1973                            flare / arrondi
charges from a firing point.                                                    roundout
01 Jul 1980                              fixed ammunition / munition            The change in the flight path of an
                                         encartouchée                           aircraft so as to reduce the rate of
firing circuit2/ circuit de mise de      Ammunition in which the cartridge      descent for touchdown.
    2
feu                                      case is permanently attached to        01 Mar 1973
firing mechanism                         the projectile.
In naval mine warfare, that part of      Related term: munition.                flash blindness / aveuglement
a mine circuit which either              01 Mar 1973                            par l'éclair
completes the detonator circuit or                                              Impairment of vision resulting
operates a ship counter.                 fixed medical treatment facility /     from an intense flash of light. It
01 Jul 1980                              installation fixe du service de        includes temporary or permanent
                                         santé                                  loss of visual functions and may
firing mechanism                         A medical treatment facility which     be associated with retinal burns.
Preferred term: firing circuit1,2.       is designed to operate for an          01 Nov 1983
                                         extended period at a specific site.
firing point / point de mise de          01 Mar 1973                            flash burn / brûlure par l'éclair
feu                                                                             A burn caused by excessive
That point in the firing circuit         fixed station patrol / barrage         exposure (of bare skin) to thermal
where the device employed to             fixe                                   radiation.
initiate the detonation of the           One in which each scout                01 Mar 1973
charges is located.                      maintains station relative to an
01 Mar 1979                              assigned point on a barrier line       flash suppressor / cache-
                                         while searching the surrounding        flamme
firing system / mise de feu              area. Scouts are not stationary        Device attached to the muzzle of
System designed to actuate an            but remain underway and patrol         the weapon which reduces the
explosive, electric or other train, in   near the centre of their assigned      amount of visible light or flash
order to cause the explosion of a        stations. A scout is a surface ship,   created by burning propellant
charge.                                  submarine, or aircraft.                gases.
Related term: firing.                    01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973
25 Sep 1998
                                         fixer network / réseau de              flash-to-bang time / intervalle
fission / fission                        détermination de position              éclair-son
The process whereby the nucleus          fixer system                           The time from light being first
of a heavy element splits into           A combination of radio or radar        observed until the sound of the
(generally) two nuclei of lighter        direction-finding installations        nuclear detonation is heard.
elements, with the release of            which, operating in conjunction,       01 Jul 1988
substantial amounts of energy.           are capable of plotting the
01 Nov 1975                              position relative to the ground of     flat / non contrasté
                                         an aircraft in flight.                 In photography, lacking in
fission products / produits de           01 Mar 1973                            contrast.
fission                                                                         01 Mar 1977
A general term for the complex           fixer system
mixture of substances produced           Preferred term: fixer network.         flight following / contrôle en vol
as a result of nuclear fission.                                                 The task of maintaining contact
01 Mar 1973                              flame-thrower / lance-flammes          with specified aircraft for the
                                         A weapon that projects incendiary      purpose of determining en route
fission to yield ratio / rapport         fuel and has provision for ignition    progress and/or flight termination.
"fission/puissance"                      of this fuel.                          01 Mar 1973
The ratio of the yield derived from      01 Mar 1973
nuclear fission to the total yield; it                                          flight information centre /
is frequently expressed in percent.      flank guard / flanc-garde              centre d'information de vol
01 Mar 1973                              A security element operating to        A unit established to provide flight
                                         the flank of a moving or stationary    information service and alerting
fitted mine / mine disponible            force to protect it from enemy         service.
In naval mine warfare, a mine            ground observation, direct fire,       01 Mar 1973
containing an explosive charge, a        and surprise attack.
primer, detonator and firing             Related terms: guard; screen.          flight information region /
system.                                  01 Aug 1976                            région d'information de vol
Related terms: exercise filled                                                  FIR


                                                   2-F-4
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

An airspace of defined                    A form of logistic support in which     nominal focal length.
dimensions within which flight            supplies, repairs, maintenance          01 Mar 1973
information service and alerting          and other services are provided in
service are provided.                     harbour or at an anchorage for          focal plane / plan focal
Related terms: air tarffic control        operating forces from ships.            The plane, perpendicular to the
centre; area control centre.              01 Dec 1974                             optical axis of the lens, in which
01 Mar 1973                                                                       images of points in the object field
                                          floating lines / ligne flottante        of the lens are focused.
flight information service /              In photogrammetry, lines                01 Mar 1973
service d'information de vol              connecting the same two points of
FIS                                       detail on each print of a stereo        folded optics / système à trajet
A service provided for the                pair, used to determine whether or      optique replié
purpose of giving advice and              not the points are intervisible. The    Any optical system containing
information useful for the safe and       lines may be drawn directly on to       reflecting components for the
efficient conduct of flights.             the prints or superimposed by           purpose of reducing the physical
01 Feb 1988                               means of strips of transparent          length of the system or for the
                                          material.                               purpose of changing the path of
flight path / trajectoire de vol          01 Mar 1973                             the optical axis.
The line connecting the                                                           01 Jun 1978
successive positions occupied, or         floating mark or dot / marque
to be occupied, by an aircraft,           repère                                  follow-on echelon / échelon de
missile or space vehicle as it            A mark seen as occupying a              premier renfort
moves through air or space.               position in the three dimensional       In amphibious operations, that
01 Oct 1980                               space formed by the stereoscopic        echelon of the assault troops,
                                          fusion of a pair of photographs,        vehicles, aircraft equipment, and
flight plan / plan de vol                 used as a reference mark in             supplies which, though not
Specified information provided to         examining or measuring a                needed to initiate the assault, is
air traffic services units, relative to   stereoscopic model.                     required to support and sustain
an intended flight or portion of a        01 Mar 1973                             the assault.
flight of an aircraft.                                                            Related terms: assault2;
01 Mar 1973                               floating mine / mine flottante          amphibious assault; amphibious
                                                                                                           1
                                          In naval mine warfare, a mine           operation; assault phase ; follow-
flight readiness firing / essai au        visible on the surface.                 up.
point fixe                                Related terms: drifting mine; free      01 Mar 1982
Short duration tests relating to a        mine; mine2; watching mine.
rocket system, carried out with the       01 Nov 1975                             follow-on mine
propulsion device in operation,                                                   countermeasures / opérations
the rocket being fixed on the             floating reserve / réserve non          ultérieures de lutte contre les
launcher. Such tests are carried          débarquée                               mines
out in order to define the state of       In an amphibious operation,             Mine countermeasures operations
preparation of the rocket system          reserve troops which remain             carried out after the initial
and of the launching facilities           embarked until needed.                  amphibious landing during the
before the flight test.                   01 Mar 1973                             amphibious assault and post-
01 Mar 1973                                                                       assault phases in order to expand
                                          flooder / dispositif de                 the areas cleared during the pre-
flight surgeon / médecin de l'air         sabordage                               assault mine countermeasures
A physician who is specially              In naval mine warfare, a device         operations.
trained and holds a current               fitted to a buoyant mine which, on      01 Oct 2001
qualification in aviation medicine.       operation after a pre-set time,
15 Jan 2008                               floods the mine case and causes         follow-up / renfort-soutien
                                          it to sink to the bottom.               In amphibious operations, the
flight test / essai en vol                01 Nov 1975                             landing of reinforcements and
Test of an aircraft, rocket, missile,                                             stores after the assault and
or other vehicle by actual flight or      fluxgate / fluxmètre                    follow-on echelons have been
launching. Flight tests are               fluxvalve                               landed.
planned to achieve specific test          A detector which gives an               Related terms: assault2;
objectives and gain operational           electrical signal proportional to the   amphibious assault; amphibious
                                                                                                            1
information.                              intensity of the external magnetic      operation; assault phase ; follow-
01 Mar 1973                               field acting along its axis.            on echelon.
                                          01 Jan 1980                             01 Mar 1982
floatation / flottabilité
The capability of a vehicle to float      fluxvalve                               follow-up echelon / échelon de
in water.                                 Preferred term: fluxgate.               renforcement
01 Mar 1973                                                                       In air transport operations,
                                          focal length / distance focale          elements moved into the objective
floating base support /                   Related terms: calibrated focal         area after the assault echelon.
bâtiment de soutien logistique            length; equivalent focal length;        01 Jul 1983


                                                    2-F-5
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

                                        Those forces made available to        Related terms: free form message
force interoperability /                NATO by a nation under the            text; structured message text.
interopérabilité des forces             categories of:                        01 Jul 1987
The ability of the forces of two or     a. NATO command forces;
more nations to train, exercise         b. NATO assigned forces;              forming-up place / zone de
and operate effectively together in     c. NATO earmarked forces;             démarrage
the execution of assigned               d. other forces for NATO.             attack position
missions and tasks.                     Related term: force(s).               The last position occupied by the
Related terms: commonality;             01 Aug 1979                           assault echelon before crossing
common user item; compatibility;                                              the start line/line of departure.
interchangeability; interoperability;   forces in being / forces              01 Mar 1973
military interoperability;              constituées
standardization.                        Forces classified as being in state   form lines / courbe figurative
06 Jan 2006                             of readiness "A" or "B" as            Lines resembling contours, but
                                        prescribed in the appropriate         representing no actual elevations,
force protection / protection des       Military Committee document.          which have been sketched from
forces                                  01 Mar 1985                           visual observation or from
FP                                                                            inadequate or unreliable map
All measures and means to               force support engineering /           sources, to show collectively the
minimize the vulnerability of           appui génie d’une force               configuration of the terrain.
personnel, facilities, equipment        In military engineering, the          01 Mar 1973
and operations to any threat and        deliberate, long-term preparation
in all situations, to preserve          for and indirect support to ongoing   form overlay / cadre de
freedom of action and the               or future operations, as well as      surimpression
operational effectiveness of the        the sustainment of a force            A pattern, such as a report form,
force.                                  throughout all stages of an           grid or map, used as background
22 Jun 2004                             operation.                            image.
                                        02 March 2009                         05 Sep 2000
force ratio / rapport de forces
The qualitative and quantitative        format1 / format1                     forward aeromedical
ratio between friendly and hostile      In photography, the size and/or       evacuation / évacuation
forces at a specific time and           shape of a negative or of the print   sanitaire aérienne de l'avant
location.                               therefrom.                            That phase of evacuation which
01 Oct 2001                             01 Mar 1973                           provides airlift for patients
                                                                              between points within the
force rendezvous / point de             format2 / format2                     battlefield, from the battlefield to
rendez-vous des forces                  In cartography, the shape and         the initial point of treatment, and
group rendezvous                        size of a map or chart.               to subsequent points of treatment
A checkpoint at which formations        01 Mar 1973                           within the combat zone.
of aircraft or ships join and                                                 01 Mar 1973
become part of the main force.          formation1 / formation1
01 Mar 1981                             An ordered arrangement of troops      forward air controller /
                                        and/or vehicles for a specific        contrôleur air avancé
force(s) / force(s)                     purpose.                              FAC
Related terms: airborne force;          01 Oct 1980                           A qualified individual who, from a
airborne operation; air portable;                                             forward position on the ground or
air transportable unit; air             formation2 / formation2               in the air, directs the action of
transported force; blue forces;         An ordered arrangement of two or      combat aircraft engaged in close
combined force; covering force;         more ships, units, or aircraft        air support of land forces.
forces allocated to NATO;               proceeding together under a           01 Aug 1982
garrison force; national forces for     commander.
the defence of the NATO area;           01 Oct 1980                           forward edge of the battle area /
NATO assigned forces; NATO                                                    limite avant de la zone de
command forces; NATO                    formatted message text / texte        bataille
earmarked forces; Nato forces;          de message formaté                    FEBA
opposing forces; other forces for       A message text composed of            The foremost limits of a series of
NATO; purple forces; task force;        several sets ordered in a specified   areas in which ground combat
underway replenishment force;           sequence, each set characterized      units are deployed, excluding the
white forces.                           by an identifier and containing       areas in which the covering or
01 Jul 1994                             information of a specified type,      screening forces are operating,
                                        coded and arranged in an ordered      designated to coordinate fire
forces allocated to NATO /              sequence of character fields in       support, the positioning of forces,
forces allouées à l'OTAN                accordance with the NATO              or the manoeuvre of units.
                                        message text formatting rules. It     01 Jul 1983
                                        is designed to permit both manual
                                        and automated handling and            forward line of own troops /
                                        processing.                           ligne avant des forces amies


                                                  2-F-6
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

FLOT                                   Related terms: air landed; airdrop;       The lateral space occupied by an
A line which indicates the most        air movement; air trooping;               element measured from the
forward positions of friendly forces   extraction drop; extraction               extremity of one flank to the
in any kind of military operation at   parachute; free fall; gravity             extremity of the other flank.
a specific time.                       extraction; high velocity drop; low       01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1991                            velocity drop; landing area2;
                                                   1
                                       landing site ; platform drop.             front2 / front2
forward observer / observateur         01 Mar 1973                               The direction of the enemy.
avancé                                                                           01 Mar 1973
FO                                     free fall / saut en commandé
An observer with forward troops        A parachute manoeuvre in which            front3 / front3
trained to call for and adjust         the parachute is opened, either           The line of contact of two
supporting fire and pass               manually or automatically, at a           opposing forces.
battlefield information.               predetermined altitude.                   01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1981                            Related terms: air landed; airdrop;
                                       air movement; air trooping;               front4 / front4
forward overlap                        extraction drop; extraction               When a combat situation does not
Related term: overlap1.                parachute; free drop; gravity             exist or is not assumed, the
                                       extraction; high velocity drop; low       direction toward which the
forward slope / glacis                 velocity drop; landing area2;             command is faced.
                                                    1
Any slope which descends               landing site ; platform drop.             01 Mar 1973
towards the enemy.                     01 Mar 1971
01 Mar 1973                                                                      frontal attack / attaque frontale
                                       free form message text / texte            An offensive manoeuvre in which
forward tell / transfert               de message libre                          the main action is directed against
ascendant                              A message text without                    the front of the enemy forces.
Related term: track telling.           prescribed format arrangements.           Related term: flanking attack.
01 Mar 1973                            It is intended for fast drafting as       01 Dec 1977
                                       well as manual handling and
found shipment / marchandise           processing.                               full beam spread / faisceau
non manifestée                         Related terms: formatted                  ouvert
Freight received but not listed or     message text; structured                  Related term: indirect illumination.
manifested.                            message text.                             01 Nov 1975
01 Mar 1973                            01 Jul 1987
                                                                                 full command / commandement
fragmentary order / ordre              free mine / mine dérivante2               intégral
simplifié                              In naval mine warfare, a moored           The military authority and
FRAGO                                  mine whose mooring has parted             responsibility of a commander to
An abbreviated form of an              or been cut.                              issue orders to subordinates. It
operation order, issued as             Related terms: floating mine;             covers every aspect of military
required, that eliminates the need     mine2.                                    operations and administration and
for restating information contained    01 Nov 1975                               exists only within national
in a basic operation order. It may                                               services.
be issued in sections.                 free play exercise / exercice à           Note: The term"command"as
01 Mar 1991                            libre action                              used internationally, implies a
                                       An exercise to test the capabilities      lesser degree of authority than
frame / cliché                         of forces under simulated                 when it is used in a purely
In photography, any single             contingency and/or wartime                national sense. No NATO or
exposure contained within a            conditions, limited only by those         coalition commander has full
continuous sequence of                 artificialities or restrictions           command over the forces
photographs.                           required by peacetime safety              assigned to him since, in
01 Mar 1973                            regulations.                              assigning forces to NATO, nations
                                       Related term: controlled exercise.        will delegate only operational
free air overpressure /                01 Jun 1984                               command or operational control.
surpression incidente                                                            Related terms: administrative
The unreflected pressure, in           friend / ami                              control; command; full command;
excess of the ambient                  In identification, the designation        functional command; national
atmospheric pressure, created in       given to a track, object or entity        command; operational command;
the air by the blast wave from an      belonging to a declared, presumed         operational control.
explosion.                             or recognized friendly nation,            04 Oct 2000
01 Mar 1973                            faction or group.
                                       Related terms: detection; hostile;        fully planned movement /
free drop / largage en chute           identification2; identification friend-   mouvement entièrement
libre                                  or-foe; neutral; recognition;             planifié
The dropping of equipment or           unknown.                                  A movement which is prepared in
supplies from an aircraft without      01 Oct 2003                               detail, based on definite data and
the use of parachutes.                      1       1
                                                                                 for which all necessary movement
                                       front / front

                                                  2-F-7
                                              AAP-6(2009)

and transportation support will be
arranged as required or agreed.
This type of movement can be
executed on declaration of alert
measures or on call.
Related terms: ad hoc movement;
partially planned movement.
01 Nov 1990

functional command /
commandement fonctionnel
A command organization based
on military functions rather than
geographic areas.
Related terms: administrative
control; command; full command;
operational command; operational
control; tactical control.
01 Mar 1973

fusion1 / fusion
The process whereby the nuclei of
light elements combine to form
the nucleus of a heavier element,
with the release of tremendous
amounts of energy.
01 Nov 1991

fusion2 / fusionnement
In intelligence usage, the blending
of intelligence and/or information
from multiple sources or agencies
into a coherent picture. The origin
of the initial individual items
should then no longer be
apparent.
01 Nov 1991

fuze / fusée
A device which initiates an
explosive train.
Related terms: base fuze;
boresafe fuze; direct action fuze;
fuze; impact action fuze; proximity
fuze; safety fuze; self-destroying
fuze; shuttered fuze; time fuze.
01 Oct 1980

fuze cavity / alvéole d'amorçage
A recess in a charge for receiving
a fuze.
01 Dec 1979




                                      2-F-8
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

                                                      G

gap-filler radar / radar de              not to any particular subdivision       Related terms: coordinates;
couverture complémentaire                thereof.                                georeferenced image.
GFR                                      01 Aug 1976                             01 Mar 1973
A radar used to supplement the
coverage of the principal radar in       general support reinforcing /           geomatics / géomatique
areas where coverage is                  action d'ensemble et                    The science and technology of
inadequate.                              renforcement                            geospatial information
01 Dec 1974                              A tactical task in which an artillery   management, including the
                                         unit fires in support of the force as   acquisition, storage, analysis and
gap marker / marqueur                    a whole and, on a secondary             processing, display and
d'extrémité de couloir                   basis, provides reinforcing fire for    dissemination of georeferenced
In land mine warfare, markers            another artillery unit.                 information.
used to indicate a minefield gap.        30 Jun 2005                             Related term: geospatial.
Gap markers at the entrance to,                                                  16 Jul 1999
and exit from, the gap will be           general unloading period /
referenced to a landmark or              phase de déchargement                   georef / géoref
immediate marker.                        général                                 A worldwide position reference
Related terms: lane marker;              In amphibious operations, that          system that may be applied to any
minefield lane; row marker; strip        part of the ship-to-shore               map or chart graduated in latitude
marker.                                  movement in which unloading is          and longitude regardless of
01 Mar 1981                              primarily logistic in character, and    projection. It is a method of
                                         emphasizes speed and volume of          expressing latitude and longitude
garnishing / garnissage de               unloading operations. It                in a form suitable for rapid
camouflage                               encompasses the unloading of            reporting and plotting. (This term
In surveillance, natural or artificial   units and cargo from the ships as       is derived from the words "The
material applied to an object to         rapidly as facilities on the beach      World Geographic Reference
achieve or assist camouflage.            permit. It proceeds without regard      System".)
01 Dec 1974                              to class, type, or priority of cargo,   Related term: coordinates.
                                         as permitted by cargo handling          01 Mar 1973
garrison force / garnison                facilities ashore.
All units assigned to a base or          Related term: initial unloading         georeferenced image / image
area for defence, development,           period.                                 géoréférencée
operation, and maintenance of            01 Mar 1982                             In photogrammetry, an image
facilities.                                                                      which has been processed such
Related term: force(s).                  generic plan / plan générique           that its pixels are assigned map
01 Mar 1973                              GEP                                     coordinates, and then resampled
                                         A basic plan which is developed for     to conform to a map projection
G-day / jour G                           possible operations where some          system.
Related terms: designation of            planning factors have not yet been      Related terms: geocoded image;
days and hours; commander's              fully identified or cannot be           projection.
required date; D-day; E-day; H-          assumed. It identifies at this stage    14 Oct 2002
hour; latest arrival date.               the general capabilities required.
01 Feb 1989                              25 Sep 1998                             geospatial / géospatial
                                                                                 Of or related to any entity whose
general air cargo / cargaison            geocoded image / image                  position is referenced to the Earth.
aérienne ordinaire                       géocodée                                Related term: geomatics.
Cargo without hazardous or               In photogrammetry, an                   13 Dec 1999
dangerous properties and not             orthorectified image encoded with
requiring extra precautions for air      grid or geographical coordinates        go around
transport.                               so as to define the position of its     Preferred term: overshoot.
Related term: cargo.                     pixels in relation to the surface of
01 Jul 1987                              the earth.                              go no-go / go no-go
                                         Related terms: geographic               The condition or state of
general stopping power /                 coordinates; georeferenced              operability of a component or
pouvoir d'arrêt général                  image; grid coordinate system;          system: "go", functioning properly;
The percentage of a group of             mosaic; orthorectification.             or "no-go", not functioning
vehicles in battle formation likely      14 Oct 2002                             properly.
to be stopped by mines when                                                      01 Mar 1982
attempting to cross a minefield.         geographic coordinates /
01 Sep 1981                              coordonnées géographiques               government off-the-shelf /
                                         The quantities of latitude and          gouvernemental sur étagère
general support / action                 longitude which define the              GOTS
d'ensemble                               position of a point on the surface      Pertaining to a product developed
That support which is given to the       of the earth with respect to the        for a national government and
supported force as a whole and           reference spheroid.                     made available for authorized

                                                   2-G-1
                                                                                       AAP-6(2009)

use, normally without                 own weight.                           mathematically adjusted to, a map
modification.                         Related term: extraction drop.        projection in order that geographic
Related terms: commercial off-the-    01 Mar 1973                           positions (latitudes and
shelf; NATO off-the-shelf.                                                  longitudes) may be readily
01 Oct 2001                           grazing fire / tir rasant             transformed into plane
                                      Fire approximately parallel to the    coordinates and the computations
gradient circuit / mise de feu à      ground where the centre of the        relating to them may be made by
gradient                              cone of fire does not rise above      the ordinary method of plane
In mine warfare, a circuit which is   one metre from the ground.            surveying.
actuated when the rate of change,     Related term: fire3.                  Related terms: coordinates;
with time, of the magnitude of the    01 Mar 1973                           georeferenced image.
influence is within predetermined                                           01 Mar 1973
limits.                               great circle route / orthodromie
01 Nov 1975                           The route which follows the           grid interval / intervalle d'un
                                      shortest arc of a great circle        quadrillage
graphic / document graphique          between two points.                   The distance represented
Any and all products of the           01 Mar 1973                           between the lines of a grid.
cartographic and                                                            01 Mar 1973
photogrammetric art. A graphic        grid
may be either a map, chart, or        Preferred term: military grid.        grid magnetic angle /
mosaic or even a film-strip that                                            déclinaison magnétique du
was produced using cartographic       grid bearing / azimut grille          carroyage
techniques.                           Bearing measured with reference       grid variation
01 Mar 1973                           to grid north.                        grivation
                                      Related terms: magnetic bearing;      Angular difference in direction
graphic scale / échelle               relative bearing; true bearing.       between grid north and magnetic
graphique                             09 Jan 1996                           north. It is measured east or west
bar scale                                                                   from grid north.
linear scale                          grid convergence /                    Related term: isogriv.
A graduated line by means of          convergence de la grille              01 Mar 1973
which distances on the map,           The horizontal angle at a point
chart, or photograph may be           between true north and grid north.    grid navigation / navigation-
measured in terms of ground           Related terms: convergence;           grille
distance.                             convergence factor; grid              A method of navigation using a
Related term: scale.                  convergence factor; map               grid overlay for direction
01 Feb 1974                           convergence; true convergence         reference.
                                      01 Mar 1973                           Related term: navigational grid.
grapnel / grappin                                                           01 Dec 1974
In naval mine warfare, a device       grid convergence factor /
fitted to a mine mooring designed     facteur de convergence de la          grid north / nord de la grille
to grapple the sweep wire when        grille                                The northerly or zero direction
the mooring is cut.                   The ratio of the grid convergence     indicated by the grid datum of
01 Nov 1975                           angle to the longitude difference.    directional reference.
                                      In the Lambert Conical                01 Mar 1973
graticule1 / graticule1               Orthomorphic projection this ratio
In cartography, a network of lines    is constant for all charts based on   grid ticks / amorce d'un
representing the earth's parallels    the same two standard parallels.      quadrillage
of latitude and meridians of          Related terms: constant of the        Small marks on the neatline of a
longitude.                            cone; convergence; convergence        map or chart indicating additional
Related terms: image map;             factor; grid convergence; map         grid reference systems included
neatlines.                            convergence; true convergence         on that sheet. Grid ticks are
01 Nov 1977                           01 Mar 1973                           sometimes shown on the interior
                                                                            grid lines of some maps for ease
graticule2 / graticule2               grid coordinate / coordonnées         of referencing.
Preferred term: reticle.              de carroyage                          01 Mar 1973
                                      Coordinates of a grid coordinate
graticule ticks / amorce de           system to which numbers and           grid variation
réseau géographique                   letters are assigned for use in       Preferred term: grid magnetic
In cartography, short lines           designating a point on a gridded      angle.
indicating where selected             map, photograph, or chart.
meridians and parallels intersect.    Related term: coordinates.            gripper edge / bord
01 Mar 1973                           01 Dec 1974                           d'entraînement
                                                                            The edge by which paper or other
gravity extraction / largage par      grid coordinate system /              printing material is drawn into the
gravité                               système de carroyage                  printing machine.
The extraction of cargoes from        A plane-rectangular coordinate        01 Mar 1973
the aircraft by influence of their    system usually based on, and


                                                2-G-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

grivation                              manoeuvres within the zone of the      01 Mar 1973
Preferred term: grid magnetic          ground effect or on an air-
angle.                                 cushion.                               ground return / écho de sol
                                       Related terms: air-cushion             The radar reflection from the
              1
gross weight / poids total en          vehicle; vehicle.                      terrain as displayed and/or
        1
charge                                 01 Nov 1994                            recorded as an image.
Weight of a vehicle, fully equipped                                           09 May 2000
and serviced for operation,            grounding / mise à la masse
including the weight of the fuel,      The bonding of an equipment            ground signal / signal de trafic
lubricants, coolant, vehicle tools     case, frame or chassis, to an          A visual signal displayed on an
and spares, crew, personal             object or vehicle structure to         aerodrome to give local air traffic
equipment and load.                    ensure a common potential.             rules information to flight crews in
Related term: net weight1.             Related terms: bonding; earthing.      the air.
01 Mar 1982                            01 Jul 1980                            Related term: signal area.
                                                                              01 Mar 1973
              2
gross weight / poids total en          ground liaison officer / officier
        2
charge                                 de liaison de l'armée de terre         ground speed / vitesse sol
Weight of a container or pallet        GLO                                    The horizontal component of the
including freight and binding.         An officer especially trained in air   speed of an aircraft relative to the
Related term: net weight2.             reconnaissance and/or offensive        earth's surface.
01 Mar 1982                            air support activities. These          01 Nov 1975
                                       officers are normally organized
ground alert / alerte au sol           into teams under the control of the    ground zero / point zéro
That status in which aircraft on       appropriate ground force               surface zero
the ground/deck are fully serviced     commander to provide liaison to        GZ
and armed, with combat crews in        air force and navy units engaged       SZ (admitted)
readiness to take off within a         in training and combat operations.     The point on the surface of the
specified short period of time         Related term: air liaison officer.     earth at, or vertically below or
(usually 15 minutes) after receipt     01 Mar 1973                            above, the centre of a planned or
of a mission order.                                                           actual nuclear detonation.
01 Apr 1974                            ground liaison section / section       Related terms: actual ground
                                       de liaison des forces terrestres       zero; desired ground zero.
ground control / cheminement           A ground unit responsible for          01 Sep 1981
par triangulation                      ground-air liaison under control of
A system of accurate                   the ground headquarters.               group of targets / groupe
measurements used to determine         01 Mar 1982                            d'objectifs
the distances and directions or                                               Two or more targets on which fire
differences in elevation between       ground mine                            is desired simultaneously. A group
points on the earth.                   Preferred term: bottom mine.           of targets is designated by a
Related terms: control point1; field                                          letter/number combination or a
                 2
control; traverse .                    ground nadir / nadir au sol            nickname.
01 Mar 1973                            The point on the ground vertically     01 Aug 1976
                                       beneath the perspective centre of
ground-controlled approach             the camera lens. On a true             group rendezvous
procedure / procédure                  vertical photograph this coincides     Preferred term: force rendezvous.
d'approche contrôlée du sol            with the principal point.
The technique for talking down,        01 Mar 1973                            guard / élément de protection
through the use of both                                                       A security element whose primary
surveillance and precision             ground observer organization /         task is to protect the main force
approach radar, an aircraft during     corps d'observateurs terrestres        by fighting to gain time, while also
its approach so as to place it in a    A corps of ground watchers             observing and reporting
position for landing.                  deployed at suitable points            information.
13 Dec 1999                            throughout an air defence system       Related terms: flank guard;
                                       to provide visual and aural            screen.
ground-controlled interception         information of aircraft movements.     01 Mar 1981
/ interception contrôlée du sol        01 Mar 1973
GCI                                                                           guarded frequency / fréquence
A technique which permits control      ground position / point sol            gardée
of friendly aircraft or guided         The position on the earth              An enemy frequency used as a
missiles for the purpose of            vertically below an aircraft.          source of information, on which
effecting interception.                01 Mar 1973                            jamming is therefore controlled.
01 Aug 1973                                                                   09 Jan 1996
                                       ground position indicator /
ground-effect machine /                indicateur de position-sol             guard-ship / bâtiment de garde
appareil à effet de sol                An instrument which determines         A ship detailed for a specific duty
GEM                                    and displays automatically the         for the purpose of enabling other
A machine which normally               ground position of an aircraft.        ships in company to assume a


                                                 2-G-3
                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

lower degree of readiness.            In naval mine warfare, a ship used
01 Mar 1973                           to determine whether an area can
                                      be considered safe from influence
guerilla warfare / guérilla           mines under certain conditions,
Military and paramilitary             or, specifically, to detonate
operations conducted in enemy         pressure mines.
held or hostile territory by          01 Nov 1975
irregular, predominantly
indigenous forces.                    gull / leurre flottant
01 Mar 1973                           In electronic warfare, a floating
                                      radar reflector used to simulate a
guidance coverage / zone de           surface target at sea for deceptive
guidage                               purposes.
That volume of space in which         01 Dec 1973
guidance information (azimuth
and/or elevation and/or distance)     gun carriage / affût de canon
is provided to aircraft to the        carriage
specified performance and             A mobile or fixed support for a
accuracy. This may be specified       gun. It sometimes includes the
either with relation to               elevating and traversing
aerodrome/airstrip geometry,          mechanisms.
making assumptions about              01 Mar 1973
deployment of ground equipment
or with relation to the coverage      gun clear
provided by individual ground         Preferred term: gun empty.
units.
01 Sep 1981                           gun direction / direction de tir
                                      The distribution and direction of
guidance station equipment /          the gun-fire of a ship.
équipement de guidage au sol          01 Mar 1973
The ground-based portion of a
missile guidance system               gun empty / pièce vide
necessary to provide guidance         gun clear
during missile flight.                In artillery and naval fire support,
01 Mar 1973                           the procedural term used to
                                      indicate that a gun is empty as
guided missile / missile              ordered.
An unmanned self-propelled            16 Jul 1996
vehicle whose trajectory or
course, while in flight, is           gun-target line / ligne pièce-but
controlled.                           An imaginary straight line from
Related terms: aerodynamic            gun to target.
missile; air-to-air guided missile;   Related terms: observer-target
air-to-surface guided missile;        line; spotting line.
antiradiation missile; sea            02 May 1995
skimmer; surface-to-air guided
missile; surface-to-surface guided    gun-type weapon / arme
missile.                              nucléaire type canon
01 Aug 1982                           A device in which two or more
                                      pieces of fissionable material,
guide signs / signal indicateur       each less than a critical mass, are
Signs used to indicate locations,     brought together very rapidly so
distances, directions, routes, and    as to form a supercritical mass
similar information.                  which can explode as the result of
01 Mar 1973                           a rapidly expanding fission chain.
                                      01 Mar 1979
guide specification /
spécification-type                    gyromagnetic compass /
Minimum requirements to be used       compas gyromagnétique
as a basis for the evaluation of a    A directional gyroscope whose
national specification covering a     azimuth scale is maintained in
fuel, lubricant or associated         alignment with the magnetic
product proposed for                  meridian by a magnetic detector
standardization action.               unit.
01 Oct 1984                           01 Dec 1979

guinea-pig / cobaye


                                                 2-G-4
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

                                                      H

hachuring / hachures                                                            01 Jul 1985
A method of representing relief          handover line / ligne de recueil
upon a map or chart by shading in        A control feature, preferably          hard stand1 / aire de
short disconnected lines drawn in        following easily defined terrain       stationnement
the direction of the slopes.             features, at which responsibility      A paved or stabilized area where
01 Mar 1973                              for the conduct of combat              vehicles are parked.
                                         operations is passed from one          01 Mar 1973
half-life / période radioactive          force to another.
The time required for the activity       01 Jul 1985                            hard stand2 / aire de stockage
of a given radioactive species to                                               Open ground area having a
decrease to half of its initial value    hang fire / long feu                   prepared surface and used for the
due to radioactive decay. The            An undesired delay in the              storage of material.
half-life is a characteristic property   functioning of a firing system.        01 Mar 1973
of each radioactive species and is       01 Oct 1978
independent of its amount or                                                    hasty attack / attaque
condition. The effective half-life of    harassing fire / tir de                improvisée
a given isotope is the time in           harcèlement                            In land operations, an attack in
which the quantity in the body will      Fire designed to disturb the rest of   which preparation time is traded
decrease to half as a result of          the enemy troops, to curtail           for speed in order to exploit an
both radioactive decay and               movement and, by threat of             opportunity.
biological elimination.                  losses, to lower morale.               Related term: deliberate attack.
01 Mar 1973                              Related term: fire3.                   01 Jul 1983
                                         01 Mar 1973
half-residence time / demi-vie                                                  hasty breaching / ouverture de
des produits contaminants                harassment / harcèlement               brèche rapide
dans l'atmosphère                        Repeated, deliberate and               The rapid creation of a route
As applied to delayed fallout, it is     intimidating activities intended to    through a minefield, barrier or
the time required for the amount         discourage, impede and disrupt.        fortification by any expedient
of weapon debris deposited in a          14 Oct 2002                            method.
particular part of the atmosphere,                                              01 Jul 1980
to decrease to half of its initial       harbour defence / défense
value.                                   portuaire                              hasty crossing /
01 Mar 1973                              The defence of a harbour or            franchissement dans la foulée
                                         anchorage and its water                The crossing of an inland water
half thickness / demi-épaisseur          approaches against external            obstacle using the crossing
Thickness of absorbing material          threats such as:                       means at hand or those readily
necessary to reduce by one-half          a. submarine, submarine borne,         available, and made without
the intensity of radiation which         or small surface craft attack;         pausing for elaborate
passes through it.                       b. enemy minelaying operations;        preparations.
01 Mar 1973                              and                                    Related term: deliberate crossing.
                                         c. sabotage.                           01 Jan 1991
half-tone / demi-teinte                  The defence of a harbour from
Any photomechanical printing             guided or dropped missiles while       hasty defence / défense
surface or the impression                such missiles are airborne is          improvisée
therefrom in which detail and tone       considered to be a part of air         A defence normally organized
values are represented by a              defence.                               while in contact with the enemy or
series of evenly spaced dots of          Related term: port security.           when contact is imminent and
varying size and shape, varying in       01 Dec 1974                            time available for the organization
direct proportion to the intensity of                                           is limited. It is characterized by
the tones they represent.                hardened site / site durci             improvement of the natural
Related term: half-tone screen.          A site, normally constructed under     defensive strength of the terrain
01 Mar 1973                              rock or concrete cover, designed       by utilization of foxholes,
                                         to provide protection against the      emplacements, and obstacles.
half-tone screen / trame de              effects of conventional weapons.       Related term: deliberate defence.
demi-teinte                              It may also be equipped to             01 Mar 1973
A series of regular spaced               provide protection against the
opaque lines on glass, crossing at       side-effects of a nuclear attack       heading / cap
right angles, producing                  and against a chemical or a            The direction in which the
transparent apertures between            biological attack.                     longitudinal axis of an aircraft or
intersections. Used in a process         01 Mar 1981                            ship is pointed, usually expressed
camera to break up a solid or                                                   in degrees clockwise from north
continuous tone image into a             hard missile base / base durcie        (true, magnetic, compass or grid).
pattern of small dots.                   pour missiles                          01 Mar 1973
Related terms: half-tone; screen2.       A launching base that is protected
01 Mar 1973                              against a nuclear explosion.           heading indicator / répétiteur

                                                    2-H-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

de cap                                 tons.
An instrument which displays           01 Mar 1973                           helicopter lane / couloir
heading transmitted electrically                                             d'hélicoptères
from a remote compass system.          height1 / hauteur1                    A safety air corridor in which
01 Nov 1980                            The vertical distance of a level, a   helicopters fly to or from their
                                       point, or an object considered as     destination during helicopter
headroom / hauteur libre2              a point, measured from a              operations.
The vertical distance between the      specified datum.                      Related terms: helicopter
top of the superstructure of a         Related terms: altitude; elevation.   approach route; helicopter
vehicle or the head of a person and    [ICAO]                                retirement route.
any obstruction above them.            01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973
Related terms: air draught;
overhead clearance.                    height2/ hauteur2                     helicopter retirement route /
04 Oct 2000                            The vertical dimension of an          itinéraire de sortie
                                       object.                               d'hélicoptères
head-up display / présentation         01 Mar 1973                           The track or series of tracks along
tête haute                                                                   which helicopters move from a
HUD                                    height of burst / hauteur             specific landing site or landing
A display of flight, navigation,       d'explosion                           zone.
attack, or other information           HOB                                   Related terms: helicopter
superimposed upon the pilot's          The vertical distance from the        approach route; helicopter lane.
forward field of view.                 earth's surface or target to the      01 Oct 1980
Related term: horizontal situation     point of burst.
display.                               Related terms: optimum height of      helicopter support team /
01 Nov 1980                            burst; safe burst height.             groupe de soutien des
                                       01 Mar 1973                           hélicoptères
health and medical support /                                                 A task organization formed and
soutien sanitaire                      helicopter approach route /           equipped for employment in a
A set of actions which contribute      itinéraire d'accès d'hélicoptères     landing zone to facilitate the
to the preparation and                 The track or series of tracks along   landing and movement of
preservation of the human              which helicopters move to a           helicopter-borne troops,
potential by full and coherent         specific landing site or landing      equipment and supplies, and to
care.                                  zone.                                 evacuate selected casualties and
30 Jun 2005                            Related terms: helicopter lane;       prisoners of war.
                                       helicopter retirement route.          01 Aug 1979
heavy RAS                              01 Oct 1980
Preferred term: heavy                                                        helicopter wave / vague
replenishment at sea.                  helicopter assault force / force      d'hélicoptères
                                       d'assaut d'hélicoptères               Related term: wave.
heavy replenishment at sea /           A task organization combining         01 Mar 1973
ravitaillement lourd à la mer          helicopters, supporting units, and
heavy RAS                              helicopter-borne troop units for      helipad / aire de manœuvre
Replenishment at sea involving the     use in helicopter-borne assault       d'hélicoptères
transfer of solid cargo weighing       operations.                           A prepared area, including landing
more than 2,000 kg (4,410 lb) and      01 Mar 1973                           and hover points, designated and
up to 6,000 kg (13,216 lb) including                                         used for take-off and landing of
the container.                         helicopterborne operation /           helicopters.
Related term: replenishment at         opération héliportée                  Related terms: aerodrome.
sea.                                   An operation in which helicopters     30 Jun 2005
05 Sep 2007                            act in support of a formation, unit
                                       or organization to accomplish the     heliport / héliport
health service support / soutien       movement of troops, supplies          A facility designated for operating,
santé                                  and/or equipment.                     basing, servicing, and maintaining
All services provided directly or      Related term: airmobile operation.    helicopters.
indirectly to contribute to the        20 Nov 1996                           01 Mar 1973
health and well-being of patients
or a population.                       helicopter direction centre /         Hertz-Horn
13 Dec 1999                            centre de direction des               Preferred term: chemical horn.
                                       hélicoptères
heavy-lift-ship / bâtiment             HDC                                   H-hour / heure H
transporteur de charges                In amphibious operations, the         Related terms: designation of
lourdes                                primary direct control agency for     days and hours; commander's
A ship specially designed and          the helicopter group/unit             required date; D-day; E-day; G-
capable of loading and unloading       commander operating under the         day; latest arrival date.
heavy and bulky items. It has          overall control of the tactical air   01 Aug 1982
booms of sufficient capacity to        control centre.
accommodate a single lift of 100       01 Mar 1982                           high altitude / haute altitude


                                                 2-H-2
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

Conventionally, an altitude above         drop velocity is greater than 30        An anchorage where ships may
10,000 metres (33,000 feet).              feet per second (low-velocity           lie:
Related terms: altitude; altitude         drop) and lower than free-drop          a. if the assembly or working
datum; barometric altitude;               velocity.                               anchorage, or port, to which they
calibrated altitude; critical altitude;   Related terms: airdrop; air             have been assigned is full;
cruising altitude; cruising level;        movement; free drop; release.           b. when delayed by enemy threats
datum level; drop altitude; drop          01 Mar 1973                             or other factors from proceeding
                            1
height; elevation; height ;                                                       immediately on their next voyage;
minimum safe altitude; pressure-          hill shading / estompage                c. when dispersed from a port to
altitude; transition altitude;            A method of representing relief on      avoid the effects of a nuclear
transition level.                         a map by depicting the shadows          attack.
01 Mar 1973                               that would be cast by high ground       Related terms: assembly
                                          if light were shining from a certain    anchorage; dispersal; emergency
high altitude burst / explosion           direction.                              anchorage; working anchorage.
nucléaire à haute altitude                Related term: shaded relief.            01 Jun 1978
The explosion of a nuclear                01 Mar 1973
weapon which takes place at a                                                     holding attack / action de
height in excess of 100,000 feet          hoist / treuil                          fixation
(30,000 metres).                          In helicopters, the mechanism by        An attack designed to hold the
Related terms: airburst; low              which external loads may be             enemy in position, to deceive him
airburst; nuclear airburst; nuclear       raised or lowered vertically.           as to where the main attack is
surface burst; nuclear                    01 Mar 1982                             being made, to prevent him from
underground.                                                                      reinforcing the elements opposing
01 Mar 1973                               hold1 / cale                            the main attack and/or to cause
                                          A cargo stowage compartment             him to commit his reserves
high angle / tir vertical                 aboard ship.                            prematurely at an indecisive
In artillery and naval fire support,      01 Mar 1973                             location.
an order or request to obtain high                                                01 Mar 1973
angle fire (superior to 45°).             hold2 / tenir
01 Sep 1974                               In land operations, to maintain         holding point / point d'attente
                                          possession of a position or area        A geographically or electronically
high angle fire / tir vertical (ou        by force.                               defined location used in stationing
courbe)                                   01 Oct 2001                             aircraft in flight in a predetermined
Fire delivered at angles of                                                       pattern in accordance with air
elevation greater than the                hold3 / fixer                           traffic control clearances.
elevation that corresponds to the         In an attack, to exert sufficient       Related term: orbit point.
maximum range of the gun and              pressure to prevent movement or         01 Oct 1984
ammunition concerned; fire, the           redisposition of enemy forces.
range of which decreases as the           01 Mar 1973                             holding position / position
angle of elevation is increased.                                                  d'attente1
01 Aug 1979                               hold4 / maintenir en attente            A specified location on the
                                          As applied to air traffic, to keep an   aerodrome, close to the active
high-density airspace control             aircraft within a specified space or    runway and identified by visual
zone / zone de contrôle de                location which is identified by         means, at which the position of a
l'espace aérien à haute densité           visual or other means in                taxiing aircraft is maintained in
HDACZ                                     accordance with Air Traffic             accordance with air traffic control
Airspace of defined dimensions,           Control instructions.                   instructions.
designated by the airspace control        01 Mar 1973                             01 Mar 1979
authority, in which there is a
concentrated employment of                holdee                                  holiday / blanc
numerous and varied                       Preferred term: transient.              In naval mine warfare, a gap left
weapons/airspace users.                                                           unintentionally during sweeping or
01 Sep 1981                               hold fire / halte au feu                minehunting arising from errors in
                                          In air defence, an emergency            navigation, station-keeping, dan
high pay-off target / objectif à          order to stop firing. Missiles          laying, breakdowns or other
haut rendement                            already in flight must be               causes.
HPT                                       prevented from intercepting, if         01 Nov 1975
A target of significance and value        technically possible.
to an adversary, the destruction,         Related terms: cease                    hollow charge / charge
damage or neutralization of which         engagement; engage.                     perforante
may lead to a disproportionate            01 Jul 1983                             A shaped charge producing a
advantage to friendly forces.                                                     deep cylindrical hole of relatively
08 Aug 2008                               holding anchorage / mouillage           small diameter in the direction of
                                          d'attente1                              its axis of rotation.
high-velocity drop / largage à                                                    01 Dec 1977
vitesse de descente élevée
A drop procedure in which the                                                     homing / processus de


                                                    2-H-3
                                                                                              AAP-6(2009)

ralliement                                Horizontal error of weapons              criteria.
The technique whereby a mobile            producing elliptical dispersion          04 Oct 2000
station directs itself, or is directed,   pattern is expressed in terms of
towards a source of primary or            probable error.                          host nation / pays hôte
reflected energy, or to a specified       Related terms: circular error            HN
point.                                    probable; delivery error;                A nation which, by agreement:
01 Mar 1979                               deviation2; dispersion error.            a. receives forces and materiel of
                                          01 Mar 1973                              NATO or other nations operating
homing adaptor / adaptateur de                                                     on/from or transiting through its
radioralliement                           horizontal loading / chargement          territory;
A device which, when used with            à l'horizontale                          b. allows materiel and/or NATO
an aircraft radio receiver,               Loading of items of like character       organizations to be located on its
produces aural and/or visual              in horizontal layers throughout the      territory; and/or
signals which indicate the                holds of a ship.                         c. provides support for these
direction of a transmitting radio         Related term: loading.                   purposes.
station with respect to the heading       01 Mar 1973                              Related term: host-nation support.
of the aircraft.                                                                   04 Oct 2000
01 Mar 1973                               horizontal situation display /
                                          visualisation de la situation            host nation post / poste tenu
homing guidance / guidage de              horizontale                              par un ressortissant local
collision                                 An electronically generated              A post which has been agreed by
A system by which a missile               display on which navigation              the local national authorities and
steers itself towards a target by         information and stored mission           should be permanently filled by
means of a self-contained                 and procedural data can be               them in view of its
mechanism which is activated by           presented. Radar information and         administrative/national nature.
some distinguishing                       television picture can also be           01 Nov 1975
characteristics of the target.            displayed either as a map overlay
Related terms: active homing              or as a separate image.                  host-nation support / soutien
guidance; passive homing                  Related term: head-up display.           fourni par le pays hôte
guidance; semi-active homing              01 Nov 1980                              HNS
guidance.                                                                          Civil and military assistance
01 Mar 1973                               horizontal situation indicator /         rendered in peace, crisis or war
                                          plateau de route                         by a host nation to NATO and/or
homing mine / mine à tête                 An instrument which may display          other forces and NATO
chercheuse                                bearing and distance to a                organizations which are located
In naval mine warfare, a mine             navigation aid, magnetic heading,        on, operating on/from, or in transit
fitted with propulsion equipment          track/course and track/course            through the host nation's territory.
which homes on to a target.               deviation.                               Related term: host nation.
Related terms: mine2.                     01 Nov 1973                              04 Oct 2000
01 Nov 1975
                                          horn / corne                             hot spot / point chaud
hook operation / transport sous           In naval mine warfare, a                 Region in a contaminated area in
élingue                                   projection from the mine shell of        which the level of radioactive
In helicopter operations, any             some contact mines which, when           contamination is considerably
transport of underslung loads.            broken or bent by contact, causes        greater than in neighbouring
Related term: underslung load.            the mine to fire.                        regions in the area.
01 Jul 1988                               Related term: switch horn.               01 Mar 1973
                                          01 Nov 1975
horizontal action mine / mine à                                                    hovering / plongée statique
action horizontale                        horse collar                             A self-sustaining manoeuvre
In land mine warfare, a mine              Preferred term: rescue strop.            whereby a fixed, or nearly fixed,
designed to produce a destructive                                                  position is maintained relative to a
effect in a plane approximately           hostile / hostile                        spot on the surface of the earth or
parallel to the ground.                   In identification, the designation       underwater.
Related term: mine1.                      given to a track, object or entity       01 Mar 1973
01 Jan 1991                               whose characteristics, behaviour
                                          or origin indicate that it is a threat   hovering ceiling / plafond de
horizontal error / écart probable         to friendly forces. Designation as       vol stationnaire
horizontal                                hostile does not necessarily imply       The highest altitude at which the
probable error                            clearance to engage.                     helicopter is capable of hovering
The error in range, deflection, or        Related terms: friend;                   in standard atmosphere. It is
in radius, which a weapon may be          identification1,2; neutral; unknown.     usually stated in two figures:
expected to exceed as often as            01 Oct 2003                              hovering in ground effect and
not. Horizontal error of weapons                                                   hovering out of ground effect.
making a nearly vertical approach         hostile track / piste hostile            01 Mar 1973
to the target is described in terms       A track determined to be a threat
of circular error probable.               in accordance with established           human intelligence /


                                                     2-H-4
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

renseignement humain                      01 Nov 1975                           01 Mar 1973
HUMINT
A category of intelligence derived        hydrogen bomb                         hypergolic fuel / carburant
from information collected and            Preferred term: thermonuclear         hypergolique
provided by human sources.                weapon.                               Fuel which will spontaneously
01 Jan 1983                                                                     ignite with an oxidizer, such as
                                          hydrographic chart / carte            aniline with fuming nitric acid. It is
humanitarian aid / aide                   hydrographique                        used as the propulsion agent in
humanitaire                               nautical chart                        certain missile systems.
The resources needed to directly          A nautical chart showing depths of    01 Mar 1973
alleviate human suffering.                water, nature of bottom, contours
Related terms: humanitarian               of bottom and coastline, and tides    hypersonic / hypersonique
assistance; humanitarian                  and currents in a given sea or sea    Of or pertaining to speeds equal
operation.                                and land area.                        to, or in excess of, 5 times the
22 Jun 2004                               Related term: chart.                  speed of sound.
                                          01 Mar 1973                           Related term: speed of sound.
humanitarian assistance /                                                       01 Mar 1973
assistance humanitaire                    hydrography / hydrographie
HA                                        The science which deals with the      hyperstereoscopy /
As part of an operation, the use of       measurements and description of       hyperstéréoscopie
available military resources to           the physical features of the          exaggerated stereoscopy
assist or complement the efforts          oceans, seas, lakes, rivers, and      Stereoscopic viewing in which the
of responsible civil actors in the        their adjoining coastal areas, with   relief effect is noticeably
operational area or specialized           particular reference to their use     exaggerated, caused by the
civil humanitarian organizations in       for navigational purposes.            extension of the camera base.
fulfilling their primary responsibility   01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973
to alleviate human suffering.
Related terms: humanitarian aid;          hyperbaric chamber / caisson          hypobaric chamber / caisson
humanitarian operation.                   hyperbare                             hypobare
22 Jun 2004                               compression chamber                   altitude chamber (admitted)
                                          (admitted)                            decompression chamber
humanitarian                              diving chamber (admitted)             (admitted)
operation / opération                     recompression chamber                 A chamber used to induce a
humanitaire                               (admitted)                            decrease in ambient pressure as
An operation specifically mounted         A chamber used to induce an           would occur in ascending to
to alleviate human suffering where        increase in ambient pressure as       altitude.
responsible civil actors in an area       would occur in descending below       Note: This type of chamber is
are unable or unwilling to                sea level, in a water or air          primarily used for training and
adequately support a population.          environment.                          experimental purposes.
It may precede, parallel, or              Note: It is the only type of          05 Sep 2007
complement the activity of                chamber suitable for use in the
specialized civil humanitarian            treatment of decompression            hypsometric tinting / coloriage
organizations.                            sickness in flying or diving.         hypsométrique
Related terms: humanitarian aid;          05 Sep 2007                           altitude tint
humanitarian assistance.                                                        elevation tint
22 Jun 2004                               hyperbolic navigation system /        layer tint
                                          système de navigation                 A method of showing relief on
hung store / charge                       hyperbolique                          maps and charts by colouring in
d'armement suspendue                      A radio navigation system which       different shades those parts which
An aircraft store that has failed to      enables the position of an aircraft   lie between selected levels.
separate from an aircraft or a            equipped with a suitable receiver     01 Mar 1973
launcher although actuated for            to be fixed by two or more
employment or jettison.                   intersecting hyperbolic position
20 Jun 2006                               lines. The system employs either
                                          a time difference measurement of
hunter-killer group                       pulse transmissions or a phase
Preferred term: antisubmarine             difference measurement of
carrier group.                            phase-locked continuous wave
                                          transmissions.
hunter track / route du                   Related term: decca.
chasseur                                  01 Dec 1974
sweeper track
In naval mine warfare, the track to       hyperfocal distance / distance
be followed by the hunter (or             hyperfocale
sweeper) to ensure that the               The distance from the lens to the
hunting (or sweeping) gear                nearest object in focus when the
passes over the lap track.                lens is focused at infinity.


                                                    2-H-5
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

                                                      I

identification1 / identification1        image degradation /                     sensors in terms of position and
The indication by any act or             affaiblissement de l'image              the physical characteristics
means of one's own friendly              The reduction of the inherent           signified.
character or individuality.              optimum potential of individual         01 Nov 1975
15 Jul 2000                              sensor systems caused by error in
                                         sensor operations, processing           imagery data recording /
identification2/ identification2         procedures or incorrect film            enregistrement des données de
The process of attaining an              handling. Reduction in quality          représentation
accurate characterization of a           caused by unavoidable factors not       The transposing of information
detected entity by any act or            associated with the sensor              relating to the airborne vehicle,
means so that high confidence            system, i.e. atmospherics, snow,        and sensor, such as speed,
real-time decisions, including           cover, etc., are not associated         height, tilt, position and time, to
weapons engagement, can be               with the term.                          the matrix block on the sensor
made.                                    01 Nov 1975                             record at the moment of image
Related terms: detection; friend;                                                acquisition.
hostile; identification friend or foe;   image displacement /                    01 Dec 1976
neutral; recognition; unknown.           déformation de l'image
01 Oct 2003                              In a photograph, any dimensional        imagery exploitation /
                                         or positional error.                    exploitation photographique
identification3 / identification3        01 Mar 1973                             The cycle of processing and
identity                                                                         printing imagery to the positive or
In imagery interpretation, the           image map / iconocarte                  negative state, assembly into
discrimination between objects           In photogrammetry, a map made           imagery packs, identification,
within a particular type or class.       from an image or image mosaic,          interpretation, mensuration,
15 Jul 2000                              usually overlaid with a grid or         information extraction, the
                                         graticule, and cartographically         preparation of reports and the
identification, friend-or-foe /          enhanced to aid interpretation.         dissemination of information.
identification ami/ennemi                Note: It may be in hard or soft         01 Sep 1974
IFF                                      copy format and be capable of
A system using electromagnetic           substituting a conventional map         imagery interpretation1 /
transmissions to which equipment         product.                                interprétation d'une
carried by friendly forces               Related terms: graticule1,2; military   représentation
automatically responds, for              grid; mosaic; photomap.                 The process of location,
example, by emitting pulses,             14 Oct 2002                             recognition, identification, and
thereby distinguishing themselves                                                description of objects, activities,
from enemy forces.                       image motion compensation /             and terrain represented on
Related terms: detection; friend;        compensation de filé                    imagery.
hostile; identification2; neutral;       Movement intentionally imparted         01 Dec 1974
recognition; unknown.                    to film at such a rate as to
01 Aug 1982                              compensate for the forward              imagery interpretation2 /
                                         motion of an air or space vehicle       interprétation photographique
identity                                 when photographing ground               photographic interpretation
                              3
Preferred term: identification .         objects.                                The extraction of information from
                                         01 Mar 1973                             photographs or other recorded
igniter / allumeur                                                               images.
A device designed to produce a           imagery / imagerie                      01 Dec 1974
flame or a spark to initiate an          Collectively, the representations
explosive train.                         of objects reproduced                   imagery interpretation key / clé
18 Dec 1997                              electronically or by optical means      d'interprétation
                                         on film, electronic display devices,    photo interpretation key
illumination by diffusion /              or other media.                         Any diagram, chart, table, list, or
éclairage par diffusion                  01 Mar 1973                             set of examples, etc., which is
Related term: indirect illumination.                                             used to aid imagery interpreters in
01 Nov 1975                              imagery collateral / documents          the rapid identification of objects
                                         d'interprétation                        visible on imagery.
illumination by reflection /             The reference materials which           01 Mar 1973
éclairage par réflexion                  support the imagery interpretation
Related term: indirect illumination.     function.                               imagery pack / dossier de
01 Nov 1975                              01 Jun 1978                             représentation d'objectif
                                                                                 An assembly of the records from
illumination fire / tir éclairant        imagery correlation /                   different imagery sensors
Fire designed to illuminate an           corrélation de représentation           covering a common target area.
area.                                    The mutual relationship between         01 Dec 1974
01 Mar 1973                              the different signatures on
                                         imagery from different types of

                                                    2-I-1
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

imagery sortie / sortie de              A fuze that is set in action by the    on land and which can be readily
reconnaissance                          striking of a projectile or bomb       loaded into ships.
photographique                          against an object, e.g., percussion    Related terms: early resupply;
photographic sortie                     fuze, contact fuze.                    element of resupply; initial early
One flight by one aircraft for the      Related term: fuze.                    resupply; planned resupply;
purpose of recording air imagery.       01 Mar 1973                            resupply of Europe.
01 Mar 1973                                                                    01 Mar 1973
                                        impact area / zone d'impact
immediate air support / appui           An area having designated              improvised explosive device /
aérien immédiat                         boundaries within the limits of        dispositif explosif de
Air support to meet specific            which all ordnance is to make          circonstance
requests which arise during the         contact with the ground.               IED
course of a battle and which by         01 Mar 1973                            A device placed or fabricated in
their nature cannot be planned in                                              an improvised manner
advance.                                impact point                           incorporating destructive, lethal,
Related terms: close air support;       Preferred term: point of impact2.      noxious, pyrotechnic or incendiary
indirect air support; on call                                                  chemicals and designed to
mission; preplanned air support;        impact pressure / pression             destroy, incapacitate, harass or
tactical air support.                   d'impact                               distract. It may incorporate
01 Mar 1973                             The difference between pitot           military stores, but is normally
                                        pressure and static pressure.          devised from non-military
immediate decontamination /             01 Aug 1979                            components.
décontamination immédiate                                                      Related terms: area clearance;
Decontamination carried out by an       implementation / mise en               demining; proofing.
individual upon becoming                application                            01 Oct 1992
contaminated, to save life and          In NATO standardization, the
minimize casualties. This may           performance of an obligation laid      incapacitating agent / agent
include decontamination of some         down in a NATO standardizaton          incapacitant
personal clothing and/or                agreement.                             A chemical agent which produces
equipment.                              Related terms: NATO                    temporary disabling conditions
Related terms: decontamination;         standardization agreement;             which (unlike those caused by riot
operational decontamination;            ratification; reservation.             control agents) can be physical or
thorough decontamination.               [Approving authority(ies): NCS]        mental and persist for hours or
01 Nov 1991                             20 May 2005                            days after exposure to the agent
                                                                               has ceased. Medical treatment,
immediately vital cargo /               implosion weapon / arme à              while not usually required,
cargaison immédiatement vitale          implosion                              facilitates a more rapid recovery.
IVC                                     A device in which a quantity of        Related terms: chemical agent;
A cargo already loaded which the        fissionable material, less than a      riot control agent.
consignee country regards as            critical mass, has its volume          01 Mar 1982
immediately vital for the               suddenly decreased by
prosecution of the war or for           compression, so that it becomes        inclination angle
national survival, notwithstanding      supercritical and an explosion can     Preferred term: pitch angle.
the risk to the ship. If the cargo is   take place. The compression is
carried in a ship of another nation,    achieved by means of a spherical       indefinite call sign / indicatif
then that nation must agree to the      arrangement of specially               d'appel indéfini
delivery of the cargo. The use of       fabricated shapes of ordinary high     A call sign which does not
this term is limited to the period of   explosive which produce an             represent a specific facility,
implementation of the shipping          inwardly-directed implosion wave,      command, authority, activity, or
movement policy.                        the fissionable material being at      unit, but which may represent any
Related term: cargo.                    the centre of the sphere.              one or any group of these.
01 Mar 1973                             01 Nov 1985                            Related terms: call sign; collective
                                                                               call sign; international call sign;
immediate operational                   imprint / référence de                 net call sign; tactical call sign;
readiness / situation paré à            publication                            visual call sign; voice call sign.
combattre                               Brief note in the margin of a map      01 Mar 1973
The state in which an armed force       giving all or some of the following:
is ready in all respects for instant    date of publication, printing, name    independent / indépendant
combat.                                 of publisher, printer, place of        A merchant ship under naval
Related terms: nuclear weapon           publication, number of copies          control sailed singly and
exercise; nuclear weapon                printed, and related information.      unescorted by a warship.
manoeuvre.                              01 Mar 1973                            Related term: military
01 Mar 1981                                                                    independent.
                                        improvised early resupply /            01 Jun 1978
impact action fuze / fusée              ravitaillement improvisé
percutante                              The onward movement of                 independent ejection system /
direct action fuze                      commodities which are available        système d'éjection indépendant


                                                   2-I-2
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

Related terms: command ejection         elevated searchlight or of               A prepared non-explosive filling of
system; ejection system;                pyrotechnic illuminants, by the          the same weight as the explosive
sequenced ejection system.              light scattered from atmospheric         filling.
01 Mar 1981                             particles.                               Related term: charge2.
                                        b. Illumination by reflection:           01 Nov 1975
independent mine / mine                 illumination of an area by
autonome                                reflecting light from low cloud.         inertial navigation system /
A mine which is not controlled by       Either or both of these effects are      système de navigation inertielle
the user after laying.                  present when a searchlight is            INS
                    2
Related term: mine .                    used in defilade or with its beam        A self-contained navigation
01 Nov 1994                             spread to maximum width.                 system using inertial detectors,
                                        Related term: battlefield                which automatically provides
index contour line / courbe             illumination.                            vehicle position, heading and
maîtresse                               01 Nov 1975                              velocity.
A contour line accentuated by a                                                  01 Oct 1980
heavier line weight to distinguish it   individual nuclear, biological
from intermediate contour lines.        and chemical protection /                inert mine / mine inerte2
Index contours are usually shown        protection nucléaire,                    A mine or replica of a mine
as every fifth contour with their       biologique et chimique                   incapable of producing an
assigned values, to facilitate          individuelle                             explosion.
reading elevations.                     Protection provided to the               Related terms: disarmed mine;
Related term: intermediate contour      individual in a nuclear, biological      drill mine; instructional mine;
line.                                   and chemical environment by              mine2; practice mine1,2.
01 Mar 1973                             protective clothing and/or               01 Nov 1986
                                        personal equipment.
index to adjoining sheets               01 Apr 1982                              infill / teinte de remplissage
Preferred term: inter-chart                                                      In cartography, the filling of an
relationship diagram.                   individual protective equipment          area or feature with colour, e.g.,
                                        / équipement individuel de               roads, town shapes, lakes, etc.
indicator / indice                      protection                               01 Mar 1973
In intelligence usage, an item of       IPE
information which reflects the          In nuclear, biological and               infiltration / infiltration
intention or capability of a            chemical warfare, the personal           A technique and process in which
potential enemy to adopt or reject      clothing and equipment required          a force moves as individuals or
a course of action.                     to protect an individual from            small groups over, through or
01 Mar 1981                             biological and chemical hazards          around enemy positions without
                                        and some nuclear effects.                detection.
indirect air support / appui            01 Jul 1993                              01 Aug 1982
aérien indirect
Support given to land or sea            induced precession /                     in-flight report / compte rendu
forces by air action against            précession induite                       en vol
objectives other than enemy             A precession resulting from a            A standard form of message
forces engaged in tactical battle. It   torque, deliberately applied to a        whereby air crews report mission
includes the gaining and                gyroscope.                               results while in flight. It is also
maintaining of air superiority          Related term: precession.                used for reporting any other
interdiction, and harassing.            01 Aug 1976                              tactical information sighted of
Related terms: close air support;                                                such importance and urgency that
immediate air support; on call          induced radiation / radiation            the delay, if reported by normal
mission; preplanned air support;        induite                                  debriefing, would negate the
tactical air support                    Radiation produced as a result of        usefulness of the information.
01 Mar 1973                             exposure to radioactive materials,       01 Mar 1973
                                        particularly the capture of
indirect fire / tir indirect            neutrons.                                influence field / champ
Fire delivered at a target which        Related terms: contamination;            d'influence
cannot be seen by the aimer.            initial radiation; residual radiation.   The distribution in space of the
Related term: fire3.                    01 Mar 1973                              influence of a ship or
01 Mar 1973                                                                      minesweeping equipment.
                                        induction circuit / mise de feu à        01 Dec 1976
indirect illumination / éclairage       induction
indirect                                In naval mine warfare, a circuit         influence mine / mine à
Battlefield illumination provided by    actuated by the rate of change in        influence
employing searchlight or                a magnetic field due to the              A mine actuated by the effect of a
pyrotechnic illuminants using           movement of the ship or the              target on some physical condition
diffusion or reflection.                changing current in the sweep.           in the vicinity of the mine or on
a. Illumination by diffusion:           01 Nov 1975                              radiations emanating from the
illumination of an area beneath                                                  mine.
and to the flank of a slightly          inert filling / charge inerte            Related term: mine2.


                                                   2-I-3
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

01 Nov 1994
                                       infrared film / film infrarouge         initial contact report
influence release sinker /             Film carrying an emulsion               Preferred term: contact report.
crapaud à largage à influence          especially sensitive to the near
In naval mine warfare, a sinker        infrared portion of the                 initial draft plan / projet de plan
which holds a moored or rising         electromagnetic spectrum.               initial
mine at the seabed and releases it     01 Nov 1977                             A plan which has been drafted
when actuated by a suitable target                                             and coordinated by the originating
influence.                             infrared linescan system /              headquarters, and is ready for
Related term: sinker.                  analyseur infrarouge à                  external coordination with other
04 Oct 2000                            balayage linéaire                       military headquarters. It cannot be
                                       IRLS                                    directly implemented by the
influence sweep / drague à             A passive airborne infrared             issuing commander, but it may
influence                              recording system which scans            form the basis for an operation
In naval mine warfare, a sweep         across the ground beneath the           order issued by the commander in
designed to produce an influence       flight path, adding successive          the event of an emergency.
similar to that produced by a ship     lines to the record as the vehicle      Related terms: coordinated draft
and thus actuate mines.                advances along the flight path.         plan; draft plan; final plan;
04 Oct 2000                            Related term: laser linescan            operation plan.
                                       system.                                 01 Mar 1979
information / renseignement            01 Dec 1979
brut                                                                           initial early resupply /
Unprocessed data of every              infrastructure / infrastructure         ravitaillement initial
description which may be used in       A term generally applicable for all     The onward movement of ships
the production of intelligence.        fixed and permanent installations,      which are already loaded with
Related terms: basic intelligence;     fabrications, or facilities for the     cargoes which will serve the
collection plan; intelligence cycle.   support and control of military         requirements after D-day. This
01 Nov 1991                            forces.                                 includes such shipping evacuation
                                       Related terms: bilateral                from major ports/major water
information box / cadre                infrastructure; common                  terminals and subsequently
d'informations                         infrastructure; national                dispersed to secondary
A space on an annotated overlay,       infrastructure.                         ports/alternate water terminals
mosaic, map, etc., which is used       01 Mar 1973                             and anchorages.
for identification, reference, and                                             Related terms: early resupply;
scale information.                     initial approach / approche             element of resupply; improvised
Related terms: compilation             initiale                                early resupply; planned resupply;
diagram; reference box; reliability    a. That part of an instrument           resupply of Europe.
diagram.                               approach procedure in which the         01 Mar 1973
01 Jul 1988                            aircraft has departed an initial
                                       approach fix or point and is            initial path sweeping / dragage
information requirements /             manoeuvring to enter the                d'une bande initiale
besoins en information                 intermediate or final approach. It      In naval mine warfare, initial
IR                                     ends at the intermediate fix or         sweeping to clear a path through
Those items of information             point or, where no intermediate         a mined area dangerous to the
regarding the enemy and his            segment is established, at the          following minesweepers.
environment which need to be           final approach fix or point.            Related term: precursor sweeping.
collected and processed in order       b. That part of a visual approach       01 Nov 1975
to meet the intelligence               of an aircraft immediately prior to
requirements of a commander.           arrival over the aerodrome of           initial point1 / point initial1
Related terms: collection plan;        destination, or over the reporting      IP
priority intelligence requirements.    point from which the final              A well-defined point, easily
01 Jul 1980                            approach to the aerodrome is            distinguishable visually and/or
                                       commenced.                              electronically, used as a starting
information system / système           01 Jun 1984                             point for the run to the target.
d'information                                                                  01 Sep 1974
IS                                     initial approach area / aire
An assembly of equipment,              d'approche initiale                     initial point2 / point initial2
methods and procedures and, if         An area of defined width lying          IP
necessary, personnel, organized to     between the last preceding              A pre-selected point on the
accomplish information processing      navigational fix or dead reckoning      surface of the earth which is used
functions.                             position and either the facility to     as a reference.
Related terms: command and             be used for making an instrument        Related term: target approach
control systems; communication         approach or a point associated          point.
and information system;                with such a facility that is used for   01 Sep 1974
communication system; NATO             demarcating the termination of
consultation.                          initial approach.                       initial point3 / trace origine
14 Oct 2002                            01 Mar 1973                             IP


                                                  2-I-4
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

The first point at which a moving       proper impulse, causes the            from which a landing may be
target is located on a plotting         detonation or burning of an           made visually or the missed
board.                                  explosive item.                       approach procedure is initiated.
01 Sep 1974                             01 Sep 1981                           01 Sep 1981

initial point4 / point                  initiation2 / amorçage2               instrument flight / vol aux
d'orientation (air)                     (nuclear) The action which sets       instruments
IP                                      off a chain reaction in a fissile     Flight in which the path and
In air transport operations, a          mass which has reached the            attitude of the aircraft are
navigational checkpoint over            critical state (generally by the      controlled solely by reference to
which the final turn into the drop      emission of a "spurt" of neutrons).   instruments.
zone/landing zone is made.              01 Sep 1981                           01 Mar 1973
01 Sep 1974
                                        in-place force / force en place       instrument landing system /
initial point5 / point de contrôle      IPF                                   système d'atterrissage aux
IP                                      A NATO assigned force which, in       instruments
An air control point in the vicinity    peacetime, is principally stationed   ILS
of the landing zone from which          in the designated combat zone of      A system of radio navigation
individual flights of helicopters are   the NATO Command to which it is       intended to assist aircraft in
directed to their prescribed            committed.                            landing which provides lateral and
landing sites.                          01 Jul 1985                           vertical guidance, which may
01 Sep 1974                                                                   include indications of distance
                                        inset / carton intérieur              from the optimum point of landing.
initial programmed                      In cartography, a separate map        Related term: localizer.
interpretation report / compte          positioned within the neatline of a   01 Jan 1980
rendu initial d'interprétation          larger map. Three forms are
IPIR                                    recognized:                           instrument recording
A standardized imagery                  a. an area geographically outside     photography / enregistrement
interpretation report providing         a sheet but included therein for      photographique des
information on programmed               convenience of publication,           instruments
mission objectives or other vital       usually at the same scale;            Photography of the presentation
intelligence information which can      b. a portion of the map or chart at   of instrument data.
be readily identified near these        an enlarged scale;                    01 Mar 1973
objectives, and which has not           c. a smaller scale map or chart of
been reported elsewhere.                surrounding areas, included for       in support of / en appui de
01 Sep 1981                             location purposes.                    Term designating the support
                                        01 Mar 1973                           provided to another unit, formation
initial radiation / rayonnement                                               or organization while remaining
initial                                 inshore patrol / défense littorale    under the initial command.
The radiation, essentially              A naval defence patrol operating      Related terms: direct support1,2,3;
neutrons and gamma rays,                generally within a defence coastal    support.
resulting from a nuclear burst and      area and comprising all elements      22 Jun 2004
emitted from the fireball within one    of harbour defences, the coastal
minute after burst.                     lookout system, patrol craft          insurgency / sédition
Related terms: contamination;           supporting bases, aircraft, and       An organized movement aimed at
induced radiation; residual             Coast Guard stations.                 the overthrow of a constituted
radiation.                              01 Mar 1973                           government through use of
01 Mar 1973                                                                   subversion and armed conflict.
                                        instructional mine / mine             01 Jul 1980
initial unloading period / phase        d'instruction2
de déchargement initial                 An inert mine used for instruction    integrated logistic support /
In amphibious operations, that          and normally sectionalized for this   soutien logistique intégré
part of the ship-to-shore               purpose.                              ILS
movement in which unloading is          Related terms: dead mine; drill       The management and technical
primarily tactical in character and     mine; inert mine; practice mine1.     process through which
must be instantly responsive to         01 Oct 1984                           supportability and logistic support
landing force requirements. All                                               considerations are integrated into
elements intended to land during        instrument approach procedure         the design and taken into account
this period are serialized.             / procédure d'approche aux            throughout the life cycle of
Related term: general unloading         instruments                           systems/equipment and by which
period.                                 IAP                                   all elements of logistic support are
01 Jun 1981                             A series of predetermined             planned, acquired, tested and
                                        manoeuvres for the orderly            provided in a timely and cost-
initiation1 / amorçage1                 transfer of an aircraft under         effective manner.
The action of a device used as          instrument flight conditions from     Related term: combined logistic
the first element of an explosive       the beginning of the initial          support.
train which, upon receipt of the        approach to a landing or to a point   01 Nov 1994


                                                   2-I-5
                                                                                             AAP-6(2009)

                                        01 Mar 1981                               specific nature of an operation in
integrated staff / état-major                                                     a given area for a given period. It
intégré                                 intelligence cycle / cycle du             is applied to the standard day of
A staff in which one officer only is    renseignement                             supply in order to calculate the
appointed to each post on the           The sequence of activities                combat day of supply.
establishment of the                    whereby information is obtained,          01 Sep 1981
headquarters, irrespective of           assembled, converted into
nationality and service.                intelligence and made available to        intensity mine circuit / mise de
Related terms: joint staff; staff.      users. This sequence comprises            feu à intensité
01 Oct 2003                             the following four phases:                A circuit whose actuation is
                                        a. Direction - Determination of           dependent on the field strength
integrating circuit / mise de feu       intelligence requirements,                reaching a level differing by some
à intégration                           planning the collection effort,           pre-set minimum from that
A circuit whose actuation is            issuance of orders and requests           experienced by the mine when no
dependent on the time integral of       to collection agencies and                ships are in the vicinity.
a function of the influence.            maintenance of a continuous               01 Nov 1975
01 Nov 1975                             check on the productivity of such
                                        agencies.                                 intercepting search / recherche
integration1 / superposition            b. Collection - The exploitation of       d'interception
In photography, a process by            sources by collection agencies            A type of search designed to
which the average radar picture         and the delivery of the information       intercept an enemy whose
seen on several scans of the time       obtained to the appropriate               previous position is known and
base may be obtained on a print,        processing unit for use in the            the limits of whose subsequent
or the process by which several         production of intelligence.               course and speed can be
photographic images are                 c. Processing - The conversion of         assumed.
combined into a single image.           information into intelligence             01 Mar 1973
01 Jul 1994                             through collation, evaluation,
                                        analysis, integration and                 interceptor /intercepteur
integration2 / synthèse                 interpretation.                           fighter interceptor
In intelligence usage, a step in        d. Dissemination - The timely             A manned aircraft utilized for
processing phase of the                 conveyance of intelligence, in an         identification and/or engagement
intelligence cycle whereby              appropriate form and by any               of airborne objects.
analyzed information and/or             suitable means, to those who              Related terms: all weather air
intelligence is selected and            need it.                                  defence fighter; clear weather air
combined into a pattern in the          Related terms: agency; all-source         defence fighter; day air defence
course of the production of further     intelligence; analysis2; agent;           fighter; interceptor; fighter.
intelligence.                           basic intelligence; collation;            01 Apr 1973
Related term: intelligence cycle.       collection; collection
01 Jul 1994                             management; current intelligence;         interceptor controller /
                                                   2
                                        direction ; dissemination;                contrôleur d'interception
                                                     2
intelligence / renseignement            evaluation ; information;                 aérienne
Int.                                    information requirements;                 An officer who controls fighter
                                                     2
INTEL (admitted)                        integration ; intelligence;               aircraft allotted to him for
The product resulting from the          interpretation; operational               interception purposes.
processing of information               intelligence; operational level;          Related term: air control.
concerning foreign nations, hostile     priority intelligence requirements;       01 Apr 1973
or potentially hostile forces or        processing; source; strategic
elements, or areas of actual or         intelligence; strategic level; tactical   intercept point / point
potential operations. The term is       intelligence.                             d'interception
also applied to the activity which      01 Sep 1981                               The point to which an airborne
results in the product and to the                                                 vehicle is vectored or guided to
organizations engaged in such           intelligence estimate /                   complete an interception.
activity.                               appréciation renseignement                01 Apr 1973
Related terms: agency; all-source       The appraisal, expressed in
intelligence;analysis2; agent; basic    writing or orally, of available           intercept receiver / détecteur
intelligence; collation; collection;    intelligence relating to a specific       d'interception radioélectrique
collection management; current          situation or condition with a view        A receiver designed to detect and
intelligence; direction ;
                          2             to determining the courses of             provide visual and/or aural
dissemination; evaluation ;
                              2         action open to the enemy or               indication of electromagnetic
information; information                potential enemy and the order of          emissions occurring within the
requirements; integration ;
                              2         probability of their adoption.            particular portion of the
intelligence cycle; interpretation;     01 Jul 1983                               electromagnetic spectrum to
operational intelligence; operational                                             which it is tuned.
level; priority intelligence            intensity factor / coefficient            01 Apr 1973
requirements; processing; source;       d'intensité
strategic intelligence; strategic       A multiplying factor used in              interchangeability /
level; tactical intelligence.           planning activities to evaluate the       interchangeabilité
                                        foreseeable intensity or the

                                                    2-I-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

The ability of one product,           approach segment into the final        A person who, as part of a mass
process or service to be used in      approach segment. It begins at         movement, has been forced to
place of another to fulfil the same   the intermediate fix or point and      flee his or her home or place of
requirements.                         ends at the final approach fix or      habitual residence suddenly or
Related terms: commonality;           point.                                 unexpectedly as a result of armed
common user item; compatibility;      01 Jun 1984                            conflict, internal strife, systematic
force interoperability;                                                      violation of human rights, fear of
interoperability; military            intermediate area illumination /       such violation, or natural or man-
interoperability; standardization.    éclairage de la zone                   made disasters, and who has not
[ISO/IEC Guide 2:1996]                intermédiaire                          crossed an internationally
[Approving authority(ies): NCS]       Illumination in the area, extending    recognized State border.
04 Oct 2000                           in depth from the far boundary of      Related terms: asylum seeker;
                                      the close-in (about 2,000 metres)      evacuee; refugee.
inter-chart relationship diagram      to the maximum effective range of      04 Oct 2000
/ carton index                        the bulk of division artillery
index to adjoining sheets             weapons (about 10,000 metres).         internal radiation /
A diagram on a map or chart           01 Apr 1973                            rayonnement interne
showing names and/or numbers                                                 Nuclear radiation (alpha and beta
of adjacent sheets in the same (or    intermediate contour line /            particles and gamma radiation)
related) series.                      courbe de niveau normale               resulting from radioactive
Related term: map.                    A contour line drawn between           substances in the body.
01 Dec 1974                           index contours. Depending on the       01 Apr 1973
                                      contour interval there are three or
inter-command exercise /              four intermediate contours             international actual strength /
exercice inter-commandements          between the index contours.            effectif international réel
An exercise involving the two         Related term: index contour line.      The total number of military and
NATO strategic commands and/or        01 Apr 1973                            civilian personnel currently filling
their subordinate commands.                                                  international posts.
Related terms: extent of a military   intermediate marker / marqueur         01 Dec 1976
exercise; intra-command               intermédiaire
exercise; NATO-wide exercise;         In land mine warfare, a marker,        international call sign / indicatif
scale of an exercise.                 natural, artificial or specially       d'appel international
04 Oct 2000                           installed, which is used as a point    signal letters
                                      of reference between the               A call sign assigned in
intercount dormant period /           landmark and the minefield.            accordance with the provisions of
période d'insensibilisation           Related terms: gap marker; lane        the International
après avance                          marker; marker1,2; minefield lane;     Telecommunications Union to
In naval mine warfare, the period     minefield breaching; row marker;       identify a radio station. The
after the actuation of a ship         strip marker.                          nationality of the radio station is
counter before it is ready to         01 Apr 1973                            identified by the first or the first
receive another actuation.                                                   two characters. (When used in
01 Aug 1976                           intermediate objective / objectif      visual signalling, international call
                                      intermédiaire                          signs are referred to as signal
interdiction fire / tir               In land warfare, an area or feature    letters.)
d'interdiction1                       between the line of departure and      Related term: call sign.
Fire placed on an area or point to    an objective which must be seized      01 Apr 1973
prevent the enemy from using the      and/or held.
area or point.                        01 Feb 1988                            international civilian personnel
01 Apr 1973                                                                  with NATO status / personnel
                                      intermittent arming device /           civil international à statut OTAN
inter-look dormant period /           dispositif de réceptivité              Civilian persons assigned or
période d'insensibilisation           intermittente                          appointed to authorized NATO
entre impulsions                      A device included in a mine so         international civilian posts.
ILDP                                  that it will be armed only at set      01 Oct 1978
In mine warfare, the time interval    times.
after each look in a multi-look       01 Nov 1975                            international cooperative
mine, during which the firing                                                logistics / coopération
mechanism will not register.          intermittent illumination /            logistique internationale
01 Dec 1976                           éclairage intermittent                 Cooperation and mutual support
                                      A type of fire in which illuminating   in the field of logistics through the
intermediate approach /               projectiles are fired at irregular     coordination of policies, plans,
approche intermédiaire                intervals.                             procedures, development
That part of an instrument            01 Mar 1974                            activities and the common supply
approach procedure in which                                                  and exchange of goods and
aircraft configuration, speed and     internally displaced person /          services arranged on the basis of
positioning adjustments are           personne déplacée                      bilateral and multilateral
made. It blends the initial           IDP                                    agreements with appropriate cost


                                                 2-I-7
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

reimbursement provisions.              scale published by a number of          international post / poste
01 Jul 1985                            countries to common                     international
                                       internationally agreed                  A post, position, job or billet,
international date line / ligne        specifications.                         authorized in a peacetime
internationale de changement           01 Aug 1974                             establishment or emergency
de date                                                                        establishment which carries a
date line                              international military personnel        specific international job
The line coinciding approximately      / personnel militaire                   description, whose incumbent is
with the antimeridian of               international                           responsible to international
Greenwich, modified to avoid           Military persons assigned or            authority.
certain habitable land. In crossing    appointed to authorized                 01 Nov 1975
this line there is a date change of    international military posts.
one day.                               01 Nov 1977                             interoperability /
01 Apr 1973                                                                    interopérabilité
                                       international military post /           The ability to operate in synergy in
international identification code      poste militaire international           the execution of assigned tasks.
/ indice international                 An international post authorized to     Related terms: commonality;
d'identification                       be filled by a military person          common user item; compatibility;
In railway terminology, a code         whose pay and allowances                force interoperability;
which identifies a military train      remain the responsibility of the        interchangeability; military
from point of origin to final          parent nation.                          interoperability; standardization.
destination. The code consists of      01 Aug 1976                             [Approving authority(ies): NCS]
a series of figures, letters, or                                               22 Jun 2004
symbols indicating the priority,       international organization /
country of origin, day of departure,   organisation internationale             interpretability / possibilité
national identification code           IO                                      d'interprétation
number and country of destination      An intergovernmental, regional or       Suitability of imagery for
of the train.                          global organization governed by         interpretation with respect to
01 Mar 1981                            international law and established       answering adequately
                                       by a group of states, with              requirements on a given type of
international job description /        international juridical personality     target in terms of quality and
fiche de poste international           given by international agreement,       scale.
A delineation of the specific          however characterized, creating         a. Poor - Imagery is unsuitable for
duties, responsibilities and           enforceable rights and obligations      interpretation to answer
qualification pertaining to a          for the purpose of fulfilling a given   adequately requirements on a
specific international post.           function and pursuing common            given type of target.
01 Nov 1975                            aims.                                   b. Fair - Imagery is suitable for
                                       Note: Exceptionally, the                interpretation to answer
international loading gauge /          International Committee of the          requirements on a given type of
gabarit international de               Red Cross, although a                   target but with only average detail.
chargement                             non-governmental organization           c. Good - Imagery is suitable for
PPI gauge (admitted)                   formed under the Swiss Civil            interpretation to answer
PPI (obsolete)                         Code, is mandated by the                requirements on a given type of
The loading gauge upon which           international community of states       target in considerable detail.
international railway agreements       and is founded on international         d. Excellent - Imagery is suitable
are based. A load whose                law, specifically the Geneva            for interpretation to answer
dimensions fall within the limits of   Conventions, has an international       requirements on a given type of
this gauge may move without            legal personality or status on its      target in complete detail.
restriction on most of the railways    own, and enjoys some immunities         01 Dec 1979
of Continental Western Europe.         and privileges for the fulfilment of
GIC is an abbreviation for "gabarit    its humanitarian mandate.               interpretation / interprétation
international de chargement".          Related terms: civil-military           In intelligence usage, the final
01 Jul 1985                            cooperation.                            step in the processing phase of
                                       08 Aug 2008                             the intelligence cycle in which the
international manpower ceiling                                                 significance of information and/or
/ maximum autorisé en effectifs        international personnel /               intelligence is judged in relation to
internationaux                         personnel international                 the current body of knowledge.
The total number of international      Military and civilian persons           Related term: intelligence cycle.
posts, military and civilian, which    assigned or appointed to                01 Jul 1994
has been authorized for each           authorized international posts.
international organization.            01 Nov 1975                             interrupted line / ligne
01 Nov 1975                                                                    discontinue
                                                                               A broken, dashed, or pecked line
international map of the world /                                               usually used to indicate the
carte internationale du monde                                                  indefinite alignment or area of a
PPI gauge                                                                      feature on the chart.
A map series at 1: 1,000.000                                                   01 Apr 1973


                                                  2-I-8
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

                                        holding capacity for national          mines.
interval1 / intervalle1                 medical evacuation.                    01 Jan 1991
The space between adjacent              Related term: casualty staging
groups of ships or boats                unit.                                  isocentre / isocentre
measured in any direction               22 Jun 2004                            The point on a photograph
between the corresponding ships                                                intersected by the bisector of the
or boats in each group.                 intruder / intrus                      angle between the plumb-line and
01 Apr 1973                             An individual, unit, weapon            the photograph perpendicular.
                                        system or tactical track in or near    01 Aug 1974
interval2 / intervalle2                 an operational or exercise area,
The space between adjacent              which presents a threat of             isodose rate line
individuals, ground vehicles, or        intelligence gathering or disruptive   Preferred term: dose rate contour
units in a formation that are           activity.                              line.
placed side by side, measured           09 Jan 1996
abreast.                                                                       isogriv / isogrille
01 Apr 1973                             intruder operation / opération         A line on a map or chart which
                                        d'intruder                             joins points of equal angular
interval3 / intervalle3                 An offensive operation by day or       difference between grid north and
The space between adjacent              night over enemy territory with the    magnetic north.
aircraft measured from front to         primary object of destroying           Related term: grid magnetic angle.
rear in units of time or distance.      enemy aircraft in the vicinity of      01 Aug 1974
01 Apr 1973                             their bases.
                                        01 Apr 1973
interval4 / intervalle4
The time lapse between                  inventory control / gestion et
photographic exposures.                 administration du matériel
01 Apr 1973                             inventory management
                                        materiel control
interval5 / intervalle5                 materiel management
At battery right or left, an interval   supply management
ordered in seconds is the time          That phase of military logistics
between one gun firing and the          which includes managing,
next gun firing. Five seconds is        cataloguing, requirements
the standard interval.                  determination, procurement,
01 Apr 1973                             distribution, overhaul, and
                                        disposal of materiel.
interval6 / intervalle6                 Related term: stock control
At rounds of fire for effect the        01 Apr 1973
interval is the time in seconds
between successive rounds from          inventory management
each gun.                               Preferred term: inventory control.
01 Apr 1973
                                        inverter / onduleur
intervention / intervention             In electrical engineering, a device
Action taken to exert influence         for converting direct current into
over, modify or control a specific      alternating current.
activity.                               Related term: rectifier.
01 Oct 2001                             01 Jul 1983

intra-command exercise /                ionization / ionisation
exercice intra-commandement             The process of producing ions by
An exercise which involves part of      the removal of electrons from, or
a NATO strategic command or             the addition of electrons to, atoms
subordinate command.                    or molecules.
Related terms: extent of a military     01 Apr 1973
exercise; inter-command
exercise; NATO-wide exercise;           irregular outer edge / contour
scale of an exercise.                   extérieur irrégulier du champ
04 Oct 2000                             de mines
                                        In land mine warfare, short mine
in-transit evacuation                   rows or strips laid in an irregular
facility / centre de transit pour       manner in front of a minefield
évacuation sanitaire                    facing the enemy, to deceive the
IEF                                     enemy as to the type or extent of
A medical facility that has all the     the mine field. Generally, the
functions of a casualty staging         irregular outer edge will only be
unit, but with an expandable            used in minefields with buried


                                                   2-I-9
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                                     J

jamming / brouillage                    opportunity. Joint air attack team     the NATO military command
Related terms: barrage jamming;         operations are coordinated and         structure with no permanently
electronic countermeasures;             conducted to support the ground        allocated area of responsibilities.
electronic jamming; spot jamming;       commander's scheme of                  This command is characterized as
sweep jamming.                          manoeuvre.                             follows:
01 Mar 1973                             Note: The joint air attack team        a. it contains a combination of
                                        normally operates as a                 appropriate specific tri-service
jettison / délestage                    coordinated effort supported by        capabilities;
Deliberate release of an aircraft       fire support, air defence artillery,   b. it assumes subregional
store from an aircraft to effect        naval surface fire support,            responsibilities for training and
aircraft safety or prepare for air      intelligence, surveillance, and        exercises; and
combat.                                 reconnaissance systems,                c. it provides a permanent
01 Jul 1983                             electronic warfare systems, and        planning and command and
                                        ground manoeuvre forces.               control capability for the conduct
jettisoned mines / mines                17 Jan 2005                            of joint operations, allowing it to
rejetées à la mer                                                              undertake or contribute to all
Mines which are laid as quickly as      joint fires / tirs interarmées         Alliance missions as directed by
possible in order to empty the          Fires applied during the               the NATO regional commander.
minelayer of mines, without             employment of forces from two or       04 Oct 2000
regard to their condition or relative   more components, in coordinated
positions.                              action toward a common                 join up / rassemblement
Related term: mine2.                    objective.                             To form separate aircraft or
01 Oct 1978                             15 Jan 2008                            groups of aircraft into a specific
                                                                               formation.
joiner / navire ralliant un convoi      joint force engineer / conseiller      01 Aug 1976
convoy joiner (obsolete)                génie d’une force interarmées
An independent merchant ship            JFENGR                                 jump speed / vitesse de largage
sailed to join a convoy.                The principal advisor to a joint       The airspeed at which parachute
Related terms: joiner convoy;           force commander on all military        troops can jump with comparative
joiner section.                         engineering issues.                    safety from an aircraft.
01 Jun 1978                             02 March 2009                          01 Apr 1974

joiner convoy / convoi ralliant         joint operations area / zone
A convoy sailed to join the main        d'opérations interarmées
convoy.                                 JOA
Related terms: joiner; joiner           A temporary area defined by the
section.                                Supreme Allied Commander
01 Oct 1978                             Europe, in which a designated
                                        joint commander plans and
joiner section / section ralliant       executes a specific mission at the
un convoi                               operational level of war. A joint
A joiner or joiner convoy, after        operations area and its defining
rendezvous, and while                   parameters, such as time, scope
manoeuvring to integrate with the       of the mission and geographical
main convoy.                            area, are contingency- or mission-
Related terms: joiner; joiner           specific and are normally
convoy.                                 associated with combined joint
01 Jun 1978                             task force operations.
                                        Related terms: area of operations;
joint / interarmées                     area of responsibility1,2;
multiservice                            operational level.
Adjective used to describe              17 Jan 2005
activities, operations and
organizations in which elements of      joint staff / état-major
at least two services participate.      interarmées
Related terms: allied joint             J
operation; combined.                    A staff formed of two or more of
16 Jul 1999                             the services of the same country.
                                        Related terms: integrated staff;
joint air attack team / groupe          staff.
d'attaque aérienne interarmées          01 Oct 2003
A combination of attack and/or
reconnaissance rotary-wing              joint subregional command /
aircraft and fixed-wing close air       commandement interarmées
support aircraft, operating             sous-régional
together to locate and attack high-     A subregional command
priority targets and targets of         organization at the third level of
                                                       2-J-1
                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                                         K

key / clé                                without sideways displacement.
In cartography, a term sometimes         01 Nov 1975
loosely used as a synonym for
"legend".
Related terms: blue key; drawing
key; legend.
01 Apr 1973

key point / point sensible
A concentrated site or installation,
the destruction or capture of which
would seriously affect the war effort
or the success of operations.
01 Apr 1973

key symbol / symbole clé
In psychological operations, a
simple, suggestive, repetitive
element (rhythm, sign, colour, etc.)
which has an immediate impact on a
target audience and which creates a
favourable environment for the
acceptance of a psychological
theme.
01 Apr 1973

key terrain / position clé
Any locality, or area, the seizure or
retention of which affords a marked
advantage to either combatant.
01 Apr 1973

killed in action / tué au combat
KIA
A battle casualty who is killed
outright or who dies as a result of
wounds or other injuries before
reaching a medical treatment facility.
Related terms: casualty; died of
wounds received in action; non-
battle casualty; wounded in action.
01 Dec 1979

kill probability / probabilité de
destruction
Pk
A measure of the probability of
destroying a target.
01 Apr 1973

kiloton weapon / arme
kilotonnique
A nuclear weapon, the yield of which
is measured in terms of thousands of
tons of trinitrotoluene explosive
equivalents, producing yields from 1
to 999 kilotons.
Related terms: megaton weapon;
nominal weapon; subkiloton weapon.
01 Apr 1973

kite / plongeur
In naval mine warfare, a device
which when towed, submerges and
planes at a predetermined level

                                                   2-K-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

                                                    L

laid life / durée d'activation         landing craft / engin de               to taxi speed or full stop.
In land mine warfare, the period of    débarquement                           01 Jul 1980
time throughout which the fuzing       A craft employed in amphibious
system of a mine may be activated.     operations, specifically designed      landing ship / bâtiment de
16 Jul 1999                            for carrying troops and their          débarquement
                                       equipment and for beaching,            An assault ship which is designed
land effect                            unloading and retracting. It is also   for long sea voyages and for rapid
Preferred term: coastal refraction.    used for resupply operations.          unloading over and on to a beach.
                                       Related terms: amphibious              01 Apr 1973
landing aid / aide à                   vehicle; resupply.
l'atterrissage                         04 Oct 2000                            landing ship dock / transport
Any illuminating light, radio                                                 de chalands de débarquement
beacon, radar device,                  landing diagram / présentation         LSD
communicating device, or any           graphique du plan de mise à            A ship designed to transport and
system of such devices for aiding      terre                                  launch loaded amphibious craft
aircraft in an approach and            A graphic means of illustrating the    and/or amphibian vehicles with
landing.                               plan for the ship-to-shore             their crews and embarked
01 Apr 1973                            movement.                              personnel and/or equipment and
                                       Related term: plan for landing.        to render limited docking and
landing approach / approche            01 Apr 1973                            repair services to small ships and
d'atterrissage                                                                craft.
The continuously changing              landing force / force de               01 Apr 1973
position of an aircraft in space       débarquement
directed toward effecting a landing    LF                                     landing site1 / site
on a predetermined area.               The task organization of ground        d'atterrissage
01 Apr 1973                            and aviation units assigned to an      A site within a landing zone
                                       amphibious operation.                  containing one or more landing
landing area1 / zone de mise à         Related term: amphibious force2.       points.
      1
terre                                  01 Oct 2001                            Related terms: aerodrome;
amphibious assault area                                                       landing point; landing zone1,2,3.
The part of the objective area         landing group / groupe de              30 Jun 2005
within which the landing               débarquement
operations of an amphibious force      A subordinate task organization of     landing site2 / site de
are conducted.                         the landing force capable of           débarquement
Note: It includes the beach, the       conducting landing operations,         In amphibious operations, a
approaches to the beach, the           under a single tactical command,       continuous segment of coastline
transport areas, the fire support      against a position or group of         over which troops, equipment and
areas, the airspace occupied by        positions.                             supplies can be landed by surface
aircraft in close support and the      01 Jul 1980                            means.
land included in the advance                                                  Related terms: aerodrome;
inland to the initial objective.       landing mat / grille                   landing point; landing zone1,2,3.
Related terms: amphibious force1;      d'atterrissage (ou de                  30 Jun 2005
                                 2
fire support area; landing site ;      débarquement)
objective area.                        A prefabricated, portable mat so       landing zone1 / zone
30 Jun 2005                            designed that any number of            d'amerrissage
                                       planks (sections) may be rapidly       LZ
             2
landing area / zone de mise à          fastened together to form              A specified zone used for the
     2
terre                                  surfacing for emergency runways,       landing of aircraft on water.
The area used for air landing of       landing beaches, etc.                  30 Jun 2005
troops and materiel.                   01 Apr 1973
Related terms: aerodrome; air                                                 landing zone2 / zone
landed; landing zone1,2,3.             landing point / point                  d’appontage
30 Jun 2005                            d'atterrissage2                        LZ
                                       LP                                     A specified zone used for the
landing beach / plage de               A point within a landing site1         landing of aircraft on the deck of
débarquement                           where one helicopter or vertical       a ship.
The portion of a shoreline required    take-off and landing aircraft can      30 Jun 2005
for landing a battalion landing        land.
team, which can also be used as a      01 Oct 1980                            landing zone3 / zone
tactical locality over which a force                                          d’atterrissage
larger or smaller than a battalion     landing roll / course à                LZ
landing team may be landed.            l'atterrissage                         A specified zone used for the
01 Oct 2001                            The movement of an aircraft from       landing of aircraft on land.
                                       touchdown through deceleration         30 Jun 2005


                                                  2-L-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

                                       In naval mine warfare, the swept      The time during which the laser
landing zone control party /           path of the ship or formation         output pulse power remains
groupe de contrôle de zone de          divided by the percentage             continuously above half its
débarquement                           coverage being swept to.              maximum value.
Personnel specially trained and        01 Nov 1975                           01 Jan 1980
equipped to establish and operate
communication devices from the         large ship / grand bâtiment           laser range-finder / télémètre
ground for traffic control of          A ship of over 137 metres (or 450     laser
aircraft/helicopters for a specific    feet) in length.                      A device that uses a laser to
landing zone.                          Related term: small ship.             determine the distance from the
1 Sep 1981                             01 Nov 1975                           device to a place or object.
                                                                             4 Nov 2005
landmark / repère terrestre            laser designator / marqueur
A feature, either natural or           laser                                 laser seeker / chercheur laser
artificial, that can be accurately     laser illuminator                     A device based on a direction
determined on the ground from a        laser target marker                   sensitive receiver which detects
grid reference.                        A device that emits a beam of         the energy reflected from a laser
01 Apr 1973                            laser energy which is used to         designated target and defines the
                                       mark a specific place or object.      direction of the target relative to
land mine warfare                      31 May 2000                           the receiver.
Preferred term: mine warfare.                                                Related terms: infrared linescan
                                       laser guidance unit / dispositif      system; laser guided weapon;
lane marker / marqueur de              de guidage par laser                  laser linescan system.
cheminement                            A system fitted with a laser seeker   01 Aug 1979
In land mine warfare, sign used to     to compute trajectory data for use
mark a minefield lane.                 by the control system of a missile,   laser target designating system
Note: Lane markers, at the             projectile or bomb.                   / système marqueur d'objectif à
entrance to and exit from the lane,    Related term: laser seeker.           laser
may be referenced to a landmark        04 Oct 2000                           laser target marking system
or intermediate marker.                                                      A system which is used to direct
Related terms: gap marker;             laser guided weapon / arme            (aim or point) laser energy at a
minefield lane; row marker; strip      guidée par laser                      target. The system consists of the
marker.                                A weapon which utilizes a seeker      laser designator or laser target
01 Jun 1984                            to detect laser energy reflected      marker with its display and control
                                       from a laser marked/designated        components necessary to acquire
lap / bande                            target and through signal             the target and direct the beam of
In naval mine warfare, that            processing provides guidance          laser energy thereon.
section or strip of an area            commands to a control system          01 Nov 1975
assigned to a single sweeper or        which guides the weapon to the
formation of sweepers for a run        point from which the laser energy     laser target marker
through the area.                      is being reflected.                   Preferred term: laser designator.
1 Nov 1975                             Related terms: infrared linescan
                                       system; laser linescan system;        laser target marking system
lap course / route de dragage          laser seeker.                         Preferred term: laser target
In naval mine warfare, the true        1 Dec 1979                            designating system.
course desired to be made good
during a run along a lap.              laser illuminator                     laser tracker / appareil de
01 Nov 1975                            Preferred term: laser designator.     poursuite laser
                                                                             A device which locks on to the
lap track / rail                       laser linescan system /               reflected energy from a laser
In naval mine warfare, the centre      analyseur laser à balayage            marked/designated target and
line of a lap; ideally, the track to   linéaire                              defines the direction of the target
be followed by the sweep or            An active airborne imagery            relative to itself.
detecting gear.                        recording system which uses a         01 Jul 1980
01 Aug 1976                            laser as the primary source of
                                       illumination to scan the ground       lashing
lap turn / retournement                beneath the flight path, adding       Preferred term: tie down.
In naval mine warfare, the             successive across-track lines to
manoeuvre a minesweeper                the record as the vehicle             lashing point
carries out during the period          advances.                             Preferred term: tie down point.
between the completion of one          Related terms: infrared linescan
run and the commencement of            system; laser guided weapon;          late / retard
the run immediately following.         laser seeker.                         In artillery and naval fire support,
1 Jun 1978                             1 Mar 1981                            a report made to the observer or
                                                                             spotter, whenever there is a delay
lap width / largeur de bande           laser pulse duration / durée          in reporting "shot" by coupling a
interceptée                            d'impulsion laser                     time in seconds with the report.


                                                 2-L-2
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

01 Aug 1974                            laydown bombing /                     movement of supported forces.
                                       bombardement en vol rasant
lateral gain / gain latéral            A very low level bombing              01 Apr 1973
The amount of new ground               technique wherein delay fuses
covered laterally by successive        and/or devices are used to allow      leaver / navire quittant
photographic runs over an area.        the attacker to escape the            convoy leaver (obsolete)
01 Apr 1973                            effects of his bomb.                  A merchant ship which breaks off
                                       01 Apr 1973                           from a convoy to proceed to a
lateral route / rocade                                                       different destination and become
A route generally parallel to the      layer tint                            independent.
forward edge of the battle area,       Preferred term: hypsometric           Related terms: leaver convoy;
which crosses, or feeds into, axial    tinting.                              leaver section.
routes.                                                                      01 Sep 1989
Related term: route.                   laying-up position / mouillage
01 Apr 1973                            d'attente2                            leaver convoy / convoi détaché
                                       Any suitable position where naval     A convoy which has broken off
latest arrival date / date limite      units can berth, camouflage and       from the main convoy and is
d'arrivée                              replenish in preparation for          proceeding to a different
In movement planning, the latest       forthcoming operations.               destination.
date, calculated from G-day, on        Related terms: advanced fleet         Related terms: leaver; leaver
which an organization or unit is       anchorage; assembly anchorage;        section.
required to arrive at the designated   emergency anchorage; holding          01 Jun 1978
ports of debarkation.                  hanchorage; waiting position;
Related terms: designation of          working anchorage.                    leaver section / section à
days and hours; commander's            01 Oct 1984                           détacher d'un convoi
required date; D-day; E-day; G-                                              LS
day; H-hour.                           lay reference number / numéro         A group of ships forming part of
01 Oct 2001                            de référence de mouillage             the main convoy which will
                                       LRN                                   subsequently break off to become
latitude band / zone de latitude       In naval mine warfare, a number       leavers or a leaver convoy.
latitudinal band                       allocated to an individual mine by    Related terms: leaver; leaver
Any latitudinal strip, designated by   the minefield planning authority to   convoy.
accepted units of linear or angular    provide a simple means of             01 Jun 1978
measurement, which                     referring to it.
circumscribes the earth.               01 Nov 1975                           left (or right)1 / gauche (ou
01 Apr 1973                                                                          1
                                                                             droite)
                                       lead aircraft1 / avion leader1        Terms used to establish the
latitudinal band                       An airborne aircraft designated to    relative position of a body of
Preferred term: latitude band.         provide certain command and air       troops. The person using the
                                       control functions.                    terms left or right is assumed to
lattice / canevas                      01 Apr 1973                           be facing in the direction of the
A network of intersecting                                                    enemy regardless of whether the
positional lines printed on a map      lead aircraft2 / avion leader2        troops are advancing towards or
or chart from which a fix may be       An aircraft in the van of two or      withdrawing from the enemy.
obtained.                              more aircraft.                        01 Aug 1973
01 Apr 1973                            01 Apr 1973
                                                                             left (or right) / gauche (ou
launcher / rampe de lancement          lead collision course / cap de        droite)2
A structural device designed to        collision                             right (or left)
support and hold a missile in          A vector which, if maintained,        Correction used in adjusting fire to
position for firing.                   would result in a collision between   indicate that a lateral shift of the
01 Apr 1973                            an interceptor and a target.          mean point of impact
                                       01 Oct 2001                           perpendicular to the reference line
launching site / site de                                                     or spotting line is desired.
lancement                              lead pursuit / cap de poursuite       01 Aug 1973
Any site or installation with the      An interceptor vector designed to
capacity of launching missiles         maintain a course of flight at a      legend / légende1
from surface to air or surface to      predetermined point ahead of a        An explanation of symbols used
surface.                               target.                               on a map, chart, sketch, etc.,
01 Apr 1973                            01 Dec 1974                           commonly printed in tabular form
                                                                             at the side of the map, etc..
launch pad / aire de lancement         leapfrog / progression par            Related term: key.
A concrete or other hard surface       bonds                                 01 Dec 1993
area on which a missile launcher       Form of movement in which like
is positioned.                         supporting elements are moved         lens coating / couche antireflet
01 Apr 1973                            successively through or by one        A thin transparent coating applied
                                       another along the axis of             to a surface of a lens element.


                                                 2-L-3
                                                                                            AAP-6(2009)

01 Jul 1970                            absorb selectively light of certain      line of operation / ligne
                                       colours.                                 d'opération
lens distortion / distorsion           01 Oct 1980                              In a campaign or operation, a line
Image displacement caused by                                                    linking decisive points in time and
lens irregularities and aberrations.   light line / ligne d'éclairage           space on the path to the centre of
01 Jul 1970                            réduit                                   gravity.
                                       A designated line forward of which       01 Oct 2001
lethal weapon / arme létale            vehicles are required to use
A weapon that can be used to           blackout lights at night.                line overlap
cause death or serious bodily          01 Apr 1973                              Related term: overlap1.
injury.                                                                         01 Mar 1981
22 Jun 2004                            limited access route / itinéraire
                                       à accès réglementé                       line search / reconnaissance
level-of-effort munitions /            A oneway route with one or more          sur itinéraire
stocks de soutien en munitions         restrictions which preclude its use      Reconnaissance along a specific
In stockpile planning, munitions       by the full range of military traffic.   line of communications, such as a
stocked on the basis of expected       Related terms: double flow route;        road, railway or waterway, to
daily expenditure rate, the number     route; single flow route.                detect fleeting targets and
of combat days and the attrition       01 Jan 1980                              activities in general.
rate assumed, to counter targets                                                01 Aug 1979
the number of which is unknown.        limit of fire1 / limite de tir1
Related term: threat-oriented          The boundary marking off the             lines of communications /
munitions.                             area on which gun-fire can be            lignes de communications
01 Feb 1988                            delivered.                               All the land, water, and air routes
                                       01 Feb 1974                              that connect an operating military
level of supply / niveau des                                                    force with one or more bases of
approvisionnements                     limit of fire2 / limite de tir2          operations, and along which
The quantity of supplies or            Safe angular limits for firing at        supplies and reinforcements
materiel authorized or directed to     aerial targets.                          move.
be held in anticipation of future      01 Feb 1974                              01 Jun 1981
demands.
01 Apr 1973                            linear scale                             link1 / liaison2
                                       Preferred term: graphic scale.           In communications, a general
liaison / liaison1                                                              term used to indicate the
That contact or                        line astern                              existence of communication
intercommunication maintained          Preferred term: trail formation.         facilities between two points.
between elements of military                                                    01 Nov 1975
forces to ensure mutual                line gauge / largeur de ligne
understanding and unity of             A measurement of line width.             link2 / bretelle
purpose and action.                    01 Feb 1974                              A maritime route, other than a
01 Apr 1971                                                                     coastal or transit route, which
                                       line of arrival                          links any two or more routes.
liberated territory / territoire       Preferred term: line of impact.          01 Nov 1975
libéré
Any area, domestic, neutral or         line of departure1 / ligne de            liquid explosive / explosif
friendly, which, having been                  1
                                       départ                                   liquide
occupied by an enemy, is retaken       In land warfare, a line designated       Explosive which is fluid at normal
by friendly forces.                    to coordinate the departure of           temperatures.
01 Apr 1973                            attack elements.                         01 Dec 1977
                                       01 Nov 1985
light damage / dégât léger                                                      list of targets
Related term: nuclear damage.          line of departure2 / ligne de            Preferred term: target list.
01 Nov 1975                                   2
                                       départ
                                       In amphibious warfare, a suitably        live exercise / exercice réel
lightening / allégement                marked offshore coordinating line        LIVEX
The operation (normally carried        to assist assault craft to land on       An exercise using real forces and
out at anchor) of transferring         designated beaches at scheduled          units.
crude oil cargo from a large           times.                                   01 Aug 1974
tanker to a smaller tanker, so         01 Nov 1985
reducing the draught of the larger                                              load /charge3
tanker to enable it to enter port.     line of impact / ligne                   The total weight of passengers or
01 Mar 1979                            d'incidence                              cargo transported.
                                       line of arrival                          Related terms: aircraft store; airlift
light filter / filtre optique          A line tangent to the trajectory at      requirement; airlift capability;
                                                                                                       1
An optical element such as a           the point of impact or burst             combat load; payload ; standard
sheet of glass, gelatine or plastic    01 Mar 1982                              load; transport capacity.
dyed in a specific manner to                                                    22 Jun 2004


                                                  2-L-4
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

                                         01 Mar 1973                            A generic term used to denote
load control group / équipe de                                                  types of assistance between and
contrôle du chargement                   local mean time / temps local          within military commands both in
Personnel who are concerned              moyen                                  peace and war.
with organization and control of         The time interval elapsed since        Related terms: combined logistic
loading within the pick-up zone.         the mean sun's transit of the          support; mutual aid; reallocation
01 Dec 1976                              observer's antimeridian.               of resources; reallocation
                                         01 Mar 1973                            authority.
loaded weapon / arme                                                            01 Mar 1973
approvisionnée                           local wage rate NATO civilian
A weapon to which the ammunition         employee / employé civil OTAN          logistics / logistique
is joined, but which is not charged      rémunéré au tarif local                Log.
and remains unable to fire.              Civilian employee who does not         The science of planning and
Related terms: charged weapon;           occupy a NATO international            carrying out the movement and
uncharged weapon; unloaded               civilian post and who does not         maintenance of forces. In its most
weapon.                                  enjoy NATO status.                     comprehensive
01 Oct 2001                              01 Oct 1978                            sense, the aspects of military
                                                                                operations which deal with:
loading / chargement                     localizer / radiophare                 a. design and development,
The process of putting personnel,        d'alignement                           acquisition, storage, movement,
matériel, supplies and other             A directional radio beacon which       distribution, maintenance,
freight on board ships, aircraft,        provides to an aircraft an             evacuation, and disposal of
trains, road vehicles or other           indication of its lateral position     materiel;
means of conveyance.                     relative to a predetermined final      b. transport of personnel;
Note: In French, the word                approach course.                       c. acquisition or construction,
chargement excludes personnel.           Related terms: beacon; crash           maintenance, operation, and
Related terms: allowable load;           locator beacon; emergency              disposition of facilities;
block stowage loading; combat            locator beacon; fan marker             d. acquisition or furnishing of
loading; commodity loading;              beacon; localizer; meaconing;          services; and
embarkation; horizontal loading;         personal locator beacon; radio         e. medical and health service
selective loading; selective             beacon; submarine locator              support.
unloading; unit loading; vertical        acoustic beacon; Z marker              10 Dec 1993
loading.                                 beacon.
01 Oct 1992                              01 Nov 1980                            logistic sustainment / maintien
                                                                                en puissance logistique
loading plan / plan de                   location diagram / carton de           The process and mechanism by
chargement                               localisation                           which sustainability is achieved
All of the individually prepared         On a map or chart, a diagram           and which consists of supplying a
documents which, taken together,         shown in the margin to indicate        force with consumables and
present in detail all instructions for   the position of the sheet in           replacing combat losses and non-
the arrangement of personnel,            relation to the surrounding            combat attrition of equipment in
and the loading of equipment for         country, or to adjoining sheets of     order to maintain the force's
one or more units or other special       the same or adjacent map series.       combat power for the duration
grouping of personnel or material        Related term: chart index.             required to meet its objectives.
moving by highway, water, rail, or       01 Mar 1973                            Related term: sustainability.
air transportation.                                                             02 Mar 2007
Related term: ocean manifest.            lock-on / verrouillage
01 Feb 1974                              The state of a tracking system or      long-range transport aircraft /
                                         target acquisition system which is     aéronef de transport à long
loading point / point de                 continuously and automatically         rayon d'action
chargement                               tracking a target, using one or        Related term: transport aircraft.
A point where one aircraft can be        more parameters.                       01 Feb 1974
loaded or unloaded.                      Related term: track (to)2.
01 Dec 1976                              04 Oct 2000                            look / période de réceptivité
                                                                                In mine warfare, a period during
loading site / site de                   logistic assessment /                  which a mine circuit is receptive of
chargement                               évaluation logistique                  an influence.
An area containing a number of           An evaluation of the logistic          01 Nov 1975
loading points.                          support required to conduct a
09 Jul 1997                              military operation, compared to        lost / non vu
                                         the actual and/or potential logistic   In artillery and naval fire support,
load spreader / répartiteur de           support available for that             a spotting, of an observation used
charges                                  operation.                             by a spotter or an observer to
Material used to distribute the          04 Oct 2000                            indicate that rounds fired by a gun
weight of a load over a given area                                              or mortar were not observed.
to avoid exceeding designed              logistic assistance / aide             01 Feb 1974
stress.                                  logistique


                                                   2-L-5
                                               AAP-6(2009)

low airburst / explosion
nucléaire à basse altitude
The fallout safe height of burst for
a nuclear weapon which
maximizes damage to or
casualties on surface targets.
Related terms: airburst; high
altitude burst; nuclear airburst;
nuclear surface burst; nuclear
underground.
01 Aug 1976

low angle / tir plongeant
In artillery and naval gunfire
support, an order or request to
obtain low-angle fire (less than
45).
01 Sep 1974

low-angle fire / tir plongeant
Fire delivered at angles of
elevation below the elevation that
corresponds to the maximum
range of the gun and ammunition
concerned.
01 Nov 1975

low-angle loft bombing /
bombardement en cabré de
faible amplitude
Type of loft bombing of free fall
bombs wherein weapon release
occurs at an angle less than 35
degrees above the horizontal.
01 Mar 1973

low-velocity drop / largage à
faible vitesse de descente
A drop procedure in which the
drop velocity does not exceed 30
feet per second.
Related terms: airdrop; air
movement; free drop; release.
01 Mar 1973




                                       2-L-6
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                                       M

Mach front                            protruding from the sea-bed, or          The route or routes designated
Preferred term: Mach stem.            buried.                                  within an area of operations upon
                                      01 Dec 1976                              which the bulk of traffic flows in
Mach stem / avant de l'onde de                                                 support of military operations.
choc                                  magnetic north / nord                    01 Mar 1973
Mach front                            magnétique
The shock front formed by the         The direction indicated by the           maintainability / maintenabilité
fusion of the incident and            north seeking pole of a freely           The ability of an item, under
reflected shock fronts from an        suspended magnetic needle,               stated conditions of use, to be
explosion. The term is generally      influenced only by the earth's           retained in or restored to a state
used with reference to a blast        magnetic field.                          in which it can perform its required
wave, propagated in the air,          Related term: compass north.             functions, when maintenance is
reflected at the surface of the       01 Mar 1973                              performed under stated conditions
earth. In the ideal case, the Mach                                             and using prescribed procedures
stem is perpendicular to the          main aerodrome / aérodrome               and resources.
reflecting surface and slightly       principal                                [IEC]
convex (forward).                     Aerodrome designed for                   01 Mar 1991
01 Sep 1971                           permanent occupation in
                                      peacetime, also suitable for use in      maintenance1 / maintenance1
magnetic bearing / azimut             wartime and having sufficient            All actions taken to retain
magnétique                            operational facilities for full use of   equipment in or to restore it to a
Bearing measured with reference       its combat potential.                    specified condition, including
to magnetic north.                    01 Nov 1994                              inspection, testing, servicing,
Related terms: grid bearing;                                                   classification as to serviceability,
relative bearing; true bearing.       main attack1 / attaque                   repair, rebuilding and reclamation.
                                                 1                             Related terms: coorrective
09 Jan 1996                           principale
                                      The principal attack or effort into      maintenance; examination.
magnetic circuit                      which the commander throws the           04 Oct 2000
Preferred term: magnetic mine.        full weight of the offensive power
                                      at his disposal.                         maintenance2 / maintenance2
magnetic compass / compas             20 Nov 1996                              All supply and repair action taken
magnétique                                                                     to keep a force in condition to
An instrument containing a freely     main attack2 / attaque                   carry out its mission.
                                                2                              04 Oct 2000
suspended magnetic element            principale
which displays the direction of the   An attack directed against the
horizontal component of the           chief objective of the campaign,         maintenance3 / maintenance3
earth's magnetic field at the point   major operation or battle.               The routine recurring work
of observation.                       20 Nov 1996                              required to keep a facility (plant,
01 Feb 1974                                                                    building, structure, ground facility,
                                      main convoy / convoi principal           utility system, or other real
magnetic equator / équateur           The convoy as a whole which              property) in such condition that it
magnétique                            sails from the convoy assembly           may be continuously utilized, at its
aclinic line                          port/anchorage to its destination.       original or designed capacity and
A line drawn on a map or chart        It may be supplemented by joiners        efficiency, for its intended
connecting all points at which the    or joiner convoys, and leavers or        purpose.
magnetic inclination (dip) is zero    leaver convoys may break off.            Related terms: corrective
for a specified epoch.                Related term: convoy1.                   maintenance; examination.
01 Jul 1972                           04 Oct 2000                              01 Mar 1982

magnetic mine / mine                  main detonating line / cordeau           major nuclear power /
magnétique                            maître                                   puissance nucléaire importante
magnetic circuit                      In demolition, a line of detonating      Any nation that possesses a
A mine which responds to the          cord used to transmit the                nuclear striking force capable of
magnetic field of a target.           detonation wave to two or more           posing a serious threat to every
Related term: mine2.                  branches.                                other nation.
01 Dec 1976                           01 Jan 1991                              Related terms: military nuclear
                                                                               power; nuclear nation; nuclear
magnetic minehunting / chasse         mainguard / réserve d'avant-             power.
aux mines par détecteurs              garde                                    01 Jul 1970
magnétiques                           Element of an advanced guard.
The process of using magnetic         Related term: advanced guard.            major port / port principal
detectors to determine the            01 Mar 1973                              Any port with two or more berths
presence of mines or minelike                                                  and facilities and equipment
objects which may be either on or     main supply route / itinéraire           capable of discharging 100,000
                                      principal de ravitaillement              tons of cargo per month from


                                                2-M-1
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

ocean-going ships. Such ports will     Capable of being carried by one         The angle at which one meridian
be designated as probable              man. Specifically, the term may         is inclined to another on a map or
nuclear targets.                       be used to qualify:                     chart.
01 Mar 1973                            a. items designed to be carried as      Related terms: convergence;
                                       an integral part of individual, crew    convergence factor; grid
major water terminal / terminus        served or team equipment of the         convergence; grid convergence
maritime principal                     dismounted soldier in conjunction       factor; true convergence.
A water terminal with facilities for   with his assigned duties. Upper         01 Apr 1971
berthing numerous ships                weight limit: approximately 14
simultaneously at wharves and/or       kilogrammes (31 pounds);                map index / schéma
working anchorages, located            b. in land warfare, equipment           d'assemblage (topographie)
within sheltered coastal waters        which can be carried by one man         chart index
adjacent to rail, highway, air         over long distance without serious      Graphic key primarily designed to
and/or inland water transportation     degradation of the performance of       give the relationship between
nets. It covers a relatively large     his normal duties.                      sheets of a series, their coverage,
area, and its scope of operation is    01 Oct 1978                             availability, and further information
such that it is designated as a                                                on the series.
probable nuclear target.               manpower management /                   Related terms: chart; location
Related terms: alternate water         gestion du personnel                    diagram; map.
terminal; major water terminal;        The means of manpower control           01 Nov 1990
port; secondary water terminal         to ensure the most efficient and
water terminal.                        economical use of available             mapping camera
01 Mar 1973                            manpower.                               Preferred term: air cartographic
                                       01 Nov 1975                             camera.
manoeuvre1 / manoeuvre1
A movement to place ships or           manpower management survey              map reference / localisation
aircraft in a position of advantage    / étude sur la gestion du               A means of identifying a point on
over the enemy.                        personnel                               the surface of the earth by relating
01 Aug 1982                            Systematic evaluation of a              it to information appearing on a
                                       functional area, utilizing expert       map, generally the graticule or
manoeuvre2 / manoeuvre2                knowledge, manpower scaling             grid.
A tactical exercise carried out at     guides, experience and other            01 Aug 1979
sea, in the air, on the ground, or     practical considerations in
on a map in imitation of war.          determining the validity and            map reference code / code à
01 Aug 1982                            managerial efficiency of the            référence cartographique
                                       function's present or proposed          A code used primarily for
manoeuvre3 / manoeuvre3                manpower establishment                  encoding grid coordinates and
The operation of a ship, aircraft,     01 Nov 1975                             other information pertaining to
or vehicle, to cause it to perform                                             maps. This code may be
desired movements.                     manpower scaling guide /                used for other purposes where the
01 Aug 1982                            normes d'utilisation du                 encryption of numerals is
                                       personnel                               required.
manoeuvre4 / manoeuvre4                Manpower management                     01 Jan 1968
Employment of forces on the            standards or guidelines which
battlefield through movement in        express a manpower requirement          map series / série de cartes
combination with fire, or fire         as a variable dependant upon            chart series
potential, to achieve a position of    workload encountered.                   A group of maps or charts usually
advantage in respect to the            01 Nov 1975                             having the same scale and
enemy in order to accomplish the                                               cartographic specifications, and
mission.                               map / carte                             with each sheet appropriately
01 Aug 1982                            A graphic representation, usually       identified by producing agency as
                                       on a plane surface, and at an           belonging to the same series.
manoeuvring area / aire de             established scale, of natural or        Related terms: chart; map.
manoeuvre                              artificial features on the surface of   01 Aug 1973
That part of on aerodrome to be        a part or the whole of the earth or
used for the take-off and landing      other planetary body. The               map sheet / carte2
of aircraft and for the surface        features are positioned relative to     chart sheet
movement of aircraft associated        a coordinate reference system.          An individual map or chart either
with take-off and landing,             Related terms: aeronautical chart;      complete in itself or part of a
excluding aprons.                      aeronautical plotting chart;            series.
Related term: aircraft marshalling     aeronautical topographic chart;         01 Sep 1971
area.                                  chart; special aeronautical chart.
01 Sep 1981                            01 Sep 1971                             margin / marge
                                                                               In cartography, the area of a map
man portable / portable                map convergence /                       or chart lying outside the border.
                                       convergence des méridiens sur           01 Aug 1979
                                       la carte


                                                 2-M-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

marginal data / donnée                   capability against a specified       and/or equipment, especially
marginale                                target.                              vehicles of transportation, for
marginal information                     Related terms: mark1,2; shadower;    onward movement.
All explanatory information given        trailer aircraft.                    Related term: staging area1,2.
in the margin of a map or chart          01 Feb 1989                          01 Mar 1973
which clarifies, defines, illustrates,
                                                                                    1
and/or supplements the graphic           marker ship / bâtiment-jalon         mass / concentration
portion of the sheet.                    In an amphibious operation, a        The concentration of combat
01 Apr 1971                              ship which takes accurate station    power.
                                         on a designated control point. It    01 Apr 1971
marginal information                     may fly identifying flags by day
Preferred term: marginal data.           and show lights to seaward by        mass2/ formation concentrée
                                         night.                               The military formation in which
maritime interdiction operation          01 Mar 1973                          units are spaced at less than the
/ opération d'interdiction                                                    normal distances and intervals.
maritime                                 marking error / erreur de            Related term: mass1.
MIO                                      balisage                             01 Apr 1971
An operation conducted to                In naval mine warfare, the
enforce prohibition on the               distance and bearing of a marker     mass casualties / pertes
maritime movement of specified           from a target.                       massives
persons or material within a             01 Nov 1975                          MASCAL
defined geographic area.                                                      Any number of casualties
01 Jan 2006                              marking fire / tir de balisage       produced in a relatively short
                                         Fire placed on a target for the      period of time which overwhelms
maritime operation / opération           purpose of identification.           the available medical and logistic
maritime                                 01 Aug 1974                          support capabilities.
An action performed by forces on,                                             01 Nov 1986
under, or over the sea to gain or        marking panel / panneau
exploit control of the sea or to         A sheet of material displayed for    master film / film original
deny its use to the enemy.               visual communication usually         The earliest generation of imagery
01 Mar 1973                              between friendly units.              (negative or positive) from which
                                         Related term: panel code.            subsequent copies are produced.
mark1 / marquer un objectif1             01 Mar 1973                          01 Nov 1975
In artillery and naval fire support:
a. to call for fire on a specified       marking team / équipe                master plot / schéma de
location in order to orient the          d'orienteurs-marqueurs (ou de        surface couverte2
observer/spotter or to indicate          balisage)                            sortie plot
targets;                                 Personnel landed in the landing      A portion of a map or overlay on
b. to report the instant of optimum      area with the task of establishing   which are drawn the outlines of
light on the target produced by          navigational aids.                   the areas covered by an air
illumination shells.                     Related term: pathfinder aircraft.   photographic sortie. Latitude and
Related terms: marker1 ;                 01 Mar 1973                          longitude, map, and sortie
shadower; trailer aircraft.                                                   information are shown.
01 Feb 1989                              married failure / raté de prise      01 Dec 1974
                                         d'immersion
      2                         2
mark / marquer un objectif               In naval mine warfare, a moored      materiel control
Related term: mark1.                     mine lying on the sea-bed            Preferred term: inventory control.
                                         connected to its sinker from which
marker1 / marqueur1                      it has failed to release owing to    materiel management
A visual or electronic aid used to       defective mechanism.                 Preferred term: inventory control.
mark a designated point.                 01 Nov 1975
01 Feb 1989                                                                   materials handling /
                                         marshalling1 / agencement1           manutention
marker2 /marqueur2                       The process by which units           The movement of materials (raw
In land mine warfare:                    participating in an amphibious or    materials, scrap, semi-finished,
Related terms: gap marker;               airborne operation, group together   and finished) to, through, and
intermediate marker; lane marker;        or assemble when feasible or         from productive processes; in
minefield lane; minefield                move to temporary camps in the       warehouses and storage; and in
breaching; row marker; strip             vicinity of embarkation points,      receiving and shipping areas.
marker.                                  complete preparations for combat     01 Mar 1973
01 Feb 1989                              or prepare for loading.
                                         Related term: stage2.                maximum effective range /
          3
marker / bâtiment en                     01 Mar 1973                          portée efficace maximale
marquage serré                                                                MER
In naval operations, a maritime          marshalling2 / agencement2           The maximum distance at which a
unit which maintains an                  The process of assembling,           weapon may be expected to be
immediate offensive or obstructive       holding, and organizing supplies     accurate and achieve the desired


                                                   2-M-3
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

result.                                maximum range / portée                 mean point of impact / point
01 Mar 1983                            maximale                               moyen des impacts
                                       The greatest distance a weapon         centre of burst
maximum elevation figure /             can fire without consideration of      mean point of burst
indication d'élévation maximale        dispersion.                            MPI
A figure, shown in each                01 Aug 1976                            The point whose coordinates are
quadrangle bounded by ticked                                                  the arithmetic means of the
graticule lines on aeronautical        maximum sustained speed /              coordinates of the separate points
charts, which represents the           vitesse maximale de croisière          of impact/burst of a finite number
height in thousands and hundreds       In road transport, the highest         of projectiles fired or released at
of feet, above mean sea level, of      speed at which a vehicle, with its     the same aiming point under a
the highest known natural or man-      rated payload, can be driven for       given set of conditions.
made feature in that quadrangle,       an extended period on a level          01 Oct 1978
plus suitable factors to allow for     first-class highway without
inaccuracy and incompleteness of       sustaining damage.                     measured mile / base de
the topographical heighting            Related terms: critical speed;         vitesse
information.                           declared speed; endurance              In maritime navigation, distance
01 Jul 1987                            speed; hypersonic; pace; pace          precisely measured and marked,
                                       setter; rate of march; speed of        used by a vessel to calibrate its
maximum landing weight /               advance; speed of sound;               log.
masse maximale à                       transonic.                             02 May1995
l'atterrissage
The maximum gross weight due           maximum take-off weight /              measurement and signature
to design or operational limitations   poids maximal de décollage             intelligence / renseignement
at which an aircraft is permitted to   The maximum gross weight due           mesures et signature
land.                                  to design or operational limitations   MASINT
01 Mar 1973                            at which an aircraft is permitted to   Scientific and technical intelligence
                                       take-off.                              derived from the analysis of data
maximum operating depth /              01 Mar 1973                            obtained from sensing instruments
immersion maximale                                                            for the purpose of identifying any
opérationnelle                         M-day / jour M                         distinctive features associated with
The depth which a submarine is         Related term: designation of days      the source, emitter or sender, to
not to exceed during operations.       and hours.                             facilitate the latter's measurement
This depth is determined by the        01 Aug 1982                            and identification.
submarines national naval                                                     25 Sep 1998
authority.                             meaconing / transplexion
01 Sep 1981                            A system of receiving radio            measuring magnifier / loupe
                                       beacon signals and                     micrométrique
maximum ordinate / flèche              rebroadcasting them on the same        A magnifying instrument
vertex height                          frequency to confuse navigation.       incorporating a graticule for
In artillery and naval fire support,   The meaconing stations cause           measuring small distances.
the height of the highest point in     inaccurate bearings to be              01 Mar 1973
the trajectory of a projectile above   obtained by aircraft or ground
the horizontal plane passing           stations.                              mechanical sweep / drague
through its origin.                    Related term: beacon.                  mécanique
Related term: vertex.                  01 Mar 1973                            In naval mine warfare, any sweep
01 Dec 1974                                                                   used with the object of physically
                                       mean lethal dose1 / dose létale        contacting the mine or its
                                                  1
maximum permissible                    moyenne                                appendages.
concentration                          The amount of nuclear irradiation      01 Nov 1975
Preferred term: radioactivity          of the whole body which would be
concentration guide.                   fatal to 50 % of the exposed           median incapacitating dose /
                                       personnel in a given period.           dose incapacitante moyenne
maximum permissible dose /             01 Jul 1987                            The amount or quantity of
dose maximale consentie                                                       chemical agent which when
That radiation dose which a            mean lethal dose2/ dose létale         introduced into the body will
                                                  2
military commander or other            moyenne                                incapacitate 50 percent of
appropriate authority may              The dose of chemical agent that        exposed, unprotected personnel.
prescribe as the limiting              would kill 50 % of exposed,            01 Aug 1974
cumulative radiation dose to be        unprotected and untreated
received over a specific period of     personnel.                             medical intelligence /
time by members of his                 01 Jul 1987                            renseignement médical
command, consistent with current                                              Intelligence derived from medical,
operational military                   mean point of burst                    bio-scientific, epidemiological,
considerations.                        Preferred term: mean point of          environmental and other
01 Mar 1973                            impact.                                information related to human or
                                                                              animal health.


                                                 2-M-4
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

Note: This intelligence, being of a     communication reporting gate;          compressed images which cannot
specific technical nature, requires     designated merchant ship; naval        be read without special display
medical expertise throughout its        supervision of merchant ships;         devices.
direction and processing within         participating merchant ship;           01 Jun 1981
the intelligence cycle.                 shipping cooperation point.
06 Jan 2006                             01 Oct 1978                            midcourse guidance / guidage
                                                                               en vol
medical officer / médecin               merchant ship communication            The guidance applied to a missile
militaire                               system / système de                    between termination of the
Physician with officer rank.            télécommunication pour                 launching phase and the start of
01 Oct 1984                             navires marchands                      the terminal phase of flight.
                                        mercomm system                         01 Nov 1975
medical preparation / mise en           A worldwide system of
condition sanitaire                     communication to and from              military convoy / convoi
All medical and dental measures         merchant ships using the               militaire
taken to ensure that military           peacetime commercial                   A land or maritime convoy that is
personnel retain the ability to carry   organization as a basis but under      controlled and reported as a
out operational duties, including       an operational control authority,      military unit. A maritime convoy
during and following any                with the ability to employ the         can consist of any combination of
deployment, unimpeded by                broadcast mode to ships when the       merchant ships, auxiliaries or
physical or psychological               situation makes radio silence          other military units.
problems.                               necessary.                             01 Mar 1984
Note: Such measures include             01 Oct 2001
prophylactic and curative                                                      military currency / monnaie de
treatment, immunizations and            merchant shipping / marine             stationnement
health education.                       marchande                              Currency prepared by a power
06 Jan 2006                             In naval cooperation and               and declared by its military
                                        guidance for shipping, the             commander to be legal tender for
medium-range transport                  complete commercial maritime           use by civilian and/or military
aircraft / aéronef de transport à       industry, including the fishing        personnel as prescribed in the
rayon d'action moyen                    industry.                              areas occupied by its forces. It
Related term: transport aircraft.       Related term: accompaniment;           should be of distinctive design to
01 Feb 1974                             merchant ship; naval cooperation       distinguish it from the official
                                        and guidance for shipping; naval       currency of the countries
meeting engagement / combat             supervision of merchant ships;         concerned, but may be
de rencontre                            participating merchant ships;          denominated in the monetary unit
A combat action that occurs when        shipping cooperation point.            of either.
a moving force, incompletely            02 Mar 2007                            01 Mar 1973
deployed for battle, engages an
enemy at an unexpected time and         merchant ship reporting and            military engineering / action du
place.                                  control message system /               génie militaire
01 Aug 1973                             système de messages du                 Engineer activity, comprising both
                                        contrôle naval                         force support engineering and
megaton weapon / arme                   A world-wide message system for        combat support engineering,
mégatonnique                            reporting the movements of and         undertaken regardless of
A nuclear weapon, the yield of          information relating to the control    component or service to shape
which is measured in terms of           of merchant ships.                     the physical operating
millions of tons of trinitrotoluene     01 Mar 1979                            environment.
explosive equivalents.                                                         02 March 2009
Related terms: kiloton weapon;          mercomm system
nominal weapon; subkiloton              Preferred term: merchant ship          military geographic
weapon.                                 communication system.                  documentation /
 01 Mar 1973                                                                   documentation géographique
                                        message / message                      militaire
member nation / pays membre             Msg                                    Military geographic information
A signatory to the North Atlantic       Any thought or idea expressed          which has been evaluated,
Treaty.                                 briefly in a plain, coded, or secret   processed, summarized and
09 Jan 1996                             language, prepared in a form           published in standardized format
                                        suitable for transmission by any       in order to meet a military
merchant ship / navire                  means of communication.                requirement.
marchand                                01 Mar 1973                            01 Aug 1982
MERSHIP
A vessel engaged in mercantile          microform / microformat                military geographic information
trade except river craft, estuarial     A generic term for any form,           / renseignement géographique
craft, or craft which operate solely    whether film, videotape, paper or      militaire
within harbour limits.                  other medium, containing               Geographic information which is
Related terms: accompaniment;           miniaturized or otherwise              necessary for planning and


                                                  2-M-5
                                                                                         AAP-6(2009)

operations.                           common user item; compatibility;        In land mine warfare, an explosive
01 Aug 1982                           force interoperability;                 munition designed to be placed
                                      interchangeability; interoperability;   under, on or near the ground or
military governor / gouverneur        standardization.                        other surface area and to be
militaire                             30 Jun 2005                             actuated by the presence,
The military commander or other                                               proximity or contact of a person,
designated person who, in an          military load classification /          land vehicle, aircraft or boat,
occupied territory, exercises         classement militaire                    including landing craft.
supreme authority over the civil      classification of bridges and           Related terms: acoustic circuit;
population subject to the laws and    vehicles                                acoustic mine; antenna mine;
usages of war and to any directive    MLC                                     antisweeper mine; antitank mine;
received from his government or       A standard system in which a            antiwatching device; armed mine;
his superior.                         route, bridge or raft is assigned       bottom mine; bouquet mine;
01 Mar 1973                           class number(s) representing the        chemical mine; coarse mine;
                                      load it can carry. Vehicles are         contact mine; controllable mine;
military grid / carroyage             also assigned number(s)                 countermine; creeping mine; dead
militaire                             indicating the minimum class of         mine; drifting mine; drill mine;
grid                                  route, bridge or raft they are          exercise filled mine; exercise
Two sets of parallel lines            authorized to use.                      mine;explosive filled mine; fitted
intersecting at right angles and      Related term: route classification.     mine; free mine;ground mine;
forming squares; the grid is          01 Dec 1979                             homing mine;horizontal action
superimposed on maps, charts,                                                 mine;independent mine; inert
and other similar representations     military necessity / nécessité          mine; influence mine; instructional
of the surface of the earth in an     militaire                               mine; jettisoned mines; magnetic
                                                                                           2
accurate and consistent manner        The principle whereby a                 mine; mine ; mine row; mine strip;
to permit identification of ground    belligerent has the right to apply      mobile mine; moored mine;
locations with respect to other       any measures which are required         oscillating mine; poised mine;
                                                                                             1,2               1
locations and the computation of      to bring about the successful           practice mine ; pressure mine ;
                                                                                              2
direction and distance to other       conclusion of a military operation      pressure mine ; remotely
points.                               and which are not forbidden by          delivered mine; rising mine;
Related terms: image map;             the laws of war.                        scatterable mine; snagline mine;
military grid reference system;       01 Mar 1973                             watching mine.
navigational grid.                                                            01 Oct 2001
01 Mar 1973                           military nuclear power /                     2       2
                                      puissance nucléaire militaire           mine / mine
military grid reference system /      nuclear-weapons state                   In naval mine warfare, an
système de référence de                                                       explosive device laid in the water
                                      (admitted)
carroyage militaire                                                           with the intention of damaging or
                                      NWS
MGRS                                                                          sinking ships or of deterring
                                      A nation which has nuclear
A system which uses a standard-                                               shipping from entering an area.
                                      weapons and the capability for
scaled grid square, based on a                                                The term does not include
                                      their employment.
point of origin on a map projection                                           devices attached to the bottoms
                                      Related terms: major nuclear
of the surface of the earth in an                                             of ships or to harbour installations
                                      power; nuclear nation; nuclear
accurate and consistent manner                                                by personnel operating
                                      power.
to permit either position                                                     underwater, nor does it include
                                      01 Apr 1971
referencing or the computation of                                             devices which explode
direction and distance between                                                immediately on expiration of a
                                      military strategy / stratégie
grid positions.                                                               predetermined time after laying.
                                      militaire
Related term: military grid.                                                  Related terms: acoustic circuit;
                                      That component of national or
01 Mar 1973                                                                   acoustic mine; antenna mine;
                                      multinational strategy, presenting
                                                                              antisweeper mine; antitank mine;
                                      the manner in which military
military independent /                                                        antiwatching device; armed mine;
                                      power should be developed and
indépendant à statut militaire                                                bottom mine; bouquet mine;
                                      applied to achieve national
A merchant ship or auxiliary sailed                                           chemical mine; coarse mine;
                                      objectives or those of a group of
                                                                              contact mine; controllable mine;
singly but controlled and reported    nations.
                                                                              countermine; creeping mine; dead
as a military unit.                   01 Mar 1982
                                                                              mine; drifting mine; drill mine;
Related term: independent.
                                                                              exercise filled mine; exercise
01 Jun 1978                           military symbol / signe                 mine;explosive filled mine; fitted
                                      conventionnel militaire                 mine; free mine;ground mine;
military interoperability /           A graphic sign used, usually on         homing mine;horizontal action
interopérabilité militaire            map, display or diagram, to             mine;independent mine; inert
The ability of military forces to     represent a particular military unit,   mine; influence mine; instructional
train, exercise and operate           installation, activity or other item    mine; jettisoned mines; magnetic
effectively together in the           of military interest.                                1
                                                                              mine; mine ; mine row; mine strip;
execution of assigned missions        01 Jun 1984                             mobile mine; moored mine;
and tasks.                                                                    oscillating mine; poised mine;
Related terms: commonality;           mine1 / mine1                                          1,2
                                                                              practice mine ; pressure mine ;
                                                                                                                1




                                                2-M-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

pressure mine2; remotely              01 Jan 2006                            mines
delivered mine; rising mine;                                                 The employment of ships,
scatterable mine; snagline mine;      minefield2 / champ de mines2           airborne equipment and/or divers
watching mine.                        In naval warfare, an area of water     to locate and dispose of individual
01 Oct 2003                           containing mines laid with or          mines.
                                      without a pattern.                     01 Oct 1978
mineable waters / eaux                Related terms: antisubmarine
susceptibles d'être minées            minefield; attrition minefield;        mine row / rangée de mines
Waters where naval mines of any       beach minefield; closure               A single row of mines or clusters.
given type may be effective           minefield; deep minefield;             Related term: mine strip.
against any given target.             defensive minefield; dummy             01 Jul 1972
01 Nov 1975                           minefield; offensive minefield;
                                      phoney minefield; protective           mine spotting / repérage à vue
                             2                 2
mine clearance / déminage             minefield ; sustained tactical         des mines
The process of removing all           minefield.                             In naval mine warfare, the
mines from a route or area.           01 May 1977                            process of visually observing a
01 Feb 1988                                                                  mine or minefield.
                                      minefield breaching / ouverture        01 Nov 1975
mine countermeasures pouncer          d'un champ de mines
procedure / procédure de              In land mine warfare, the process      mine strip / rangée double
parachèvement du déminage             of clearing a lane through a           In land mine warfare, two parallel
pouncer procedure                     minefield under tactical               mine rows laid simultaneously six
The delivery of explosive             conditions.                            metres or six paces apart.
ordnance disposal divers, by          Related terms: gap marker;             Related term: mine row.
helicopters or, occasionally, small   intermediate marker; lane marker;      01 Jul 1983
                                             1,2
surface vessels, to previously        marker ; minefield lane; row
swept drifting mines or shallow       marker; strip marker.                  minesweeping / dragage des
moored mines to carry out             01 Jul 1988                            mines
disposal operations.                                                         The technique of searching for, or
Related terms: explosive              minefield density / densité d'un       clearing mines using mechanical
ordnance disposal; antisubmarine      champ de mines                         or explosion gear, which
warfare pouncer operation.            In land mine warfare, the average      physically removes or destroys
04 Oct 2000                           number of mines per meter of           the mine, or produces, in the
                                      minefield front, or the average        area, the influence fields
mined area / zone minée               number of mines per square             necessary to actuate it.
An area which is dangerous            meter of minefield.                    01 Mar 1973
because of the presence or            01 Nov 1985
suspected presence of mines.                                                 mine warfare / guerre des
01 Oct 2001                           minefield lane / passage à             mines
                                      travers un champ de mines              land mine warfare
mine defence / emploi défensif        In land mine warfare, a marked         MW
des mines                             passage leading through a              The strategic and tactical use of
The defence of a position, area,      minefield, free of obstacles and not   mines and their counter-
etc., by land or underwater mines.    directly exposed to the effects of     measures.
A mine defence system includes        mines.                                 01 Mar 1973
the personnel and equipment           Related terms: gap marker; lane
needed to plant, operate,             marker; minefield lane; row            mine warfare chart / carte pour
maintain, and protect the             marker; strip marker.                  la guerre des mines
minefields that are laid.             16 Jul 1999                            A special naval chart, at a scale of
01 Mar 1973                                                                  1:50,000 or larger (preferably
                                      minefield marking / marquage           1:25,000 or larger) designed for
mine disposal / déminage1             des champs de mines                    planning and executing mine
The process of rendering safe,        A standardized system of marking       warfare operations, either based
neutralizing, recovering, removing    to indicate the location and extent    on an existing standard nautical
or destroying mines.                  of a minefield.                        chart, or produced to special
09 May 2005                           01 Mar 1981                            specifications.
                                                                             01 Oct 1980
minefield1 / champ de mines1          minefield record / compte
In land mine warfare, a defined       rendu de mouillage de mines            mine warfare group / groupe de
area in which mines have been         A complete written record of all       guerre des mines
emplaced.                             pertinent information concerning a     A task organization of mine
Related terms:antisubmarine           minefield, submitted on a              warfare units for the conduct of
barrier; antisubmarine patrol;        standard form by the officer in        minelaying and/or mine
barrier; barrier gap; mixed           charge of the laying operations.       countermeasures in maritime
minefield; nuisance minefield;        01 Nov 1994                            operations.
phoney minefield; protective                                                 Related term: dedicated mine
          1
minefield ; tactical minefield.       minehunting / chasse aux               countermeasures asset.


                                                2-M-7
                                                                                       AAP-6(2009)

01 Mar 1981                            minimum nuclear safe distance       The failure of a weapon, munition
                                       / distance minimale de sécurité     or other device to fire or explode
minewatching / guet contre les         nucléaire                           as or when expected due to a
mines                                  The sum of the radius of safety     fault in the firing system, initiator,
In naval mine warfare, the mine        and the buffer distance.            propellant or other charge.
countermeasures procedure to           01 Mar 1973                         05 Sep 2007
detect, record and, if possible,
track potential minelayers and to      minimum nuclear warning time        missed approach / approche
detect, find the position of, and/or   / temps minimal d'alerte            interrompue
identify mines during the actual       nucléaire                           An approach which is not
minelaying.                            The sum of system reaction time     completed by landing.
01 Nov 1985                            and personnel reaction time.        01 Aug 1979
                                       01 Mar 1973
mine weapons / armes de                                                    missed approach procedure /
guerre des mines                       minimum operating strip / piste     procédure d'approche
The collective term for all            opérationnelle minimale             interrompue
weapons which may be used in           MOS                                 The procedure to be followed if
mine warfare.                          A runway which meets the            the approach cannot be
01 Jun 1978                            minimum requirements for            continued.
                                       operating assigned and/or           [ICAO]
minimum aircraft operating             allocated aircraft types on a       Note: It is carried out:
surface / surface opérationnelle       particular aerodrome at maximum     a. during an instrument approach,
minimale pour les aéronefs             or combat gross weight              at the pilot's initiative if no visual
The minimum surface on an              Related term: minimum aircraft      contact with the runway
aerodrome which is essential for       operating surface.                  environment has been
the movement of aircraft. It           01 Mar 1982                         established at the minimum
includes the aircraft dispersal                                            descent altitude or height, or at
areas, the minimum operating           minimum quality surveillance /      the decision height or altitude; or
strip and the taxiways between         contrôle de qualité                 b. during a visual approach, at the
them.                                  The minimum measures to be          pilot's initiative if a landing cannot
Related term: minimum operating        applied to determine and maintain   be carried out safely; or
strip.                                 the quality of bulk and packaged    c. whenever so directed by air
01 Mar 1982                            petroleum products in order that    traffic control.
                                       these products will be in a         Related terms: decision altitude;
minimum descent altitude /             condition suitable for immediate    decision height; minimum descent
altitude minimale de descente          use.                                altitude; minimum descent height.
A specified altitude in a non-         01 Dec 1979                         04 Oct 2000
precision approach or circling
approach below which descent           minimum residual radioactivity      missile control system /
may not be made without the            weapon / arme à radioactivité       système de commande de
required visual reference.             résiduelle minimum                  missile
Related terms: decision altitude;      A nuclear weapon designed to        A system that serves to maintain
decision height; minimum descent       have optimum reduction of           attitude stability and to correct
height; missed approach.               unwanted effects from fallout,      deflections.
procedure.                             rainout, and burst site             Related term: missile guidance
4/10/2000                              radioactivity.                      system.
                                       Related term: salted weapon.        01 Mar 1973
minimum descent height /               01 Jun 1978
hauteur minimale de descente                                               missile destruct / destruction
A specified height in a non-           minimum safe altitude / altitude    missile
precision approach or circling         minimale de sécurité                Intentional destruction of a missile
approach below which descent           safety height                       or similar vehicle for safety or
may not be made without the            MSA                                 other reasons.
required visual reference.             The altitude below which it is      01 Mar 1973
Related terms: decision altitude;      hazardous to fly owing to
decision height; minimum descent       presence of high ground or other    missile destruct system /
altitude; missed approach              obstacles.                          système de destruction missile
procedure.                             Related term: altitude.             A system which, when operated
04 Oct 2000                            01 Mar 1973                         by external command or preset
                                                                           internal means, destroys the
minimum force / force minimale         minor port / port mineur            missile or similar vehicle.
Force, up to and including deadly      A port having facilities for the    01 Mar 1973
force, limited to the degree,          discharge of cargo from coasters
intensity and duration necessary to    or lighters only.                   missile guidance system /
achieve the objective                  01 Mar 1973                         système de guidage de
01 Oct 2001                                                                missiles
                                       misfire / raté


                                                 2-M-8
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

A system which evaluates flight        antitank and anti-personnel             includes assembling and
information, correlates it with        mines.                                  organizing personnel, supplies,
target data, determines the            Related term: minefield1.               and material for active military
desired flight path of a missile and   01 Aug 1973                             service.
communicates the necessary                                                     01 Mar 1973
commands to the missile flight         mobile air movements team /
control system.                        équipe mobile des mouvements            mock-up / maquette
Related term: missile control          aériens                                 A model, built to scale, of a
system.                                An air force team trained for           machine, apparatus, or weapon,
01 Mar 1973                            operational deployment on air           used in studying the construction
                                       movement/traffic section duties.        of, and in testing a new
mission1 / mission1                    01 Jul 1970                             development, or in teaching
Msn                                                                            personnel how to operate the
A clear, concise statement of the      mobile mine / mine                      actual machine, apparatus, or
task of the command and its            autopropulsée                           weapon.
purpose.                               propelled mine                          01 Jul 1980
01 Aug 1982                            In naval mine warfare, a mine
                                       designed to be propelled to its         moderate damage / dégât
mission2 / mission2                    proposed laying position by             modéré
Msn                                    propulsion equipment like a             Related term: nuclear damage.
One or more aircraft ordered to        torpedo. It sinks at the end of its     01 Nov 1975
accomplish one particular task.        run and then operates like a mine.
Related terms: allocation2; sortie.    Related term: mine2.                    moderate nuclear risk / risque
01 Aug 1982                            01 Nov 1975                             nucléaire modéré
                                                                               A degree of nuclear risk where
mission commander /                    mobile support group / groupe           anticipated effects are tolerable,
commandant de mission                  de soutien logistique naval             or at worst a minor nuisance.
In air operations, the onboard         A group which provides logistic         Related terms: degree of nuclear
person designated by a                 support to ships at an anchorage;       risk; emergency nuclear risk;
competent authority, who has           in effect, a naval base afloat          negligible nuclear risk.
overall responsibility for the         although certain of its supporting       01 Mar 1973
successful completion of the           elements may be located ashore.
mission, using assigned assets.        01 Mar 1982                             modify / modification
Note: The mission commander is                                                 In artillery, an order by the person
not necessarily the aircraft           mobility / mobilité                     authorized to make modifications
commander.                             A quality or capability of military     to a fire plan.
Related term: aircraft commander.      forces which permits them to            01 Aug 1976
14/10/02                               move from place to place while
                                       retaining the ability to fulfil their   moment / moment
mission-essential force / force        primary mission.                        In air transport, the weight of a
essentielle à la mission               01 Mar 1973                             load multiplied by its distance
MEF                                                                            from a reference point in the
Force and/or asset, the lack of        mobilizable reinforcing force /         aircraft.
which would likely preclude the        force de renfort mobilisable            Related terms: balance station
successful accomplishment of the       In reinforcement planning, any          zero; reference datum.
commander's mission.                   force which is not in being and         01 Jul 1970
01 Oct 2001                            which, when mobilized, is NATO
                                       assigned, NATO earmarked or             monitoring1 / écoute de
                                                                                         1
mission report / compte rendu          otherwise designated to                 contrôle
de mission                             strengthen NATO forces.                 The act of listening, carrying out
MISREP                                 Related terms: augmentation             surveillance on, and/or recording
A standard report containing the       force; renforcing force.                the emissions of one's own or
results of a mission and               01 Nov 1986                             Allied forces for the purpose of
significant sightings along the                                                maintaining and improving
flight route.                          mobilization1 / mobilisation1           procedural standards and
01 Oct 1980                            The act of preparing for war or         security, or for reference, as
                                       other emergencies through               applicable.
mixed bag / macédoine                  assembling and organizing               01 Jul 1983
In naval mine warfare, a collection    national resources.
of mines of various types, firing      Related term: regeneration              monitoring2 / écoute de
                                                                                         2
systems, sensitivities, arming         01 Mar 1973                             contrôle
delays and ship counter settings.                                              The act of listening, carrying out
01 Mar 1987                            mobilization2/ mobilisation2            surveillance on, and/or recording
                                       The process by which the armed          of enemy emissions for
mixed minefield / champ de             forces or part of them are brought      intelligence purposes.
mines mixte                            to a state of readiness for war or      01 Jul 1983
A minefield containing both            other national emergency. This


                                                  2-M-9
                                                                                       AAP-6(2009)

monitoring3 / contrôle de              and control of personnel and
radioactivité                          cargo movements over lines of        movement restriction /
radiological monitoring                communication.                       restriction imposée à la
The act of detecting the presence      01 Nov 1994                          circulation
of radiation and the measurement                                            A restriction temporarily placed on
thereof with radiation measuring       movement control2 /                  traffic into and/or out of areas to
instruments.                           organisation des mouvements          permit clearance of, or prevention
01 Jul 1983                            et transports                        of congestion.
                                       movement control centre              01 Mar 1973
moored mine / mine à orin              (admitted)
A contact or influence-operated        An organization responsible for      movement table / tableau des
mine of positive buoyancy held         the planning, routing, scheduling    mouvements et transports
below the surface by a mooring         and control of personnel and         A table giving detailed instructions
attached to a sinker or anchor on      cargo movements.                     or data for a move. When
the bottom.                            01 Nov 1994                          necessary it will be qualified by
Related term: mine2.                                                        the words road, rail, sea, air, etc.,
01 Nov 1975                            movement control centre              to signify the type of movement.
                                       MCC                                  Normally issued as an annex to a
mopping up / nettoyage                 Preferred term: movement             movement order or instruction.
                                              2
The liquidation of remnants of         control .                            Related terms: embarkation order;
enemy resistance in an area that                                            movement order; order to move.
has been surrounded or isolated,       movement control officer /           01 Mar 1973
or through which other units have      officier chargé du contrôle des
passed without eliminating all         mouvements                           moving map display /
active resistance.                     An officer of the movement           visualisation cartographique
01 Mar 1973                            control organization responsible     mobile
                                       for the executive control of         A display in which a symbol,
mosaic / mosaïque                      movement of military personnel       representing the vehicle, remains
An assembly of overlapping             and cargo by all means of            stationary while the map or chart
photographs that have been             transport.                           image moves beneath the symbol
matched to form a continuous           01 Jul 1970                          so that the display simulates the
photographic representation of a                                            horizontal movement of the
portion of the surface of the earth.   movement control post / poste        vehicle in which it is installed.
Related terms: controlled mosaic;      de contrôle des mouvements           Occasionally the design of the
geographic coordinates; georef;        The post through which the           display is such that the map or
georeferenced image; photomap;         control of movement is exercised     chart image remains stationary
semi-controlled mosaic;                by the commander, depending on       while the symbol moves across a
uncontrolled mosaic.                   operational requirements.            screen.
10 Mar 1973                            01 Oct 1980                          Related term: projected map
                                                                            display
motorized unit / unité                 movement credit / crédit de          01 Jul 1985
motorisée                              mouvement
A unit equipped with complete          The allocation granted to one or     moving mine / mine mobile
motor transportation that enables      more vehicles in order to move       The collective description of
all of its personnel, weapons, and     over a controlled route in a fixed   mines, such as drifting, oscillating,
equipment to be moved at the           time according to movement           creeping, mobile, rising, homing
same time without assistance           instructions.                        and bouquet mines
from other sources.                    01 Apr 1971                          01 Mar 1982
01 Mar 1973
                                       movement order / ordre de            multi-agent munition / munition
mounting / préparatifs en vue          mouvement                            à agents multiples
d'une opération                        An order issued by a commander       A munition that, when activated,
All preparations made in areas         covering the details for the         disperses two or more chemical
designated for the purpose, in         movement of a unit, personnel        and/or biological agents.
anticipation of an operation. It       and/or materiel.                     Related terms: binary chemical
includes the assembly in the           Related terms: movement table;       munition; chemical ammunition;
mounting area, preparation, and        notice to move; operational          munition.
maintenance within the mounting        readines; order to move;             01 Nov 1991
area, movement to loading points,      readiness; readiness state;
and subsequent embarkation into        readiness time; warning order.       multimodal / multimode
ships, craft, or aircraft if           06 Jan 2006                          In transport operations, a term
applicable.                                                                 applied to the movement of
20 Nov 1996                            movement priority / priorité de      passengers and cargo by more
                                       mouvement                            than one method of
movement control1 /                    The relative precedence given to     transport.
mouvements et transports               each movement requirement.           01 Jul 1980
The planning, routing, scheduling      01 Mar 1973


                                                2-M-10
                                                 AAP-6(2009)

multinational
Preferred term: combined.

multiservice
Preferred term: joint.

multispectral imagery /
représentation à spectres
multiples
The image of an object obtained
simultaneously in a number of
discrete special bands.
01 Jan 1980

munition / munition
ammo (admitted)
ammunition (admitted)
A complete device charged with
explosives, propellants,
pyrotechnics, initiating composition
or chemical, biological, radiological
or nuclear material, for use in
military operations, including
demolitions.
Notes:
1. Certain suitably modified
munitions may be used for training,
ceremonial or non-operational
purposes.
2. In common usage, “munitions”
(plural) may be military weapons,
ammunition and equipment.
Related terms: ammunition lot;
binary chemical munition;
explosive ordnance; fixed
ammunition; multi-agent munition;
semi-fixed ammunition; separate
loading ammunition.
02 March 2009

mutual aid / aide mutuelle
Arrangements made at
government level between one
nation and one or more other
nations to assist each other.
Related terms: combined logistic
support; logistic assistance;
reallocation of resources;
reallocation authority
01 Mar 1973

mutual support / appui
réciproque
That support which units render
each other against an enemy,
because of their assigned tasks,
their position relative to each
other and to the enemy, and their
inherent capabilities.
Related terms: cross-servicing;
close support; support.
01 Mar 1973




                                        2-M-11
                                                                                        AAP-6(2009)

                                                        N
named area of interest / zone          Infrastructure provided and            01 Nov 1975
d'intérêt désignée                     financed by a NATO member in
NAI                                    its own territory solely for its own   NATO assigned forces / forces
A geographical area where              forces (including those forces         affectées à l'OTAN
information is gathered to satisfy     assigned to or designated for          Forces and/or headquarters that
specific intelligence requirements.    NATO).                                 nations agree to place under the
02 Mar 2007                            Related terms: bilateral               operational command or
                                       infrastructure; common                 operational control of a NATO
national command /                     infrastructure; infrastructure.        commander.
commandement national                  01 Mar 1973                            Related term: force(s).
A command that is organized by,                                               15 Jan 2008
and functions under the authority      nationality undetermined post /
of, a specific nation. It may or may   poste de nationalité non fixée         NATO code number / numéro
not be placed under a NATO             NU post (admitted)                     de code OTAN
commander.                             An international military post         An identifying letter and number
Related terms: commander;              which has not been accepted by         allocated to a product when it
executing commander; exercise          any nation.                            meets a specification which has
commander; national force              01 Nov 1975                            been accepted under a NATO
commander; national territorial                                               Standardization Agreement.
commander; releasing                   national military authority /          01 Mar 1982
commander.                             autorité nationale militaire
01 Mar 1973                            NMA                                    NATO commander /
                                       The government agency, such as         commandant OTAN
national commander /                   Ministry of Defence or Service         Allied commander
commandant national                    Ministry, empowered to make            A military commander in the
A national commander, territorial      decisions on military matters on       NATO chain of command.
or functional, who is normally not     behalf of its country. This            01 Mars 1984
in the Allied chain of command.        authority may be delegated to a
01 Mar 1973                            military or civilian group or          NATO command forces / forces
                                       individual at any level appropriate    sous commandement OTAN
national component /                   for dealing with Allied                Forces in being which nations
contingent national                    commanders or their                    have placed under the operational
Any national forces of one or          subordinates.                          command or operational control of
more services under the                01 Mar 1973                            a NATO commander.
command of a single national                                                  Related term: force(s).
commander, assigned to any             national shipping authority /          01 Jul 1980
NATO commander.                        autorité nationale chargée de la
01 Mar 1973                            marine marchande                       NATO consultation, command
                                       NSA                                    and control systems / systèmes
national force commander /             The organization within each           OTAN de consultation, de
commandant des forces                  Allied government responsible in       commandement et de contrôle
nationales intégrées                   time of war for the direction of its   consultation, command and
Commander of national forces           own merchant shipping.                 control systems
assigned as separate elements of       01 Dec 1979                            Communication and information
subordinate Allied commands.                                                  systems, sensor systems and
Related terms: commander;              national territorial commander /       facilities which enable NATO
executing commander; exercise          autorité territoriale nationale        authorities and commands to carry
commander; national command;           A national commander who is            out consultation, command and
national territorial commander;        responsible for the execution of       control.
releasing commander.                   purely national functions in a         Related terms: command and
01 Mar 1973                            specific geographical area. He         control systems; communication
                                       remains a national territorial         and information system;
national forces for the defence        commander regardless of any            communication system; information
of the NATO area / forces              Allied status which may be             system.
nationales de défense de la            assigned to him.                       01 Oct 2001
zone OTAN                              Related terms: commander;
Non-allocated forces whose             executing commander; exercise          NATO earmarked forces /
mission involves the defence of        commander; national command;           forces réservées pour
an area within the NATO area of        national force commander;              affectation à l'OTAN
responsibility                         releasing commander.                   Forces and/or headquarters that
Related term: force(s).                01 Mar 1973                            nations agree to place under the
01 Mar 1973                                                                   operational command or the
                                       NATO airspace / espace aérien          operational control of a NATO
national infrastructure /              OTAN                                   commander at some future time.
infrastructure nationale               The airspace above any NATO            Related term: force(s).
                                       nation and its territorial waters.     15 Jan 2008


                                                 2-N-1
                                                                                          AAP-6(2009)

                                        A normative document, recording         charts, and produced either as an
NATO forces / forces de l'OTAN          an agreement among several or           individual chart or a part of a
Related term: force(s).                 all NATO member nations, that           coordinated series.
01 Mar 1973                             has been ratified at the authorized     Related term: chart.
                                        national level, to implement a          01 Oct 1984
NATO intelligence subject code          standard, in whole or in part, with
/ répertoire analytique du              or without reservation.                 naval advanced logistic
renseignement de l'OTAN                 Note: NATO member nations may           support site / site avancé de
A numerical framework developed         ratify a STANAG without                 soutien logistique naval
for indexing the subject matter of      implementation in their own             NALSS
intelligence documents. In              country, if the prerequisites for the   A location used as the primary
addition to the subject outline, it     implementation are not met.             transshipment point in the theatre
includes a system of alphabetical       Related terms: implementation;          of operations for fleet logistic
or numerical symbols for                ratification; reservation.              support
geographic areas which are used         [Approving authority(ies): NCS]         Related term: naval forward
with the subject classification.        20 May 2005                             logistic site.
01 Mar 1973                                                                     01 Dec 1993
                                        NATO strategic commander /
NATO international civilian post        commandant stratégique de               naval beach group /
/ emploi civil international            l'OTAN                                  groupement naval de plage
OTAN                                    A commander at the highest level        naval beach unit
A permanent international post of       of the NATO military command            A permanently organized naval
NATO grade A, L, B or C                 structure.                              command, within an amphibious
authorized to be filled by a civilian   Related terms: area of                  force, comprised of a commander,
                                                      1
whose pay and allowances are            responsibility ; command;               his staff, a beachmaster unit, an
established by the North Atlantic       component command1;                     amphibious construction battalion,
                                                               1
Council and provided from the           component commander ; strategic         and an assault craft unit,
international budget.                   command; Supreme Allied                 designed to provide an
01 Nov 1977                             Commander, Europe; Supreme              administrative group from which
                                        Allied Commander                        required naval tactical
NATO military authority /               Transformation.                         components may be made
autorité militaire de l'OTAN            30 Jun 2005                             available to the attack force
NMA                                                                             commander and to the
Any international military              NATO warning time / délai               amphibious landing force
headquarters or organization            avant attaque                           commander to support the landing
covered by the Protocol on the          The time between recognition by         of one division (reinforced).
Status of International Military        a NATO strategic commander, or          Related term: shore party.
Headquarters set up pursuant to         higher NATO authority that an           01 Aug 1974
the North Atlantic Treaty, (called      attack is impending and the start
the Paris Protocol) and any other       of the attack.                          naval beach unit
military authority to which the         20 Jul 2000                             Preferred term: naval beach
NATO Council has applied the                                                    group.
provisions of the Agreement on          NATO-wide exercise / exercice
the Status of the North Atlantic        à l'échelle de l'OTAN                   naval campaign / campagne
Treaty Organization, National           An exercise involving the NATO          navale
Representatives and International       strategic commands and the              An operation or a connected
Staff (called the Ottawa                majority of subordinate                 series of operations conducted
Agreement) by virtue of the said        commands and national defence           essentially by naval forces
Agreement.                              staffs.                                 including all surface, subsurface,
01 Aug 1979                             Related terms: extent of a military     air and amphibious troops, for the
                                        exercise; inter-command                 purpose of gaining, extending, or
NATO off-the-shelf / OTAN sur           exercise; intra-command                 maintaining control of the sea.
étagère                                 exercise; scale of an exercise.         01 Mar 1973
NOTS                                    09 May 2000
Pertaining to a product developed                                               naval cooperation and
for a NATO organization and made        nautical chart                          guidance for shipping /
available for authorized use,           Preferred term: hydrographic            coopération navale avec la
normally without modification.          chart.                                  marine marchande
Related terms: commercial off-the-                                              NCAGS
shelf; government off-the-shelf.        nautical plotting chart / carte de      The provision of NATO military
01 Oct 2001                             tracé de route maritime                 cooperation, guidance, advice,
                                        An outline chart, devoid of             assistance and supervision to
NATO standardization                    hydrographic information, of a          merchant shipping to enhance the
agreement / accord de                   specific scale and projection,          safety of participating merchant
normalisation OTAN                      usually portraying a graticule and      ships and to support military
STANAG                                  compass rose, designed to be            operations.
                                        ancillary to standard nautical          Related terms: accompaniment;


                                                  2-N-2
                                                                                           AAP-6(2009)

communication reporting gate;         ships, control of their movements          contamination NBC
designated merchant ship;             and/or convoy organization by              involontaire
dispersal; emergency movement;        naval authorities.                         The accidental dispersion of
merchant shipping; naval              Related terms: convoy1;                    nuclear, biological or chemical
supervision of merchant ships;        designated merchant ship;                  contaminants, resulting from
participating merchant ship;          merchant ship; merchant                    causes other than attacks by NBC
shipping cooperation point;           shipping; naval cooperation and            weapons, excluding friendly
standard route.                       guidance for shipping.                     attacks on adversary NBC
02 Mar 2007                           02 Mar 2007                                weapons or adversary facilities
                                                                                 containing NBC weapons.
naval fire support / appui-feu        naval support area / zone de               09 May 2000
naval                                 soutien naval
In naval operations, fire support     A sea area assigned to naval               near miss / quasi collision
provided from warships.               ships detailed to support an               airmiss
Related term: fire support.           amphibious operation                       Any circumstance in flight when
01 Nov 1994                           Related term: fire support area.           the degree of separation between
                                      01 Mar 1973                                two aircraft might constitute a
naval fire liaison team / équipe                                                 hazardous situation.
de liaison d'appui naval              navigational grid / grille de              01 Aug 1982
Personnel and equipment               navigation
required to coordinate and advise     A series of straight lines,                near real time / temps quasi
ground/landing forces on naval        superimposed over a conformal              réel (en)
fire employment.                      projection and indicating grid             NRT
01 Mar 1973                           north, used as an aid to                   Pertaining to the timeliness of
                                      navigation. The interval of the grid       data or information which has
naval fire operations centre /        lines is generally a multiple of 60        been delayed by the time required
centre d'opérations d'appui           or 100 nautical miles.                     for electronic communication and
naval                                 Related terms: grid navigation;            automatic data processing. This
The agency established in a ship      military grid.                             implies that there are no
to control the execution of plans     01 Apr 1971                                significant delays.
for the employment of naval fire,                                                01 Nov 1991
process requests for naval fire       navigation head / point de
support, and to allot ships to        transbordement                             neatlines / limite de coupure
forward observers. Ideally located    A point alongside a waterway               The lines that bound the body of a
in the same ship as the               where loads are transferred                map, usually parallels and
supporting arms coordination          between water carriers and land            meridians.
centre.                               carriers. It is similar in function to a   Related term: graticule1.
01 Mar 1973                           railhead or truckhead.                     01 Sep 1974
                                      Related terms: railhead; trans-
naval forward logistic site / site    shipment point.                            negative photo plane / plan du
logistique naval de l'avant           04 Oct 2000                                négatif
NFLS                                                                             The plane in which a film or plate
A location, with port and             NBC contamination control /                lies at the moment of exposure.
aerodrome facilities nearby, which    lutte contre la contamination              01 Jul 1970
provides logistic support to naval    NBC
forces within the theatre of          The implementation of policy,              negligible nuclear risk / risque
operations.                           doctrine and procedures, and the           nucléaire négligeable
Related term: naval advanced          use of equipment to prevent or             A degree of nuclear risk where
logistic support site.                limit the spread of NBC                    personnel are reasonably safe
01 Dec 1993                           contaminants; this includes                from a nuclear burst, with the
                                      decontamination and avoidance              exception of dazzle or temporary
naval stores /                        of contaminated areas.                     loss of night vision.
approvisionnements navals             04 Oct 2000                                Related terms: degree of nuclear
Any articles or commodities used                                                 risk; emergency nuclear risk;
by a naval ship or station, such as   NBC hazard avoidance /                     moderate nucle